第 41 回

STW 41/16

訓練当直基準小委員会

議題 16

2010 年 1 月 22 日

〔仮訳〕
海上安全委員会への報告
第３巻
目

次
ページ

Ⅰ

部

１．附属書２船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関する（STCW）コードの A 部改正草案（１）第Ⅴ章特定の種類の船舶の乗組員に対する特別な訓練要件に関する指針 ······································································· 1（２）第Ⅵ章非常事態、職業上の安全、保安、医療及び生存に関する職務細目に関する基準 ······················································· 35（３）第Ⅶ章

選択的資格証明に関する基準 ·············································· 57（４）第Ⅷ章

当直に関する基準 ····························································· 60

２．附属書４

外交会議決議草案 ·····························································65

３．附属書５

最小安全配員の原則に関する総会決議の草案 ·························81

４．附属書６

改正 1974 年海上における人命の安全のための国際条約（SOLAS）（第 V/14 規則）の改正草案 ·································· 97

Ⅱ

部

５.

ANNEX 2DRAFT AMENDMENTS TO PART A OF THE SEAFARERS’
TRAINING, CERTIFICATION AND WATCHKEEPING(STCW) CODE

６.

ANNEX 3*

DRAFT AMENDMENTS TO PART B OF THE SEAFARERS’
TRAINING, CERTIFICATION AND WATCHKEEPING (STCW)
CODE

７．ANNEX 4

DRAFT CONFERENCE RESOLUTIONS

８．ANNEX 5

DRAFT ASSEMBLY RESOLUTION ON PRINCIPLES OFMINIMUM SAFE MANNING

９．ANNEX 6

DRAFT AMENDMENTS TO THE INTERNATIONALCONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA,
1974, AS AMENDED (REGULATION V/14)

10．ANNEX 7*

DRAFT BIENNIAL AGENDA AND POST-BIENNIALAGENDA OF THE SUB-COMMITTEE AND PROVISIONALAGENDA FOR STW 42

11．ANNEX 8*

STATUS OF PLANNED OUTPUT OF THE HIGH-LEVEL ACTION
PLAN OF THE ORGANIZATION AND PRIORITIES FOR THE
2010-2011 BIENNIUM RELEVANT TO THE SUB-COMMITTEE*については、原文のみ収録

I 部
海上安全委員会への報告
附属書２
第５章
第６章
第７章
第８章

附属書４
附属書５
附属書６

第Ⅴ章
特定の種類の船舶の乗組員に対する特別な訓練要件に関する指針
A-Ⅴ/1-1 節
石油及びケミカル・タンカーの船長、職員及び部員の訓練及び能力に関する最小限の要件
能力基準
1

石油及びケミカル・タンカーの荷役作業の基本訓練における資格証明を得ようとする者は、次のことを要求される。
.1

表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-1 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行する能力を証明する
こと、及び

.2

以下のことを達成したことを証明すること.2.1

表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-1 第 2 欄に掲げる最小限の知識、理解及び技能.2.2

表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-1 第 3 欄及び第 4 欄に掲げる能力の証明方法及び能力評価の基準に基づいた、要求される能力水準

2

石油タンカーの荷役作業の上級訓練における資格証明を得ようとする者は、次のことを要求される：.1

表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-2 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行する能力を証明する
こと、及び

.2

以下のことを達成したことを証明すること.2.1

表 A- Ⅴ /1-1-2 第 2 欄 に 掲 げ る 最 小 限 の 知 識 、 理 解 及 び 技 能.2.2

表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-2 第 3 欄及び第 4 欄に掲げる能力の証明方法及び能力評価の基準に基づいた、要求される能力水準

3

ケミカル・タンカーの荷役作業の上級訓練における資格証明を得ようとする者は、次のことを要求される。
.1

表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-3 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行する能力を証明する
こと、及び

.2

以下のことを達成したことを証明すること.2.1

表 A- Ⅴ /1-1-3 第 2 欄 に 掲 げ る 最 小 限 の 知 識 、 理 解 及 び 技 能

－1－

.2.2

表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-3 第 3 欄及び第 4 欄に掲げる能力の証明方法及び能力評価の基準に基づいた、要求される能力水準－2－

表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-1
石油及びケミカル・タンカーの荷役作業の基本訓練における最小限の能力基準の詳細
第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
石 油 及 び ケ タンカーに関する基礎知識： 試験及び次の一以 責任区域内における連絡がミカル・タ
上から得られた証 明瞭かつ効果的であること
ン カ ー の 安 .1 石油及びケミカル・タン 拠による評価
全な荷役作
カーの種類
作業の安全を確保するた業 に 資 す る .2 一般配置と構造.1 承認された海 め、荷役作業が一般に受けこと
上履歴入れられている原則及び手順に基づいていること
荷役作業に関する基礎知識： .2 承認された練習船履歴.1 配管系統及びバルブ.2 カーゴ・ポンプ.3 承認されたシ.3 積込み及び荷揚げ
ミュレータ訓練.4 タンク清浄、ガス・フリー及び不活性化.4 承認された訓練プログラム
石油及びケミカルの物理特性に関する基礎知識：.1 蒸気圧・温度の関係を含
む圧力と温度.2 静電荷発生の種類.3 化学記号タンカーの安全文化と安全管理
危 険 防 止 の 次の事項を含む、タンカー作 試験及び次の一以 化学物質等安全データ・シ
措 置 を 講 ず 業に関する危険の基礎知識： 上から得られた証 ート（MSDS）に基づき、ること
拠による評価
当該貨物に関連した船舶及.1 健康上の危険び要員に対する危険を正確.2 環境に対する危険.1 承認された海 に特定し、確立された手順.3 反応性の危険上履歴に基づいて適切な措置を講.4 腐食の危険
じること.5 爆発及び引火の危険.2 承認された練.6 静電気の危険を含む発
習船履歴
危険な状況の特定及び危険
火の原因
意識を持つための措置が、.7 毒性の危険.3 承認されたシ 適切な慣行に沿って確立さ.8 蒸気漏れと曇り
ミュレータ訓練 れた手順に適合すること

－3－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
危 険 防 止 の 危険防止の基礎知識：.4 承認された訓措置を講ず練プログラムる こ と （ 続 .1 不活性化、水封じ、乾燥き）
剤、及び監視技術.2 静電気防止対策.3 通風.4 積み分け.5 荷役禁止.6 貨物の適合性の重要性.7 換気調節.8 ガス試験

能力評価の基準

化学物質等安全データ・シー
ト（MSDS）に関する情報の理解
職 業 上 の 健 ガス測定機器及び類似機器 試験及び次の一以 閉鎖区画への立入手順が遵康 と 安 全 の の機能と適正な使用上から得られた証 守されることための措置
拠による評価と 対 策 の 適 次を含む安全機器と保護装
人員及び船舶を保護するた用置の適正使用.1 承認された海 めの手順と安全作業慣行が上履歴常に遵守されていること.1 呼吸具及びタンク脱出装置.2 承認された練 適切な安全装置・保護具が.2 防護服及び保護具
習船履歴
常に正しく使用されている.3 蘇生具こと.4 救助及び脱出設備.3 承認されたシミュレータ訓練
次の事柄を含む、法的及び海事業界の指針に基づいた安 .4 承認された訓全作業慣行と手順、並びに石練プログラム油及びケミカル・タンカーに関連した船内における個々の安全に関する知識：.1

閉鎖区画に進入する際にとるべき予防措置.2 修理・保守作業の前及び作業中にとるべき予防措
置

－4－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能職 業 上 の 健 .3 高温及び低温作業のため
康と安全の
の安全策
た め の 措 置 .4 電気的な安全性と 対 策 の 適 .5 船上・陸上安全チェック
用（続き）
リスト

能力の証明方法

化学物質等安全データ・シー
ト（MSDS）に準拠した応急手当の基礎知識能力評価の基準

応急手当における「すべきこと」「すべきでないこと」

消 火 作 業 の タンカー火災への対応体制及 極めて現実的な訓 船内火災認識についての実施
び採るべき措置練条件（例：模擬船 初期行動及びその後の行内条件）の下で実施 動が、確立された慣行と手船倉内での危険・有毒な流体 される実際的な実 順に適合していることの荷役及び輸送に関連した習及び教習。これら
火災の危険については、実施可 人員点呼信号を確認する
能である場合は必 ためにとられる措置が当
石油及び化学物質火災の消火 ず暗闇の状態でも 該の非常事態に対して適に用いられる消火剤行うこと
切であり、確立された手順に適合していること
固定式泡消火装置の操作
服装、装備が消火作業に適
携帯式泡消火装置の操作していること粉末薬剤消火装置の操作
消火作業に関連した流出物の拡散防止

個々の措置を行うタイミ
ングと順番が当面する状
況・条件に対して適切であること
消火が適切な手順、技術及び消火剤を用いて達成さ
れること

－5－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
非 常 事 態 へ 非常時遮断を含む非常事態 試験及び次の一以 当該非常事態の種類と影の対応
対応手順に関する基礎知識 上から得られた証 響度が迅速に特定され、採拠による評価られる対応措置が非常事
態対応手順と非常配置表.1 承認された海 に適合していること
上履歴.2承認された練習船履歴.3承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム

石 油 又 は ケ 人命及び海洋生物に対する 試験及び次の一以 海洋環境保護のための手
ミ カ ル の 流 石油及びケミカルによる汚 上から得られた証 順が常に遵守されている
出 に よ る 海 染の影響に関する基礎知識
拠による評価こと
洋環境汚染
防 止 の た め 汚染防止のための船内手続 .1 承認された海の 予 防 措 置 に関する基礎知識
上履歴の実施
次の必要事項を含む、流出が .2 承認された練発生した場合にとるべき対習船履歴策に関する基礎知識.3 承認されたシ.1 当該情報を責任者に報告
ミュレータ訓練すること.4 承認された訓.2 流出の拡散防止の船内手練プログラム順の実行を支援すること－6－表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-2
石油タンカーの荷役作業の上級訓練における最小限の能力基準の詳細
第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
あらゆる荷 石油タンカーの設計と特性試験及び次の一以 意思疎通が明瞭で分かり役作業を安上から得られた証 易く、良好に行われること全に遂行し 以下を含む石油タンカーの設 拠による評価
監視する能 計、システム及び設備：
石油タンカーの設計、シス
力.1 承認された海 テム及び設備を考慮しつ.1 一般配置と構造
上履歴
つ、荷役作業が安全に実施.2 ポンプ配置及び設備
されること.3 タンク配置、パイプライ .2 承認された練ン系統及びタンク通気設備
習船履歴
作業の安全と海洋環境の.4 計測装置及び警報
汚染防止を確保するため.5 カーゴ過熱装置.3 承認されたシ に一般に受け入れられて.6 タンク清浄、ガス抜き及ミュレータ訓練 いる原則及び手順に基づび不活性化システム
いて荷役作業が立案され、.7 バラスト装置.4 承認された訓 危険が管理され、作業が実.8 カーゴ・エリア通気及び練プログラム施されること宿泊施設換気.9 スロップ・タンク設備
荷役関連手続違反の可能.10 蒸気回収装置
性が直ちに特定され、是正.11 カーゴ関連の電気・電子されること制御システム.12
油 排 出 監 視 装 置
積込み、積付け及び荷揚げ（ODME）を含む環境保護
を適正に行うことにより、
設備安定及び応力条件が常に.13 タンク塗装
安全限度内にあるよう確.14 タンクの温度、圧力制御
保すること
装置.15 消火設備採られた措置及び手順が正しく適用され、適切な船
カーゴ・ポンプの種類とその内貨物関連設備が適正に安全な操作を含む、ポンプの使用されること
理論と特性に関する知識監視及びガス検知装置のタンカーの安全文化と安全管校正と使用が、作業慣行と理システムの実施についての手順に適合していること
技能

－7－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能
あ ら ゆ る 荷 非常遮断を含む安全システ役 作 業 を 安 ムの監視に関する知識と理全に遂行し 解
監視する能
力（続き）

能力の証明方法

能力評価の基準あらゆる警報が直ちに検知され、確立された非常事
態手順に基づいて措置がとられるための、監視手順
及び安全システム

貨物の積込み、荷揚げ、管理及び取扱い貨物の測定と計算を行う能力
ばら積み流体貨物のトリム、安定及び構造上の保全に対する影響に関する知識
下記を含む石油貨物関連作業に関する知識と理解：
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8

積込み・荷揚げ計画
バラスト注排水作業
タンク清浄作業
不活性化
ガス・フリー
船舶間直接移送
ロード・オン・トップ
原油洗浄

貨物関連作業計画、手順、チェックリストの策定と適用監視、ガス検知システム、機器及び設備を校正し使用する能力
貨物に関連した責任を持つ要員を管理し監督する能力－8－

要員に任務が割当てられ、各人に見合っており、かつ安全作業慣行に基づいた作業手順及び基準について知らされること能力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
石 油 貨 物 の 石油貨物の物理的、化学的特 試験及び次の一以 石油 貨物及び関 連するガ
物理的、化学 性の知識と理解上から得られた証 スの特性・特徴、それらが的特性につ拠による評価安全、環境及び船舶運航に
い て 精 通 し 化学物質等安全データ・シー
及ぼ す影響を特 定するたていること ト（MSDS）に含まれている .1 承 認 され た 海 めの 情報源の効 果的な使
情報の理解
上履歴
用
.2

承 認 され た 練
習船履歴

.3

承 認 され た シ
ミュレータ訓練.4

承 認 され た 訓練プログラム危 険 防 止 の 次の事項を含む、石油タンカ 試験及び次の一以 石油 タンカー荷 役作業とた め の 措 置 ーの荷役作業に関連した危 上から得られた証 の関連で、船舶と要員に対を 講 じ る こ 険と防止対策に関する知識 拠による評価
して 当該の貨物 が与えるとと理解危険が正確に特定され、適.1 承 認 され た 海 正な 防止対策が 講じられ
.1 毒性
上履歴
ること
.2 引火性及び爆発.3 健康への危険.2 承 認 され た 練.4 不活性ガスの構成
習船履歴.5 静電気の危険.3 承 認 され た シ
関連ルール・規則の違反に伴ミュレータ訓練う危険に関する知識と理解.4 承 認 され た 訓練プログラム職 業 上 の 健 石油タンカーに関連する危 試験及び次の一以 要員 及び船舶を 保護する
康 と 安 全 の 険評価及び船内における要 上から得られた証 ため の手順が常 に遵守さた め の 措 置 員の安全を含む、安全作業慣 拠による評価れていることの適用
行に関する知識と理解.1 承 認 され た 海 安全作業慣行が遵守され、.1 各種の呼吸具の正しい上履歴かつ適切な安全装置・保護使用を含む、閉鎖区画への具が 常に正しく 使用され進入に際して採るべき予
ていること
防措置

－9－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
職 業 上 の 健 .2 修理・保守作業の前及び .2 承認された練 作業慣行が法的要件、実施
康と安全の最中にとるべき予防措置
習船履歴での経 規則、就労許可及び環境へた め の 措 置 .3 高温、低温作業ための予験
の配慮に基づいているこ
の適用（続
防措置
と
き）
.4 電気的安全のための予防 .3 承認されたシ措置
ミュレータ訓練 呼吸具の正しい使用.5 適切な個人用保護具（PPE）の着用.4 承認された訓 閉鎖区画への立入手続が練プログラム
遵守されていること
非 常 事 態 へ 次の事項を含む石油タンカ 試験及び次の一以 当該非常事態の種類と影の対応
ー非常事態への対応手順に 上から得られた証 響度が迅速に特定され、と関する知識と理解：
拠による評価られる対応措置が確立された非常事態対応手順と.1 船舶非常事態対応計画.1 承認された海 非常配置表に適合してい.2 荷役作業の非常停止
上履歴
ること.3 貨物にとって緊要なシス
テム又は業務の機能停止 .2 承認された練 報告を行い、船内要員に通時にとるべき措置
習船履歴
報する優先順位、レベル及.4 石油タンカー上の消火作
び時間が当該の非常事態
業.3 承認されたシ に対して適切であり、問題.5 閉鎖区画での救助
ミュレータ訓練 の緊急性を反映している.6 化学物質等安全データ・
ことシート（MSDS）の使用.4 承認された訓練プログラム
退避及び非常停止・遮断手
衝突、座礁又は流出事故の場
順が当該の非常事態に対合にとるべき措置して適切であり、迅速に実施されること石油タンカー上での応急手当に関する知識
医療面での緊急事態の特定と採られる措置が現在承認されている応急手当
慣行と国際的指針に適合していること－10－能力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準海 洋 環 境 汚 大気と環境の汚染を防止す 試験及び次の一以 作業が環境汚染防止のた
染 防 止 の た るための手順の理解上から得られた証 め一般に受け入れられため措置を講拠による評価原則及び手順に基づいて
じること
いること
.1 承認された海上履歴.2

承認された練習船履歴.3承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム

法 的 要 件 遵 改訂「船舶による汚染の防止 試験及び次の一以 貨物の取扱いが、関連する
守 の 監 視 及 の た め の 国 際 条 約 」 上から得られた証 IMO 文書及び確立された
び管理（MARPOL）の関連規定、 拠による評価
業界基準及び安全作業規その他関連する IMO 文書、則に適合していること通常適用される業界指針及 .1 承認された海び港湾規則に関する知識と上履歴
理解.2 承認された練習船履歴.3承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム－11－

表 A-Ⅴ/1-1-3
ケミカル・タンカーの荷役作業の上級訓練における最小限の能力基準の詳細
第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準あ ら ゆ る 荷 ケミカル・タンカーの設計と 試験及び次の一つ 連絡が明確で分かり易く、役 作 業 を 安 特性以上から得られた 良好に行われること全に遂行し証拠による評価：
監 視 す る 能 以下を含むケミカル・タンカ
ケミ カル・タン カーの設力
ーの設計、システム及び設 .1 承 認 さ れ た 海 計、システム及び設備を考備：上履歴慮しつつ、荷役作業が安全に実施されること.1 一般配置と構造.2 承 認 さ れ た 練
習船履歴
作業 の安全と海 洋環境の.2 ポンプ配置及び設備
汚染 防止を確保 するため
.3 承 認 さ れ た シ に一 般に受け入 れられて.3 タンクの構造及び配置
ミュレータ訓練 いる 原則及び手 順に基づ
いて荷役作業が立案され、.4 パイプライン及び排水 .4 承 認 さ れ た 訓 危険が管理され、作業が実装置
練プログラム施されること.5 タンク及びカーゴ・パイ
プラインの圧力・温度制御システム及び警報装置.6 計測制御装置及び警報.7 ガス検知装置.8 貨物加熱・冷却装置.9 タンク清浄装置.10 カーゴ・タンク環境制
御装置.11

バラスト装置.12 カーゴ・エリア通気及び宿泊設備換気.13 蒸気回収装置.14 消火設備

－12－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能
あ ら ゆ る 荷 .15 タンク、パイプライン
役作業を安及び艤装の材料及びコー
全に遂行し
ティング
監視する能
力（続き） .16 スロップ管理能力の証明方法

能力評価の基準

カーゴ・ポンプの種類とその安全な操作を含む、ポンプの理論と特徴に関する知識
タンカーの安全文化と安全
管理システム実施における技能
非常遮断装置を含む安全シ
ステムの監視に関する知識と理解
貨物の積込み、荷揚げ、管理及び取扱い貨物の測定と計算を行う能力

積込み、積付け及び荷揚げを適正に行うことにより、安定 及び応力条 件が常に安全 限度内にあ るよう確保すること

ばら積み流体貨物のトリム、安定及び構造上の保全に対する影響に関する知識

潜在 的な荷役関 連手続違反が直ちに特定され、是正されること

下記を含むケミカル・貨物関
連作業に関する知識と理解：実施 措置及び手 順が正しく適用され、適切な船内貨物関 連設備が適 正に使用されること

.1 積込み・荷揚げ計画.2 バラスト注排水作業.3 タンク清浄作業.4 タンク内の空気管理

－13－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能
あ ら ゆ る 荷 .5 不活性化
役作業を安全 に 遂 行 し .6 ガス・フリー
監視する能力（続き） .7 船舶間直接移送.8

能力の証明方法

能力評価の基準

反応抑制及び安定化要件.9 加熱・冷却要件及び隣接貨物に対する影響.10 貨物の適合性及び積み
分け
.11

高粘度貨物

.12 貨物残留物作業.13 作業のためのタンク内への立入
貨物関連作業計画、手順、チェックリストの策定と適用監視及びガス検知システムの機器並びに設備を使用し、計測する能力

貨物関連任務担当要員を管理・監督する能力－14－

監視 及びガス検 知装置を使用し計測することが、安全作 業慣行と手 順に適合
していることあら ゆる警報を 直ちに検知し、確立された非常事態
手順 に基づいて 措置する
ことを確保するための、監視手順及び安全システム
人員が配置され、各人に見合った方法、かつ安全作業
慣行 に基づいた 作業手順
及び 基準が知ら されること

能力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
化学薬品貨 下記を含む有毒な流体物質の 試験及び次の一つ 有毒な流体物質及び関連物の物理的 物理的及び化学的特性に関す 以上から得られた ガスの特性・特徴、それら及び化学的 る知識と理解：証拠による評価： が安全、環境保護及び船舶
特性につい運航に及ぼす影響を特定て精通して .1 化学薬品貨物の区分（腐 .1 承 認 さ れ た 海 するための情報源の効果いること
食性、毒性、引火性、爆発
上履歴
的な使用
性）
.2 承 認 さ れ た 練.2 化学薬品群及び工業的用
習船履歴
途.3 承 認 さ れ た シ.3 貨物の反応性
ミュレータ訓練
化学物質等安全データ・シー .4 承 認 さ れ た 訓ト（MSDS）に含まれている練プログラム
情報の理解
危険防止の 以下を含む、ケミカル・タン 試験及び次の一つ ケミカル・タンカー荷役作ための措置 カーの荷役作業に係る危険及 以上から得られた 業との関連で、船舶と要員を講じるこ び管理措置に関する知識と理 証拠による評価： に対して当該の貨物が与と解：える危険が正確に特定さ.1 承 認 さ れ た 海 れ、適正な防止対策が講じ.1 引火性及び爆発
上履歴
られること
.2 毒性

.2

承認された練習船履歴.3承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム.3 健康への危険.4 不活性ガスの構成.5 静電気の危険.6 反応性.7 腐食性.8 低沸点貨物.9 高濃度貨物

－15－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能
危 険 防 止 の .10 凝固性貨物ための措置を 講 じ る こ .11 重合性貨物と（続き）
関連規則への違反に伴う危険に関する知識と理解能力の証明方法

能力評価の基準

職 業 上 の 健 ケミカル・タンカーに関連す 試験及び次の一つ 人員及び船舶を保護する
康 と 安 全 の る危険評価及び船内におけ 以上から得られた ための手順が常に遵守さた め の 措 置 る人員の安全を含む、安全作 証拠による評価： れていることの適用
業慣行に関する知識と理解.1 承 認 さ れ た 海 安全作業慣行が遵守され、.1 各種の呼吸具の正しい使
上履歴かつ適切な安全装置・保護用を含む、密閉区画への進具が正しく使用されてい入に際してとるべき予防 .2 承 認 さ れ た 練 ること
措置
習船履歴
作業慣行が法的要件、実施.2 修理・保守作業の前及び .3 承 認 さ れ た シ 規則、就労許可及び環境へ最中にとるべき予防措置
ミュレータ訓練 の配慮に基づいていること.3 高温、低温作業ための予 .4 承 認 さ れ た 訓
防措置練プログラム
呼吸具の正しい使用.4

電気的安全のための予防措置.5

適切な個人用保護具（PPE）の着用－16－

閉鎖区画への立入手続が遵守されていること

能力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
非常事態へ 次の事項を含むケミカル・タ 試験及び次の一つ 当該非常事態の種類と影の対応
ンカーの非常事態対応手順に 以上から得られた 響度が迅速に特定され、と関する知識と理解：証拠による評価： られる対応措置が確立された非常事態対応手順と.1 舶内非常事態対応計画.1 承 認 さ れ た 海 非常配置表に適合してい上履歴
ること.2 荷役作業の緊急遮断.2 承 認 さ れ た 練 報告を行い、船内要員に通.3 貨物にとって緊要なシス
習船履歴報する優先順位、レベル及テム又は業務の機能停止時
び時間が当該の非常事態にとるべき措置.3 承 認 さ れ た シ に対して適切であり、問題
ミュレータ訓練 の緊急性を反映している.4 ケミカル・タンカー上のこと
消火作業.4 承 認 さ れ た 訓練プログラム
退避及び非常停止・遮断手.5 閉鎖区画での救助順が当該の非常事態に対して適切であり、迅速に実.6 貨物の反応性施されること.7 貨物の船外投棄.8

化学物質等安全データ・
シート（MSDS）の使用

衝突、座礁又は流出事故の場
合にとるべき措置
危険物事故に係る応急医療便
覧（MFAG）を参照した上での、ケミカル・タンカー上の応急手当に関する知識－17－

医療面での緊急事態の特定と、とられる措置が現在承認されている応急手当
慣行と国際的指針に適合していること能力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
環境汚染を 大気と環境の汚染を防止する 試験及び次の一つ 作業が環境汚染防止のた防止のため ための手順の理解以上から得られた め一般に受け入れられての措置を講証拠による評価： いる原則及び手順に基づじることいていること.1 承認された海上履歴.2

承認された練習船履歴.3承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム

法的要件遵 「船舶による汚染の防止のた 試験及び次の一つ 貨物の取扱いが、関連する守の監視及 めの国際条約」（MARPOL） 以上から得られた IMO 文書及び確立されたび管理の関連規定、その他関連する 証拠による評価： 業界基準及び安全作業規IMO 文書、通常適用される業則に適合していること
界指針及び港湾規則に関する .1 承認された海
知識と理解
上履歴
IBC コード及び関連文書を使 .2 承認された練
用する技能
習船履歴
.3

承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム－18－

A-Ⅴ/1-2 節
液化ガスタンカーに乗組む船長、職員及び部員の訓練及び資格のための最小限の要件
能力基準
1

液化ガスタンカーの荷役作業の基本訓練における資格証明を得ようとする者は、次のことを要求される。
.1

表 A-Ⅴ/1-2-1 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行する能力を証明する
こと、及び

.2

以下のことを達成したことを証明すること.2.1

表 A- Ⅴ /1-2-1 第 2 欄 に 掲 げ る 最 小 限 の 知 識 、 理 解 及 び 技 能.2.2

表 A-Ⅴ/1-2-1 第 3 欄及び第 4 欄に掲げる能力の証明方法及び能力評価の基準に基づいた、要求される能力水準

2

液化ガスタンカーの荷役作業の上級訓練における資格証明を得ようとする者は、次のことを要求される。
.1

表 A-Ⅴ/1-2-2 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行する能力を証明する
こと、及び

.2

以下のことを達成したことを証明すること.2.1

表 A- Ⅴ /1-2-2 第 2 欄 に 掲 げ る 最 小 限 の 知 識 、 理 解 及 び 技 能.2.2

表 A-Ⅴ/1-2-2 第 3 欄及び第 4 欄に掲げる能力の証明方法及び能力評価の基準に基づいた、要求される能力水準－19－表 A-Ⅴ/1-2-1
液化ガスタンカーの荷役作業の基本訓練における最小限の能力基準の詳細
第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
液 化 ガ ス ・ 液化ガス・タンカーの設計と 試験及び次の一つ 責任区域内における連絡タ ン カ ー の 作業特性以上から得られた が明確かつ効果的である
安全な運航
証拠による評価
ことに 資 す る こ 液化ガス・タンカーに関すると基礎知識：.1 承 認 さ れ た 海 作業の安全を確保するた
上履歴
め、荷役作業が一般に受け.1 液化ガス・タンカーの種入れられている原則及び類.2 承 認 さ れ た 練 手順に基づいていること
習船履歴.2 一般配置と構造.3 承 認 さ れ た シ
荷役作業に関する基礎知識： ミュレータ訓練.1 配管系統及びバルブ.4

承認された訓練プログラム.2 荷役設備.3

積込み、荷揚げ及び輸送中の管理.4 緊急遮断（ESD）装置.5 タンク清浄、パージング、
ガス抜き及び不活性化
以下を含む液化ガスの物理特性に関する基礎知識：.1 特性と特徴.2蒸気の圧力・温度の関係
を含む圧力と温度.3 静電荷発生の種類.4 化学記号タンカーの安全文化と安全管理に関する知識と理解

－20－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
危 険 防 止 の 以下を含む、タンカー作業に 試験及び次の一つ 化学物質等安全データ・シ
た め の 措 置 係る危険についての基礎知 以上から得られた ート（MSDS）に基づき、を 講 じ る こ 識：証拠による評価
当該貨物に関連した船舶及とび人員に対する危険を正確.1 健康への危険.1 承認された海 に特定し、確立された手順
上履歴に基づいて適切な措置を講.2 環境への危険
じること.2 承認された練.3 反応性に係る危険
習船履歴
危険な状況の特定及び危険な状況を認識した際の措置.4 腐食に係る危険.3 承認されたシ が、適切な慣行に沿って確
ミュレータ訓練 立された手順に適合するこ.5 爆発及び引火の危険と.4 承認された訓.6 発火源練プログラム.7 静電気の危険.8 毒性の危険.9 蒸気漏れ及び曇り.10 極低温.11

圧力に係る危険

危険の抑止方法に関する基礎知識：.1 不活性化、乾燥及び監視技術.2 静電気対策.3 通風.4 積み分け.5 荷役禁止.6 貨物適合性の重要性

－21－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
危 険 防 止 の .7 換気調節ための措置を 講 じ る こ .8 ガス試験と（続き）
化学物質等安全データ・シー
ト（MSDS）の記載情報の理解
職 業 上 の 健 ガス測定機器及び類似機器 試験及び次の一つ
康 と 安 全 の の機能と適正な使用以上から得られた
た め の 措証拠による評価
置 ・ 対 策 の 以下を含む安全設備及び保適用
護具の適正な使用：.1 承認された海上履歴.1 呼吸具及びタンク脱出装置.2 承認された練習船履歴.2 防護服と保護具.3 承認されたシ.3 蘇生具ミュレータ訓練.4 救助及び脱出設備.4

能力評価の基準

承認された訓練プログラム

次の事柄を含む、法制及び海事業界の指針に基づいた安全作業慣行と手順、並びに液化ガス・タンカーに関連した
船内における個々の安全に関する基礎知識：.1

閉鎖区画に立入る際にとるべき予防措置.2 修理・保守作業の前及び作業中にとるべき予防措
置.3

高温及び低温作業のための安全策.4 電気的な安全性－22－

閉鎖区画への立入手順が遵守されること要員及び船舶を保護するための手順と安全作業慣行が常に遵守されていること
適切な安全装置・保護具が正しく使用されていること

能力
知識・理解及び技能
職業上の健 .5 船上・陸上安全チェック
康と安全の
リスト
た め の 措置・対策の 化学物質等安全データ・シー
適用（続き） ト（MSDS）を参照した上での応急手当の基礎知識

能力の証明方法

能力評価の基準

応急手当における「すべきこと」「すべきでないこと」

消火作業の タンカー火災への対応体制及 極めて現実的な訓 非常事態を認識した時の実施
び採るべき措置練条件（例：模擬船 初期行動及びその後の行内条件）の下で実施 動が、確立された慣行と手ばら積み液化ガスの荷役及び される実際的な実 順に適合していること
輸送に関連した特殊な危険習及び教習。これらについては、実施可 人員点呼信号を確認した
ガス火災の消火に用いられる 能である場合は必 時にとられる措置が、当該
消火剤
ず暗闇の状態でも の非常事態に対して適切行うことであり、確立された手順に
固定式泡消火装置の操作適合していること
携帯式泡消火器の操作

服装、装備が消火作業の内容に適していること

粉末薬剤消火装置の操作
消火作業に関連した流出物の拡散防止に関する基礎知識

個々の措置を行うタイミ
ングと順番が当面する状
況・条件に対して適切であること
消火が適切な手順、技術及び消火剤を用いて達成さ
れること

－23－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
非 常 事 態 へ 非常時遮断を含む非常事態 試験及び次の一つ 当該非常事態の種類と影の対応
対応手順に関する基礎知識 以上から得られた 響度が迅速に特定され、採証拠による評価られる対応措置が非常事
態対応手順と非常配置表.1 承 認 さ れ た 海 に適合していること
上履歴.2承認された練習船履歴.3承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム液 化 ガ ス の 人命及び海洋生物に対する 試験及び次の一つ 海洋環境保護のための手流 出 に よ る 汚染の影響に関する基礎知 以上から得られた 順が常に遵守されている
環境汚染防 識証拠による評価
こと
止のための
予 防 措 置 の 汚染防止のための船内手続 .1 承 認 さ れ た 海
実施に関する基礎知識
上履歴
次の必要性を含む、流出が発 .2 承 認 さ れ た 練
生した場合に採るべき対策
習船履歴に関する基礎知識：.3 承 認 さ れ た シ.1 当該情報を責任者に報告
ミュレータ訓練すること.2 流出の拡散防止の船内手 .4 承 認 さ れ た 訓
順の実行を支援すること
練プログラム.3 脆性破壊を防止すること－24－

表 A-Ⅴ/1-2-2
液化ガス・タンカーの荷役作業の上級訓練における最小限の能力基準の詳細
第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準あ ら ゆ る 荷 液化ガス・タンカーの設計と 試験及び次の一つ 連絡が明確で分かり易く、役 作 業 を 安 特徴
以上から得られた 良好に行われること全に遂行し証拠による評価
監 視 す る 能 以下を含む液化ガス・タンカ
液化ガス・タンカーの設力ーの設計、システム及び設備 .1 承認された海 計、システム及び設備を考に関する知識：上履歴
慮しつつ、荷役作業が安全に実施されること.1 液化ガス・タンカーの種 .2 承認された練類と貨物タンクの構造
習船履歴
ポンプ吸排作業が一般に受け入れられている原則.2 一般配置と構造.3 承認されたシ 及び手順に基づき、かつ貨
ミュレータ訓練 物の種類に対応した方法.3 構造材及び絶縁材を含むで行われること
貨物格納設備.4 承認された訓練プログラム
作業の安全と海洋環境の.4 下記を含む荷役設備及び汚染防止を確保するため
計装：に一般に受け入れられて.1 カーゴ・ポンプ及びいる原則及び手順に基づ
ポンプ配置
いて荷役作業が立案され、.2 カーゴ・パイプライ
危険が管理され、作業が実
ン及びバルブ施されること.3 膨張装置.4 火炎遮蔽物.5 温度監視システム.6 カーゴ・タンク・レ
ベル測定システム.7 タンク圧力監視・制御システム.5 カーゴ温度維持システム

－25－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
あ ら ゆ る 荷 .6 保管、発生、分配装置を役作業を安含むタンク内換気調整シ
全に遂行しステム（不活性ガス、窒素）
監視する能力（続き） .7 コッファダム加熱装置

能力評価の基準.8 ガス検知装置.9 バラスト装置.10 ボイル・オフ・システム.11

再液化システム.12 貨物緊急遮断装置（ESD）.13 計量計測装置
カーゴ・ポンプの種類とその安全な操作を含む、ポンプの理論と特徴に関する知識
貨物の積込み、荷揚げ、管理及び取扱い
ばら積み流体貨物のトリム、安定及び構造上の保全に対する影響に関する知識

タンカーの安全文化と安全管理要件実施に関する技能

液化ガス貨物の積込み、積付け及び荷揚げを適正に行うことにより、安定及び応力条件が常に安全限度内にあるよう確保すること潜在的な荷役関連手続違反の可能性が直ちに特定され、是正されることとられた措置及び手順を正しく適用し、適切な船内設備を十分に活用するこ
と

－26－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
あ ら ゆ る 荷 以下を含む、すべての荷役作役 作 業 を 安 業の安全のための準備、手順
全 に 遂 行 し 及びチェックリストを適用
監 視 す る 能 する技能：
力（続き）.1 着岸後及び積込み：.1 タンク検査.2 不活性化（酸素低減、露点低減）.3 ガス処理の終了.4 冷却.5 積込み.6 バラスト排水.7 閉ループ・サンプリ
ングを含むサンプリ
ング
.2 航路
.1 冷却
.2 圧力維持.3 ボイル・オフ.4 抑制.3 荷揚げ.1 荷揚げ.2 バラスト注水.3 ストリッピング・清浄装置.4 タンクからの液体排出装置.4 着岸前準備.1 暖機.2 不活性化.3 ガス抜き.5 船舶間直接移送－27－

能力評価の基準
監視及びガス検知装置の計測と使用が、安全作業慣行と手順に適合している
ことあらゆる警報を直ちに検知し、確立された非常事態
手順に基づいて措置を採るための監視手順及び安
全システム

能
力
知識・理解及び技能
あ ら ゆ る 荷 以下を含む貨物の計測と計役 作 業 を 安 算を遂行する技能：
全に遂行し監 視 す る 能 .1 液相
力（続き）
.2 気相

能力の証明方法

能力評価の基準.3 船上重量（OBQ）.4 船上残重量（ROB）.5

ボイル・オフ・カーゴ計
算

貨物関連任務担当要員を管理・監督する技能要員に任務が割当てられ、各人に見合った方法、かつ安全作業慣行に基づいた作業手順及び基準が知らされること

液 化 ガ ス 貨 下記を含む、基礎的な化学、 試験及び次の一つ 液化ガスの特性・特徴、及物 の 物 理 的 物理学及びばら積み液化ガ 以上から得られた びそれらが安全、環境保護
及 び 化 学 的 スの安全な海上輸送に関連 証拠による評価
及び船舶運航に及ぼす影
特 性 に つ い する諸定義に関する知識と響を特定するための情報て 精 通 し て 理解：.1 承 認 さ れ た 海 源の効果的な使用いること
上履歴.1 気体の化学構造.2 承 認 さ れ た 練.2 下記を含む、液化ガス（二習船履歴
酸化炭素を含む）とその蒸気の特性と特徴：.3 承 認 さ れ た シ.1 簡単な気体の法則
ミュレータ訓練.2 物質の状態.3 液体及び蒸気の濃度 .4 承 認 さ れ た 訓.4 ガスの拡散及び混合練プログラム.5 ガスの圧縮.6 ガスの再液化及び冷
凍

－28－

能
力
液化ガス貨
物の物理的
及び化学的
特性につい
て精通して
いること（続き）

知識・理解及び技能.7 ガスの臨界温度と圧力.8 引 火 点 、 爆 発 上 限
界・下上限界、自然発
火温度.9 気体の相容性、反応性及び積極的なガスの積み分け.10 重合.11 飽和蒸気圧力・基準
温度.12 露点及び気泡温度.13 圧縮機の注油.14 水酸化合物の形成能力の証明方法.3 単一液体の特性.4 溶液の性質と特性.5 熱力学単位.6

基礎的な熱力学の法則及び図解.7 物質の特性.8 低温の影響 – 脆性破壊
化学物質等安全データ・シー
ト（MSDS）に含まれる情報
の理解

－29－

能力評価の基準能力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
危 険 防 止 の 以下を含む、液化ガス・タン 試験及び次の一つ 液化ガス・タンカー荷役作
た め の 措 置 カー荷役作業に係る危険と 以上から得られた 業との関連で、船舶と人員を 講 じ る こ 防止対策に関する知識と理 証拠による評価に対 して当該の 貨物が与と解：える 危険が正確 に特定さ
.1 承 認 さ れ た 海 れ、適正な防止対策が講じ.1 引火性
上履歴
られること
.2 爆発

.2

承認された練習船履歴.3承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム.3 毒性.4 反応性.5 腐食性.6 健康への危険.7 不活性ガスの構成.8 静電気の危険.9 重合性貨物
監視・ガス検知システム、機器、装置を使用して計測する
技能

ガス 検知装置の 使用がマ
ニュ アル及び適 切な慣行に適合していること関連規則への違反に伴う危険についての知識と理解
職 業 上 の 健 以下を含む、液化ガス・タン 次の一つ以上から 人員 及び船舶を 保護する
康 と 安 全 の カーに関連する危険評価及 得られた証拠によ ため の手順が常 に遵守さた め の 措 置 び船内における人員の安全 る評価：
れていることの適用を含む、安全作業慣行に関する知識と理解：.1 承 認 さ れ た 海 安全作業慣行が遵守され、上履歴かつ適切な安全・保護具が.1 各種呼吸具の正しい使
正し く使用され ているこ
用を含む、閉鎖区画（コン .2 承 認 さ れ た 練 とプレッサー室など）への立
習船履歴
入に際して採るべき予防
措置

－30－

能
力
職業上の健
康と安全の
ための措置
の適用（続
き）

知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準.3 承 認 さ れ た シ 作業慣行が法的要件、実施
ミュレータ訓練 規則、就労許可及び環境への配慮に基づいているこ.4 承 認 さ れ た 訓 と練プログラム
呼吸具の正しい使用.2

ポンプ系、配管系、電気及び制御系へ影響する作業を含む、修理・保守作業の前及び最中にとるべき
予防措置

.3

高温、低温作業のための
予防措置

.4

電気的安全のための予防措置.5

適切な個人用保護具（PPE）の着用.6

霜焼け及び凍傷への予防
措置.7

個人用毒性監視装備の適
切な使用

非 常 事 態 へ 次の事項を含む液化ガス・タ 次の一つ以上から 当該非常事態の種類と影の対応
ンカーの非常事態対応手順 得られた証拠によ 響度が迅速に特定され、採に関する知識と理解：る評価：られる対応措置が確立された非常事態対応手順と.1 船内非常事態対応計画.1 承 認 さ れ た 海 非常配置表に適合してい上履歴
ること.2 荷役作業緊急遮断手順.2 承 認 さ れ た 練 報告を行い、船内要員に通.3 緊急カーゴ・バルブ操作
習船履歴
報する優先順位、レベル及び時間が当該の非常事態に対して適切であり、問題の緊急性を反映している
こと

－31－

能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
非 常 事 態 へ .4 荷役作業にとって緊要な .3 承認されたシ 退避及び非常停止・遮断がの対応（続システム又は業務の機能停
ミュレータ訓練 当該の非常事態に対してき）
止に際してとるべき措置
適切であり、迅速に実施さ.4 承認された訓 れること
.5 液化ガス・タンカー上の練プログラム
消火作業.6 貨物の投荷.7 閉鎖区画での救助
衝突、座礁、流出事故又は船舶が有毒又は引火性の蒸気に包まれた場合にとるべき措置
危険物事故に係る応急医療便
覧（MFAG）を参照した上での、液化ガス・タンカー上の応急手当及び解毒剤に関する知識

医療面での緊急事態の特定と採られる措置が現在承認されている応急処置
慣行と国際的指針に適合していること

環 境 汚 染 防 環境の汚染を防止するための 次の一つ以上から 作業が環境汚染防止のた
止 の た め の 手順の理解得られた証拠によ め一般に受け入れられた
措置を講じ
る評価：
原則及び手順に基づいてること行われること.1 承認された海上履歴.2

承認された練習船履歴.3承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム－32－能力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準法 的 要 件 遵 「船舶による汚染の防止のた 次の一つ以上から 液化ガス貨物の取扱いが、守 の 監 視 及 めの国際条約」（MARPOL） 得られた証拠によ 関連する IMO 文書及び確び管理の関連規定、その他関連する る評価：
立された業界基準及び安IMO 文書、通常適用される業
全作業規則に適合してい界指針及び港湾規則に関する .1 承認された海 ること
知識と理解
上履歴
IBC 及び IGC コード及び関連 .2 承認された練文書を使用する技能
習船履歴.3承認されたシミュレータ訓練.4

承認された訓練プログラム－33－

A-Ⅴ/2 節
旅客船の船長、職員、部員及びその他の者の訓練及び能力のための最小限の要件
群衆管理訓練1（省略）

旅客区域において直接旅客に関連する業務に従事する者に対する安全に関する訓練
2

第Ⅴ/2 規則 5 で要求される追加的安全に関する訓練は少なくとも次に規定する能力の達成を確保しなければならない。
意志の疎通
.1

（省略）

救命設備
.2

（省略）

乗船手順
.3

身障者及び助けを必要とする者に対する配慮を伴った旅客の乗降

危機管理及び人間行動訓練
3

船長、機関長、一等航海士、一等機関士及び非常時において旅客の安全に責任を有するすべての者は、.1

表 A-Ⅴ/2 に書かれているように、その職位、職務及び責任に従って、第Ⅴ/2
規則 6 項により求められる承認された危機管理及び人間行動訓練をつつがな
く修了しなければならない。

.2

（省略）

旅客の安全、貨物の安全及び船隊の保全に関する訓練
4

ロールオン・ロールオフ旅客船に乗組む船長、一等航海士、機関長、一等機関士

及び旅客の乗降、貨物の積込み、荷揚げ又は保全及び船体の開口部の閉鎖について直接的な責任を割当てられた者に対して第 /2 規則 7 で要求される旅客の安全、貨物の安全及び船体の保全に関する訓練は、次に規定する業務と責任に対する妥当な能力の達成を少なくとも確保しなければならない。
.1～.6

（省略）
表 A-Ⅴ/2
危機管理及び人間行動についての最小限の能力基準の詳細

（省略）

－34－

第Ⅵ章
非常事態、職業上の安全、保安、医療及び生存に関する職務細目に関する基準
A-Ⅵ/1 節すべての船員に対する安全に関する精通するための訓練並びに基本的な訓練及び教育のための最小限の要件
安全に関して精通するための訓練
1

（省略）

基本訓練
2

（省略）
.1

下記の内容を含む適切な承認された基本訓練又は教育を受けること。
.1.1～.1.4

.2

（省略）

表 A-Ⅵ/1-1、表 A-Ⅵ/1-2、表 A-Ⅵ/1-3 及び表 A-Ⅵ/1-4 第 1 欄に列挙する業務、任務及び責任を遂行するために要求される能力基準を達成したことを下記によって証明すること。
.2.1～.2.2

3（省略）

上記第 2 項に基づき基礎訓練の資格を得た船員は、表 A-Ⅵ/1-1 及び表 A-Ⅵ/1-2

第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行するために要求される能力基準を維持していることを 5 年毎に証明しなければならない。
4

締約国は、以下の分野において要求される能力基準を維持するための船内訓練及び履歴を受け入れることができる。
.1.2

表 A-Ⅵ/1-1 に記載の個人的生存技術.1.1

救命胴衣の着用.1.2

救命胴衣を着用して船舶から救命艇に乗組むこと.1.3

生存の可能性を向上させるために救命艇の上で初期行動を行うこと.1.4

救命艇の海錨又はシーアンカーの使用.1.5

救命用端艇の備品の操作.1.6

無線設備を含む位置を知らせる装置の操作

表 A-Ⅵ/1-2 に記載の防火及び消火活動

－35－

.2.1

自蔵式呼吸具の使用.2.2

煙の充満した区画において呼吸具を装着し、船上で承認された発煙器を用いての救助の実施

免除規定
5

主管庁は、総トン数 500 トン以上若しくは国際航海に従事する旅客船又はタンカー以外の船舶については、この基本訓練のすべての要件をいずれかの船舶に適用することが当該いずれかの船舶の大きさ及び長さ、航海の状況に照らして合理的又は実際的でないと考える場合には、船内の人員、船舶及び財産の安全と海洋環境の保護に留意した上、当該いずれかの船舶の船員に対し、適切と認める範囲内で要件の一部を免除できる。

表 A-Ⅵ/1-1～表 A-Ⅵ/1-3
（省略）

－36－

表 A-Ⅵ/1-4
個々の安全及び社会的責任における最小限の能力基準の詳細
第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
非 常 時 の 手 衝突、火災、沈没等発生する 承認された教育又 非常事態に気づいた時の最順 の 遵 守 が 可能性のある非常事態の種 は承認された課程 初の行動が、確立された非できること 類の受講により得ら 常対応手順に従っているこ
れた証拠による評 と不慮の事故に対応するため 価の船内非常配置計画に関す警報を発せられた時の情報
る知識が、迅速、正確、完全かつ明確であること非常信号と非常配置表中の乗組員に割当てられた特定の任務：非常部署、個々の安全設備の正しい使用火災、衝突、沈没及び船内への浸透を含む潜在する非常事態の発見に関してとるべ
き措置
非常警報信号を聞いた際にとるべき措置訓練及び操練の必要性
避難路並びに船内通信及び警報装置に関する
知識

－37－

第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準海 洋 環 境 の 海運が海洋環境に与える影 承認された教育又 海洋環境保護のための計画
汚 染 防 止 の 響及び運航上の理由又は偶 は承認された課程 された組織的手順が、常にた め の 予 防 然で起こる汚染が海洋環境 の受講により得ら 遵守されること
措 置 が と れ に対して及ぼす結果に関す れた証拠による評
る基礎知識
価
ること
基本的な環境保護のための手順
海洋環境の複雑性及び多様性に関する基礎知識
安 全 な 作 業 常に忠実に完全作業を実施の 実 施 を 遵 することの重要性
守すること
船内の潜在的な危険に対して有用な安全と防護装置承認された教育又 安 全 作 業 の実 施 が 遵 守さは承認された課程 れ、かつ適切な安全及び防の受講により得ら 護設備が常に正しく使用された証拠による評 れること価

閉鎖区画に入る際にとるべき予防措置
事故防止と職業上の健康に関する国際的対策の習熟（注）
船 内 の 効 果 船内における個人間及びチ 承認された教育又 連絡が、常に明確かつ有効的 な コ ミ ュ ーム間の効果的なコミュニ は承認された課程 であること
ニ ケ ー シ ョ ケーションについての原則 の受講により得らン に 貢 献 す 及びそれらを妨げる障壁に れた証拠による評ることついての理解価
効果的な意思疎通を確立、維
持する能力

－38－

第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
船 内 の 良 好 船内における良好な人間関 承認された教育又 期待される作業と行動の基な 人 間 関 係 係及び作業環境の維持の重 は承認された課程 準を常に遵守することの受講により得らに 貢 献 す る 要性れた証拠による評こと
争いごとの解決を含む共同 価作業の基本的な原則及び慣
行
社会的責任
雇用状態
個人の権利と義務
薬物及びアルコールの乱用の危険
疲 労 防 止 を 必要な休息を確保すること 承認された教育か 疲 労 管 理 の慣 行 が 遵 守さ
理 解 し 必 要 の重要性
ら又は承認された れ、常に適切な措置がとらな措置をと課程の受講中に得 れていること
ること
睡眠、スケジュール及び 24 られた証拠による
時間周期の体内リズムが疲 評価
労に対してもつ効果
物理的なストレス因子が船員に与える影響
船の内外にある環境的ストレス因子の効果と船員に与える影響
スケジュール変更が船員の疲労に与える影響－39－

A-Ⅵ/2 節
救命艇及び救命いかだ並びに救助艇及び高速救助艇に関する技能証明書の発給のための最小限の要件
救命艇及び救命いかだ並びに救助艇（高速救助艇を除く。）に関する技能
能力基準
1～3
4

（省略）
資格証明を得ようとする者は、次の事項を通じて要求される能力基準を達成した

ことを証明しなければならない。
5

上記第 4 項に基づき高速救助艇以外の救命艇及び救助艇に関する資格を得た船員

は、表 A-Ⅵ/2-1 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行するために要求される能力基準を維持していることを 5 年毎に証明しなければならない。
6

締約国は、以下の分野において要求される表 A-Ⅵ/2-1 に掲げる能力基準を維持するための船内訓練及び履歴を受け入れることができる。
.1

着水途中及び着水後の救命艇又は救助艇に対する監督責任.1.1

救助艇に付いている収容可能人員数に関する表示の解釈.1.2

救助艇の着水と乗込み、本船の後片付け及び救助艇から降りる者の扱いと下船に対して的確な指示を出すこと

.2

.3

.1.3

救助艇を準備し安全に着水させ、本船の船側を迅速に片づけること.1.4

救命艇及び救助艇の安全な回収

退船後の生存者及び救命艇の管理.2.1

救命艇をこぎ、コンパスを使って操艇すること.2.2

信号火炎を除く、救命艇に備えつけの個々の装具を使用すること.2.3

位置探知を助けるための索具の使用

無線及び信号装置を含む位置探知装置の使用
.3.1

.4

救命艇用の携帯無線器の使用

生存者への応急手当－40－

高速救助艇に関する技能
能力基準
7～9
10

（省略）
資格証明を得ようとする者は、次の事項を通じて要求される能力基準を達成した

ことを証明しなければならない。
11

上記第 10 項に基づき高速救助艇に関する資格を得た船員は、表 A-Ⅵ/2-2 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行するために要求される能力基準を維持していること
を 5 年毎に証明しなければならない。
12

締約国は、以下の分野において要求される表 A-Ⅵ/2-2 に掲げる能力基準を維持するための船内訓練及び履歴を受け入れることができる。
.1

着水途中及び着水後の高速救助艇に対する監督責任.1.1

高速救助艇の安全な着水及び回収.1.2

当面する気象・海象条件の下での高速救助艇の操船.1.3

高速救助艇とヘリコプター及び船舶との間の連絡に無線及び信号装置
を使うこと

.1.4

備えつけの非常設備の使用.1.5

環境要因を考慮しつつ遭難捜索の基本型を実施すること－41－

表 A-Ⅵ/2-1
救命艇及び救命いかだ並びに救命艇（高速救助艇を除く。）における最小限の能力基準の詳細
第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
救 命 艇 及 び 救命艇及び救命いかだ並び 次の能力の実地証 救命艇 及び救命い かだの救 命 い か だ に救助艇の構造及び装備並 明により得られた 準備、乗艇及び着水が設備
又 は 救 助 艇 びにこれらの各艤装品証拠による評価の限界の範囲内であり、かの着水時及つ船舶 から安全に 離脱でび 着 水 後 の それぞれの救命艇及び救命 .1 救 命 胴 衣 を 着 きること
作 業 が 担 当 いかだ並びに救助艇の個々用して反転したできること の性能及び設備
救 命 い か だ を 復 本船か ら離れた後 の最初正することの措置 で生存に対 する脅
救命艇及び救命いかだ並び威を最小限にすることに救助艇の各種の着水用装 .2 搭 載 で き る 人
置
数について、救命 救命艇 及び救命い かだ並
艇 及 び 救 命 い か びに救 助艇の回収 が設備
救命艇及び救命いかだを荒だ に 印 さ れ た マ の限界 の範囲内で あるこ
天の海面に着水させる方法
ークを判断する とこと
救命艇及び救命いかだの回設備は、離脱とリセットに
収方法.3 救 命 艇 及 び 救 関する 製造業者の 指示書
命 い か だ の 着 水 に従って操作されること本船から離れた後にとるべ及び乗艇、船舶かき措置
らの離脱、操作、救命艇及び救命荒天の海面で救助艇を着水
いかだからの下させ、かつ回収する方法
船に対する正しい指揮オンロード離脱装置の使用に関連する危険性.4 救 命 艇 及 び 救
命いかだの準備
保守手順の知識と安全な着水並
びに舷側からの迅速な離脱及びオフロード及びオンロード離脱
装置の操作

－42－

第1欄
能
力
救命艇及び
救命いかだ
又は救助艇
の着水時及
び着水後の
作業が担当
できること
（続き）

第2欄
知識・理解及び技能第3欄能力の証明方法.5 膨 張 式 救 命 いかだ及び船内機を備えた開放型
又は閉鎖型の救命艇の使用、若し
くは適切な場合は承認されたシミュレータ訓練による救命艇及び救命いかだ並
びに救助艇の完全な回収（オフロ
ード及びオンロード離脱装置の適切なリセットを含む）（以降の表の内容は、省略）

－43－

第4欄
能力評価の基準

A-Ⅵ/3 節
上級消火訓練における最小限の要件
能力基準
1～3
4

（省略）
資格証明を得ようとする者は、表 A-Ⅵ/3 第 3 欄及び第 4 欄に掲げる能力の証明方

法及び能力評価の基準に基づき、要求される能力基準を達成したことを証明しなければならない。
5

上記第 4 項に基づき消火技術の上級訓練に関する資格を得た船員は、表 A/Ⅵ-3 第

1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行するために要求される能力基準を維持していることを 5 年毎に証明しなければならない。
6

締約国は、以下の分野において要求される表 A-Ⅵ/3 に掲げる能力基準を維持するための船内訓練及び履歴を受け入れることができる。
.1

船上における消火活動の監督.1.1

特に組織、戦術及び指揮に重点を置いた航海中及び入港中の消火手順.1.2

消火活動中の連絡、調整.1.3

煙の排出を含む換気調節.1.4

燃料及び電気系統の制御.1.5

消火過程における危険（乾溜、化学反応、ボイラ煙路）.1.6

材料の保管及び取扱いに関連した火災予防措置及び危険.1.7

けが人の管理及び監督.1.8

陸上の消防士との調整手順

表 A-Ⅵ/3（省略）
A-Ⅵ/4 節応急医療及び医療に関する最小限の要件
船内で応急医療を行うよう指名された船員の能力基準
1～6

（省略）

表 A-Ⅵ/4-1 及び表 A-Ⅵ/4-2
（省略）

－44－

A-Ⅵ/5 節
船舶保安職員に関する技能証明書の発給のための最小限の要件
能力基準
（省略）
A-Ⅵ/6 節船員に対する保安関連訓練及び教育のための最小限の要件
保安関連の精通訓練のための能力基準
1

ISPS コードの規定遵守を要求される海上航行船舶に雇用又は契約されたすべての者（旅客以外）は、以下の能力を持つため、船内業務を割当てられる前に、B 部に記載の指針を考慮して、承認された保安関連の精通訓練を受けなければならない。

2.1

海賊又は武装強盗による脅威又は攻撃を含む保安上の事件を報告すること.2

保安上の脅威を認知した際に採るべき手順を心得ていること.3

保安関連の非常事態及び不測の事故への対応行動に参加すること指定された保安任務のため海上航行船舶に契約又は雇用された船員は、船内業務を割当てられる前に、各自に割当てられた任務及び責任において、B 部に記載の指針を考慮に入れた保安関連の精通訓練を受けなければならない。
3

保安関連の精通訓練は、船の保安担当職員又はそれと同等の資格を有する者によって実施されなければならない。
保安意識向上訓練のための能力基準
4

ISPS コードの規定遵守を要求される船舶において同船の業務のための乗組定員の一部として何らかの職位で雇用又は契約された船員で指定された保安任務を持たない者は、船内業務を割当てられる前に以下のことをなさなければならない。
.1

表 A-Ⅵ/6-1 に記載の保安意識向上のための承認された訓練又は教育を受ける
こと.2

表 A-Ⅵ/6-1 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行するために要求される能力基準を達成したことを次のように証明すること

－45－

.2.1

表 A-Ⅵ/6-1 第 3 欄及び第 4 欄に掲げる能力の証明方法及び能力評価の基準に基づく能力証明.2.2

試験又は表 A-Ⅵ/6-1 第 2 欄に掲げる科目における承認された訓練プロ
グラムの一部としての継続的な評価

経過規定
5

承認された海上航行業務を本節の発効日に先立って始めた船員は、〔発効日＋2 年間〕までは、第 4 項の要件を満たしていると認めさせることができる。
.1

過去 3 年間における、合算して少なくとも 6 箇月間の船内要員としての承認された海上航行業務、又は.2

第 5.1 項で要求される海上航行業務相当と看做される保安職務の遂行実績、又は.3承認された試験に合格すること、又は.4承認された訓練を修了すること指定された保安任務を有する船員のための能力基準
6

海賊・武装強盗対策活動を含む保安任務に指名される船員は、表 A-Ⅵ/6-2 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行するために要求される能力を証明しなければならない。
7

表 A-Ⅵ/6-2 第 2 欄に掲げる科目に関する知識の水準は、資格を得ようとする者が海賊・武装強盗対策活動を含む指定された船上保安任務を遂行するに足るものでなければならない。
8

資格証明を得ようとする者は、次の事項を通じて要求される能力基準を達成した

ことを証明しなければならない。
.1

表 A-Ⅵ/6-2 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行するために要求される能力を、同表の第 3 欄及び第 4 欄に掲げる能力の証明方法及び能力評価の基準に基づいて証明すること、及び.2

試験又は表 A-Ⅵ/6-2 第 2 欄に記載の資料を含む承認された訓練プログラムの一部としての継続的な評価

－46－

経過規定
9

承認された海上航行業務を本節の発効日に先立って始めた指定保安任務担当の船員は、〔発効日＋2 年間〕までは、以下により、表 A-Ⅵ/6-2 第 1 欄に掲げる業務、任務及び責任を遂行する能力を有すると証明することができる。
.1

過去 3 年間における、合算して少なくとも 6 ヶ月間の指定された保安任務担
当の船内要員としての承認された海上航行業務、又は.2

第 9.1 項で要求される海上航行業務相当と看做される保安職務の遂行実績、又は.3承認された試験に合格すること、又は.4承認された訓練を修了すること

－47－

第1欄
能
力
船舶保安計
画の実施を
維持及び監
督すること

表 A-Ⅵ/5
船舶保安職員の最小限の技能基準の詳細
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
海賊及び武装強盗に関わる 承認された訓練又 ISPS コード及び改正され場合のある要素を含む、国際 は試験により得ら た SOLAS 条約により確立
海事保安政策、及び政府、会 れた証拠の評価
された原則に、手順及び措社並びに任命された者の責置が従っていること
任の知識
保安に 関する法的 要件が海賊及び武装強盗に関わる
正しく 認識されて いるこ
場合のある要素を含む、船舶と保安計画、関連手順及び記録の保存の目的、並びにこれら
手順に 従い海事保 安レベを構成する諸要素の知識
ルの変 更に対して 即応態
勢を取れること
船舶保安計画の実施及び保安事件の報告の際に取られ船舶保 安職員の責 任範囲るべき手順の知識
内での通信が明瞭で、了解されていること
海事保安レベルと、これに伴う船上及び港湾施設環境における保安措置並びに手順の知識
船舶保安計画に明記された
内部監査、現地調査、及び保安活動の監督並びに監視の実施に関する要件及び手順の知識
内部監査、定期的見直し及び保安検査時に明らかとなった不備並びに不適合を、会社
保安職員に報告するための要件及び手順の知識

－48－

第1欄
第2欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能
船 舶 保 安 計 船舶保安計画を修正するた
画 の 実 施 を めに用いる方法及び手順の維 持 及 び 監 知識
督すること
海賊及び武装強盗に関わる（続き）場合のある要素を含む、船舶
並びに港湾施設のインターフェイスの不可欠な運用の維持に関する規定を含め、保安に関連する不測の事態の際の計画、及び保安脅威又は保安の侵害への対応の手順の知識

第3欄
能力の証明方法

第4欄
能力評価の基準

海賊及び武装強盗に関わる場合のある要素を含む、海事保安に関する用語及び定義の実用的な知識
保 安 上 の リ リスク評価及び評価手段の 次の技能の実地証 ISPS コード及び改正され
ス ク 、 脅 威 知識
明を含め、承認され た SOLAS 条約により確立
及び脆弱性た訓練、又は承認さ された原則に、手順及び措を 評 価 す る 保安宣言を含む保安評価文 れた経験及び試験 置が従っていること
書の知識ことにより得られた証
拠の評価手順に従い海事保安レベ
海賊及び武装強盗によってルの変更に対して即応態用いられる技術を含む、保安 .1 身 体 検 査 の 実 勢を取れること措置を回避するのに用いら施れる技術の知識
船舶保 安職員の責 任範囲.2 非 開 扉 検 査 の 内での通信が明瞭で、了解
差別的になることなく、保安実施されていること
リスクをもたらす可能性のある者を見分けられる知識
武器、危険な物質及び装置に気付き、これらによりもたらされる被害を認識できる知識
必要な場合には、群衆管理及び監督技術の知識

－49－

第1欄
第2欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能
保 安 上 の リ 慎重に扱うべき保安に関連
ス ク 、 脅 威 する情報及び保安に関連す
及 び 脆 弱 性 る通信の取り扱いに関するを 評 価 す る 知識
こと（続き）
捜索の実施及び調整の知識

第3欄
能力の証明方法

第4欄
能力評価の基準

身体検査及び非開扉検査の方法の知識
適 当 な 保 安 制限区域の指定及び監視に 承認された訓練又 ISPS コード及び改正され
措 置 を 実 関する要件の知識は試験により得ら た SOLAS 条約により確立
施、かつ維れた証拠の評価
された原則に、手順及び措
持 で き る よ 船舶及び船内の制限区域へ置が従っていることう に す る た のアクセスの管理の知識
めに船舶の手順に 従い海事保 安レベ
定 期 検 査 を 甲板区域及び船舶の周辺区
ルの変 更に対して 即応態
実 施 す る こ 域の効果的な監視方法の知勢を取れることと識
船舶保 安職員の責 任範囲
他の乗組員及び関連の港湾
内での通信が明瞭で、了解
施設保安職員との調整を含されていること
め、貨物及び船用品の取り扱
いに関する保安面の知識
乗船者の乗下船及び船内でのアクセス、並びに乗船者の所持品の監視方法の知識
保 安 設 備 及 海賊及び武装強盗による攻 承認された訓練又 ISPS コード及び改正され
び 装 置 が あ 撃の際に用いることのでき は試験により得ら た SOLAS 条約により、確る な ら ば 、 るものを含む、各種の保安設 れた証拠の評価
立され た原則に手 順及び適 切 に 運 用 備及び装置並びにこれらの措置が従っていること
さ れ 、 試 験 限界の知識され、かつ調 整 さ れ る 船舶保安警報装置の使用に
よ う に す る 関する手順、指示及び手引きの知識
こと
特に海上における、保安設備
及び装置の試験、調整及び保守方法の知識

－50－

第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
保 安 の 意 識 海賊及び武装強盗対策を内 承認された訓練又 ISPS コード及び改正され及 び 警 戒 を 容とするものを含む、関連条 は試験により得ら た SOLAS 条約により確立
高めること 約、コード及び IMO 回章に れた証拠の評価
された原則に、手順及び措基づく訓練、操練及び演習要置が従っていること
件の知識
船舶保 安職員の責 任範囲
船上における保安の意識及内での通信が明瞭で、了解
び警戒を高める方法の知識されていること
操練及び演習の有効性を評価する方法の知識－51－

表 A-Ⅵ/6-1
保安意識向上のための最小限の能力基準の詳細
第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準高 め ら れ た 海事保安用語及び定義に関 承認された教育又 高めら れた海事保 安に関意 識 に よ り する基礎知識は承認された課程 連した 要件が正確 に特定
海事保安のの受講により得ら されること
向 上 に 貢 献 海賊及び武装強盗に関わる れた証拠による評すること
場合の要素を含む、海事保安 価
用語及び定義に関する基礎的な実用知識国際的海事保安政策及び政府、会社、個人の責任に関する基礎知識
海事保安レベル及びそれらが船内及び港湾施設における保安対策に及ぼす影響に関する基礎知識
保安報告手順に関する基礎知識
保安に関連する不測の事態の際の計画に関する基礎知
識

－52－

第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
保 安 に 対 す 保安措置を回避するのに用 承認された教育又 海事保 安に対する 脅威がる 脅 威 の 認 いられる技術の基礎知識は承認された課程 正確に特定されること識の受講により得ら
海賊及び武装強盗に関わる れた証拠による評
場合の要素を含む、保安に対 価する脅威の認識を可能にする基礎知識
武器、危険な物質及び装置の認識、並びにそれらが引き起こす被害についての自覚を可能にする基礎知識
保安関連情報及び保安関連連絡の取扱いにおける基礎知識
保 安 に つ い 海賊及び武装強盗対策を内 承認された教育又 高めら れた海事保 安に関て の 自 覚 と 容とするものを含む、関連条 は承認された課程 連した 要件が正確 に特定
警 戒 を 維 持 約、コード及び IMO 回章に の受講により得ら されること
す る 必 要 性 基づく訓練、操練及び演習要 れた証拠による評と 方 法 の 理 件に関する基礎知識
価
解

－53－

表 A-Ⅵ/6-2
保安任務を担当する船員のための最小限の能力基準の詳細
第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
船 舶 保 安 計 海賊及び武装強盗に関わる 承認された教育又 手順及び措置が ISPS コー
画 に 規 定 さ 場合の要素を含む、海事保安 は承認された課程 ド及び改正 SOLAS 条約にれ た 状 態 の 用語及び定義に関する実用 の受講により得ら よって 確立された 原則に維持
知識
れた証拠による評 基づいていること
価海賊及び武装強盗に関わる
保安に 関連した法 的要件
場合の要素についての実用が正確に特定されること知識を含む、国際的海事保安
政策及び政府、会社、個人の責任区 域内におけ る連絡責任に関する基礎知識が明確 かつ分かり 易く行
われること
海事保安レベル及びそれらが船内及び港湾施設における保安対策及び手順に及ぼす影響に関する知識
保安報告手順に関する知識
海賊及び武装強盗に関わる場合のある要素についての実用知識を含む、関連条約、
コード及び IMO 回章に基づく操練及び演習のための手順と要件に関する知識
船内保安計画に規定された保安活動についての検査・調査の実施並びに監督・監視のための手順に関する知識

－54－

第1欄
第2欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能
船 内 保 安 計 船舶並びに港湾施設のイン
画 に 規 定 さ ターフェイスの不可欠な運れ た 状 態 の 用の維持に関する規定、及び維持（続き） 海賊及び武装強盗に関わる場合のある要素についての実用知識を含む、保安に関連する不測の事態への対応計
画並びに保安脅威又は保安侵害への対応手順に関する知識

第3欄
能力の証明方法

第4欄
能力評価の基準

保 安 に 対 す 保安宣言を含む、保安文書に 承認された教育又 手順及び措置が ISPS コー
る 危 険 及 び 関する知識は承認された課程 ド及び改正 SOLAS 条約に脅威の認識の受講により得ら よって 確立された 原則に
海賊及び武装強盗によって れた証拠による評 基づいていること用いられる技術を含む、保安 価措置を回避するのに用いられる技術に関する知識起こりうる保安への脅威の認識を可能にする知識
武器、危険な物質及び装置の認識、並びにそれらが引き起こす被害についての自覚を可能にする知識
妥当な場合の群衆管理・統制
技術に関する知識
保安関連情報及び保安関連連絡の取扱いにおける知識
物理的な捜索及び無理強い
しない形での検査の方法に
関する知識

－55－

第1欄
第2欄
第3欄
第4欄
能
力
知識・理解及び技能能力の証明方法
能力評価の基準
定 期 的 な 船 制限区域を監視するための 承認された教育又 手順及び措置が ISPS コー
舶 保 安 検 査 技術に関する知識は承認された課程 ド及び改正 SOLAS 条約にの実施の受講により得ら よって 確立された 原則に
船舶及び船内制限区域への れた証拠による評 基づいていること
出入りの規制に関する知識 価
甲板区域及び船舶周辺の効
果的な監視方法に関する知識
貨物及び船内備品の検査方法に関する知識
乗船・下船及び船内にいる人とその身の回り品の出入りの規制に関する知識
保 安 設 備 及 海賊及び武装強盗による攻 承認された教育又 設備及 び装置の操 作が確
び 装 置 （ も 撃の際に使用できるものを は承認された課程 立され た操作説明 書に基し あ れ ば ） 含む、各種の保安設備及び装 の受講により得ら づき、かつ当該の設備・装の 適 切 な 使 置並びにこれらの限界に関 れた証拠による評 置の限 界を勘案し つつ実用する全般的知識価
施されること
特に航海中、保安装置及び設備を試験・計測及び保守する
必要性に関する知識－56－

手順及び措置が ISPS コー
ド及び改正 SOLAS 条約によって 確立された 原則に基づいていること

第 Ⅶ 章
選択的資格証明に関する基準
A-Ⅶ/1 節
選択的証明書の発給
1～3
4

（省略）
支援水準の資格証明を得ようとする者は、.1

航海又は機関技術においては、関連する訓練を修了し、表 A-Ⅱ/4 又は表 AⅢ/4 に規定されている職務細目のための能力基準を満たさなければならない。
資格証明を得ようとする者が追加的な関連訓練を修了し、表 A-Ⅲ/4 又は表 AⅡ/4 に規定されている当該の職務細目に関する能力基準を満たす場合は、これらの表に規定されている職務細目を職務細目毎に追加することができる。

.2

有能海員（甲板部）としては、表 A-Ⅱ/4 に規定されている能力基準を満たした上で、関連する訓練を修了して表 A-Ⅱ/5 に規定されているすべての職務細目のための能力基準を満たさなければならない。資格証明を得ようとする者が追加的な関連訓練を修了し、表 A-Ⅲ/4 又は表 A-Ⅲ/5 に規定されている当該の職務細目に関する能力基準を満たす場合は、これらの表に規定されている
職務細目を職務細目毎に追加することができる。

.3

有能海員（機関部）としては、表 A-Ⅲ/4 に規定されている能力基準を満たした上で、関連する訓練を修了して表 A-Ⅲ/5 に規定されているすべての職務細目に関する能力基準を満たさなければならない。資格証明を得ようとする者が追加的な関連訓練を修了し、表 A-Ⅱ/4 又は表 A-Ⅱ/5 に規定されている当該の職務細目に関する能力基準を満たす場合は、これらの表に規定されている
職務細目を職務細目毎に追加することができる。
A-Ⅶ/2 節船員の資格証明

1～2
3

（省略）
第Ⅶ/1 規則 1.3 の要件の定めるところにより、第Ⅶ章の規定に基づき、表 A-Ⅱ/4

及び表 A-Ⅲ/4 に規定する職務細目の支援水準の資格証明を得ようとする者は、次のことを修了していなければならない。

－57－

.1

.2

下記からなる 12 ヶ月以上の履歴を含む承認された海上航行業務.1.1

航海当直任務に関連した 6 ヶ月以上の履歴.1.2

機関当直任務に関連した 6 ヶ月以上の履歴、又は下記からなる 4 ヶ月以上の承認された海上航行業務期間を含む、航海前又は航海中の特別訓練.3.2.1

航海当直任務に関連した 2 ヶ月以上の履歴.2.2

機関当直任務に関連した 2 ヶ月以上の履歴

上記の 3.1 又は 3.2 によって要求される海上航行業務、訓練及び履歴は、しかるべき資格を有する職員又は部員の監督下で行われなければならない。

4

第Ⅶ/1 規則 1.3 の要件の定めるところにより、第Ⅶ章の規定に基づき、表 A-Ⅱ/5

及び表 A-Ⅲ/5 に規定する職務細目の支援水準の資格証明を得ようとする者は、航海及び機関当直の一部をなす部員として勤務する資格を有しつつ、STCW コードの A-Ⅱ/5
節及び A-Ⅲ/5 節に規定する能力基準を満たし、かつ次のことを修了していなければな
らない。
.1

.2

下記からなる 30 箇月以上の承認された海上航行業務.1.1

有能海員（甲板部）の任務に関連した 18 ヶ月以上の履歴.1.2

有能海員（機関部）の任務に関連した 12 ヶ月以上の履歴、又は承認された訓練プログラム及び下記からなる 18 ヶ月以上の承認された海上航
行業務

.3

.2.1

有能海員（甲板部）の任務に関連した 12 ヶ月以上の履歴.2.2

有能海員（機関部）の任務に関連した 6 ヶ月以上の履歴、又は甲板部と機関部を合わせた 12 ヶ月以上の承認された海上航行業務を含む、下記からなる、承認された甲板部・機関部統合特別訓練プログラム.3.1

有能海員（甲板部）の任務に関連した 6 箇月以上の履歴
－58－

.3.2

有能海員（機関部）の任務に関連した 6 箇月以上の履歴
A-Ⅶ/3 節
選択的証明書の発給を規律する原則（規定なし）－59－

第 Ⅷ 章
当直に関する基準
A-Ⅷ/1 節任務への適合1

主管庁は、船員、特に船舶の安全で確実な運航に関わる任務に当たる者の疲労が引き起こす危険に注意しなければならない。
2

当直を担当する職員又は当直を行う部員として任務を割当てられた者及び安全、汚染防止及び保安に係る任務を割当てられた者は、最低でも次のような休息を与えられなければならない。

3.1

24 時間あたり最低 10 時間の休息.2

7 日間あたり 77 時間の休息

休息時間は、2 回を超えない期間に分けることができる。そのうちの 1 回の休息は少なくとも 6 時間以上とし、休息時間と次の休息時間の間隔は 14 時間を超えてはならない。
42 及び 3 に定める休息時間の要件は非常時、操練又はその他の特別な状況の場合には、この限りではない。非常招集、消火及び救命艇操練、並びに国内法規及び国際文書によって定められた操練は、できるだけ休息時間への妨げとならぬよう、又、疲労を引き起こさないよう実施されなければならない。
5

主管庁は、当直者が容易に知ることができるよう、当直予定表を掲示するよう求めなければならない。これらの予定表は、標準様式*により、当該船舶で業務上使用されている言語及び英語にて作成しなければならない。
6

機関区域に当番が配置されていない場合などに船員に呼び出しがかかった時、もしその招集によって通常の休息時間が妨げられた場合は、これを埋め合わせるためのしかるべき休息時間を同船員に与えられなければならない。
7

本項の規定の遵守を監視・検証できるよう、主管庁は、船員の毎日の休息時間に関する記録を標準様式*により、当該船舶で業務上使用されている言語及び英語にて作成・維持するよう求めなければならない。各船員は自分に係る記録のコピーを受け取る－60－

が、これは船長又は船長及び船員たちの認可を受けた者によって裏書されなければならない。
8

本項のいかなる規定も、船舶、船上の者又は貨物の安全に関わる当面の問題解決のため、若しくは他船又は海上遭難者を援助するために必要な作業を船員に要求する船長の権利を妨げるものではない。従って船長は、正常な状況が回復するまで予定された休息時間を一時中断し、必要な作業の遂行を船員に要求できる。正常な状況が回復され次第、可及的速やかに、予定された休息時間に業務を行った船員に対し、船長はしかるべき休息時間を与えることを確保しなければならない。
[9

他の関連する国際条約で規定するごとく、本条約のいかなる規定も、締約国が上記の制限に対して例外を適用することを妨げない。これらの例外は、いかなる場合も 7日間あたり 70 時間の休息を下回ってはならない。
9 の２

そのような例外は、可能な限り、B-8-1 節に記載の疲労防止に関する指針を勘案しつつ、基準に従わなければならない。][9もし休息時間がいかなる場合も 7 日間あたり 70 時間を下回ることがない場合は、締約国は、上記 2.2 で定める要求される休息時間に対して例外を認めることができる。
このような例外は、連続する 2 週間以上にわたって適用してはならず、また可能な限り、
B-8-1 節に記載の疲労防止に関する指針を考慮しなければならない。]
指定された安全、保安、海洋環境保護の任務を遂行中の船長、職員その他の船員によるアルコールの乱用を防ぐため、主管庁は、血中アルコール・レベル（BAC）を 0.05%
以下にするか、呼気中のアルコール分を 0.25 mg/ ℓ 以下にするか、若しくはそのようなアルコール濃度につながるアルコール摂取量を抑えるなどの制限を設けなければならない。

*

船員の船内就労時間協定に関する IMO/ILO の指針及び船員の就労時間又は休息時

間記録様式を使用することができる。

－61－

A/Ⅷ/2 節
当直体制及び遵守すべき原則
第1部

資格証明

第2部

航海計画

（省略）
（省略）
第3部
8

当直の一般原則

当直は、下記の船橋及び機関室リソース・マネージメント原則に基づいておこな

わなければならない。
.1

状況に応じて当直職員及び乗組員の適正な配置を確保すること。

.2

当直員を配置する場合、配員の能力・資格上の制限を考慮すること。

.3

当直員が、自己の役割分担と責任を理解していること及びチームの役割を確立すること。

.4

船長、機関長及び当直任務の職員は、他の人員、設備・機器及び情報など入手可能なリソースを最大限に活用しつつ、適切な当直を維持すること。

.5

当直員は設備・機器の機能と操作を理解し、それらの取扱いに精通すること。

.6

当直員は各部署・設備・機器からの情報を理解し、それに対しての対応方法を理解すること。

.7

各部署・設備・機器からの情報はすべての当直員によって適切に共有されること。

.8

いかなる状況にあっても、当直員は緊密な情報交換を維持すること。そして.9

当直員は、船舶の安全のためにとるべき行動に疑問を生じた場合は、躊躇することなく、船長、機関長及び当直任務の職員にその旨を通告すること。
第4部

海上における当直

一般的に当直に適用する原則
9

（省略）

10

船長は、当直体制が安全な航海当直及び荷役当直の維持に十分なものであることを確保しなければならない。航海当直の職員は、船長の全般的な指揮の下に、自己の任務の遂行中、ある船舶を安全に航行させる責任（特に、衝突及び乗揚げを回避する責任）－62－を有する。
11～12（省略）
第 4-1 部

13～17

航海当直の維持に当たり遵守すべき原則

（省略）

当直体制
18

船橋における当直体制（適切な資格を有する部員が当直を担当する場合を含む。
）の編成にあたっては、特に次の事項を考慮しなければならない。
.1～.3
.4

（省略）

ECDIS、レーダ又は電子的測位機器等の航法装置及びその他の安全航行に関連のある装置の使用及びこれらの装置の作動状態

19～46
*
47

（省略）

35 関係

SOLAS 規則Ⅴ/24、Ⅴ/25 及びⅤ/26 を参照のこと

海図は、船舶に備えられている最大尺度のものであり、その海域に適し、かつ、利用可能な最新の情報によって補正されているものを使用しなければならない。船位の決定は、頻繁に行わなければならず、状況により可能な場合には、常に 2 以上の方法で行わなければならない。ECDIS を使用する場合は、適切な使用コード（尺度）の海図を用い、船位は独立した船位決定方法により、適切な間隔で確認しなければならない。
48～51

（省略）
第 4-2 部

52

機関当直の維持に当たり遵守すべき原則

第 4-2 部、第 5-2 部及び第 5-4 部において「機関当直」の語は、当直を担当する者又は当直を担当する者の集団の意味にも、若しくは職員が機関区域の当直の責任を有している期間（職員が機関区域にいることを要求されているかいないかを問わない。）の意味にも用いるものとする。
53～83

（省略）

－63－

第 4-3 部

無線当直の維持に当たり遵守すべき原則

（省略）
第5部

港における当直

第 5-1 部甲板当直の引継ぎ

すべての当直に適用する原則

90～97

98

（省略）

当直を引継ぐ職員は、甲板当直の引継ぎに先だって、当直の引継ぎを受ける交代

職員に次の事項を知らせなければならない。
.1～.11（省略）
第 5-2 部

機関当直の引継ぎ（省略）
第 5-3 部甲板当直の実施

第 5-4 部

機関当直の実施（省略）（省略）
第 5-5 部

危険貨物を運送する船舶の港における当直（省略）
第 5-6 部
107

荷役当直

荷役作業の立案と実施に責任を有する職員は、非船舶要員に関わる場合を含め、具体的な危険の防止を通じて作業が安全に行われることを確保しなければならない。

－64－

附属書 4
外交会議決議草案
決議案 1
経過規定及び早期の実施
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、〔5 年間隔または改正が発効した後に次回の資格証明書の更新が行われるまでの時期のうちどちらか遅い方で、外交会議によって採択された改正に従って締約国が証明書を発行、認可、是認することを求められるという経過規定に関する第 I/15 規則を含めることで合意し、〕〔発効日プラス 5 年間〕〔または〕〔改正が発効した後に次回の資格証明書の更新が行われるまでの時期のうちどちらか早い方〕までに充分な遵守を達成するためには、締約国
は STCW 条約及びコードを各国内の訓練、資格証明及び管理システムの中で実施するための適切な措置を迅速に講ずる必要があることを認識しつつ、かつ、STCW 条約及びコード要件の実施に関連して生ずるかもしれない諸問題が、実行可能な最高の能力基準を可及的速やかに導入するという目的を阻害する可能性を懸
念しつつ、
1.

各締約国に対し、会議によって採択された STCW 条約及びコードの改正をそれぞれの国内システムの下で実施することについての第 I/15 規則の経過規定のみならず、
それに関連して生ずるいかなる問題についての進展をも、常に機関（IMO）の海上安全委員会に報告するよう促す。
2.

さらに各締約国に対し、外交会議によって採択された STCW 条約及びコードの改正を早期に実施するために適切な措置を講ずるよう促す。そして
3.

実行可能な最高の能力基準の可及的速やかな導入を促進するため、経過を整然たるものにならしめ、また十分かつ効果的な実施を阻害する可能性のある困難な状況を未然－65－

に防ぐ目的をもって、国際海事機関の海上安全委員会に対し、全締約国による STCW
条約及びコードの実施に向けた進展を監視するよう要請する。

－66－

決議案 2
資格証明書の検証と裏書
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、
すべての船員のための適切な教育と訓練及び彼らが習得する経験の重要性を認識し、また、すべての船舶が適切に訓練され資格証明された船員によって配員、運航される必要性を認識し、さらに、船員に発行される資格証明書の検証と裏書がそれらの証明書の発行に関わる違法な行為を防止するのみならずポート・ステート・コントロール活動を支える観点からも肝要であることを認識しつつ、各国主官庁に対し、以下のような適切な措置を講ずるよう勧告する。
.1

彼らが発行する資格証明書の真正性と有効性及び裏書の発行を促進するため、
電子データベースを確立すること。及び.2

資格証明書の真正性と有効性の検証及び裏書のため他国の主官庁から要請があった場合は、これに適切かつ適時に対応すること。

－67－

決議案 3
訓練、資格証明及び船舶の配員レベルについての基準
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、
すべての船員のための適切な教育と訓練及び彼らが習得する経験の重要性を認識し、すべての船舶が適切に訓練され資格証明された船員によって配員、運航される必要性を認識し、かつ、STCW 条約及びコードが船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準を確立していることに留意しつつ、.1

STCW 条約及びコードが訓練と資格証明の基準に関わる文書ではあるが船舶の配員レベルを決定するものではないことを再確認する。

.2

船舶の配員レベルに関するいかなる決定も、国際海事機関によって採択された安全配員*の原則を勘案しつつ、各主官庁と当該船主がなすべき責任であることを再確認する。

*

1999 年 11 月 25 日に国際海事機関総会で採択された安全配員の原則に関する改正決議 A.890(21)を指す。

－68－

決議案 4船員の技術知識、技能及び専門性の促進
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、
報告で指摘されかつ予想もされているように、国際航海に従事する船舶に対して効果的に配員し船舶を運航するための有資格船員が不足していることに懸念をもって留意し、かつ、訓練及び資格証明プロセスの全体的な選定の有効性は、船員が船上勤務の過程において示す技能、力量、能力を通じてのみ評価可能であることを理解しつつ、各国主官庁に対し、船社が以下のことを確実にできるような施策を講ずることを勧告す
る：.1

技術知識、技能および専門性について最高の実行可能な水準を示す船員を選定するための基準とプロセスを確立すること。

.2

船舶要員がその任務の遂行において示す水準を監視すること。

.3

船上に勤務するすべての職員に対して、配下の要員の訓練に積極的に参加するよう奨励すること。

.4

配下の要員が船上勤務の間に知識と技能の習得面で達成する進歩を注意深く監視し頻繁に検討すること。

.5

再教育、知識・技能更新訓練を必要に応じ適切な間隔で実施すること。及び.6あらゆる船上勤務者に海事専門職に対する誇りを植え付け、かつ安全文化と正しい環境意識を醸成するため、あらゆる適切な施策を講ずること。

－69－

決議案 5船員の身体適性に関する国際基準を実行するための指針の策定
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、船長と乗組員の全般的身体適性が海上における人命と財産の安全にとって重要である
こと、及び海洋環境の重要性を認識し、STCW 条約とコード及び 2006 年海事労働条約に含まれている船員の身体適性に関する国際基準を認識しつつ、かつ、STCW 条約及びコードが船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準を確立していることに留意しつつ、
国際海事機関が国際労働機関及び世界保健機関との協力のもとに、前述の基準を実施するための指針を策定することを求める。

－70－

決議案 6
国際海事機関によって公表されているモデル課程の改訂
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、モデル課程は国際海事機関（IMO）によって認可・公表され、STCW 条約及びコードの定める最小限の要件に基づく中核カリキュラムであるが、これらが船員の訓練と資格証明に多大な貢献をなしてきたことを認識し、前述のモデル課程が、提供する訓練の質を改善する上で多くの訓練機関のために役立ってきたこと、そして能力評価手続きを改善するために用いられてきたことを理解し、そして STCW 条約及びコードの訓練と評価に関する規定のさらに一様な適用を図ることを願いつつ、
以下のことを勧告する。
.1

STCW 条約及びコードの訓練と評価に関する規定の実施について指針を定めているそれらのモデル課程を改訂・更新するため、IMO が措置を講ずること。

.2

各国政府及び諸国際機関が、モデル課程の改訂・更新のため資金を提供する
か、もしくは支援すること。

－71－

決議案 7
技術協力の促進2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、
すべての船員のための適切な教育と訓練及び彼らが習得する経験の重要性を認識し、さらに、特に発展途上国においては、専門訓練プログラムを供与し必要とされる経験を習得するための施設が限られている場合があることを認識し、かつ、STCW 条約及びコードを実施するため、しかるべき訓練と経験を与える上で必要とされる適切な専門知識と施設が不足している国々を援助する技術協力の促進が有用であることを信じつつ、.1

締約国に対し、IMO と協力して STCW 条約及びコードの改正要件を満たすことが困難であり、そのような援助を求める諸国に援助を提供するか提供のための取り決めを行うことを強く促す。

.2

IMO に対しては、当該各国に彼らが必要とする援助を供与するとともに、そのための適切な規定を技術協力プログラムの中に設けるための努力を強化することを求める。

－72－

決議案 8極地海域を航行する船舶に乗組む船長及び職員の能力を確保するための施策
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、極地海域での海上交通量が増大した結果、近年、同海域においていくつかの事故が発生したことに留意し、さらに、極地海域が遠隔地にあること、そしてその水路・海象・気象・氷河特性の独自性が際立っていることから、捜索救助、介護、人員の退避及び汚染への対処が作業上及び後方業務上大きな問題を伴うことに留意し、極地海域を航行する船舶の運航には、それらに乗組む船長や職員に特定の教育、訓練、経験及び関連する技能が要求されることを認識し、また、この特殊な航海に特化した専門課程を通して船長や職員を訓練するための政府の努力を認識し、
さらに、「極地海域を航行する船舶のための指針*」と、現在国際海事機関によって策定中の「極地コード」が採択された場合の強制訓練要件の必要性の双方を認識しつつ、各国主官庁に対し、極地海域を航行する船舶の船長や職員が適切な訓練や経験を積むことによって以下のことが確実にできるようになるための施策を講ずることを勧告する。
.1

氷河・水路・海象・気象上の要因を勘案しつつ極地海域への航海計画を立案
すること。

*

2009 年 12 月 2 日に国際海事機関総会で採択された決議 A.1024(26) — 極地を航行する船舶のための指針 — を参照のこと。

－73－

.2

極地海域、特に風と視界の悪条件下での氷で覆われた制限海域、を安全に航行すること。

.3

政府間合意に基づく要件及び海上における人命の安全と海洋環境の保護に関する要件の遵守を監督し、これを確かなものとすること。

－74－

決議案 9海事関連職への新規参入者の勧誘と確保
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、国際貿易の 90%以上が海上輸送によって担われていること、そして海運産業が安全、確実、効率的かつ環境に対する健全性をもって運営されていることを認識し、全世界的かつ持続可能な発展と繁栄に多大な貢献をなす海運に対して、船員が極めて重要な労務サービスを提供していることを認識し、また、今日ますます高度化する船舶の運航を、そのあらゆる側面で安全、確実、効率的かつ環境に対する健全性をもって運航する能力を有する船員に委ねる必要性を認識し、さらに、何らかの差別的法制が採択または差別的な慣行が制定された場合、海事職を志す若者の気持ちを挫くだけでなく、現職の船員に対しても海事職に留まる意欲を削ぐ可能性があることを認識し、報告で指摘されかつ予想もされているように、船舶に対して効果的に配員し船舶を運航するための有資格船員が不足していることに懸念をもって留意し、また、国際労働機関、BIMCO、国際海運集会所、国際海運連盟、INTERCARGO、
INTERTANCO 及び国際運輸労連の協力を得て国際海事機関の事務局長が開始した「海へ出よう！」キャンペーンが 2008 年 11 月に開始されたことに感謝をもって留意し、若者の間に海事職の魅力を広めるために行ってきた海運業界の総合的な努力に感謝しつつ、各国主官庁、船社、船主・船舶管理者・船員機関その他の関連団体に対し、若者の間に海事職の魅力を広めかつ現職の船員を業界に留めるために、以下のことによって最大限の努力を行うよう勧告する。

－75－

.1

海事産業に対する一般人の好意的な理解、特に若者の理解、を涵養すること。

.2

海事職を通じて得られるさまざまな機会について、若者の間に意識と知識を広めること。

.3

海上生活の質を陸上勤務のそれにさらに近づけるとともに、インターネット
へのアクセスを含め、船上の生活施設を向上させること。

.4

船上に勤務するすべての職員に対して、配下の要員を彼らの船上勤務の間に訓練し助言することに積極的に関与するよう奨励すること。

.5

訓練生のため、新造船での適切な宿泊設備の提供を奨励すること。及び.6あらゆる船上勤務者に海事専門職に対する誇りを植え付け、かつ安全を尊ぶ
文化と正しい環境意識を醸成するため、あらゆる適切な施策を講ずること。

－76－

決議案 10
訓練生のための宿泊設備
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、
報告されかつ予想もされているように、国際航海に従事する船舶に対して効果的に配員し船舶を運航するための有資格船員が不足していることに懸念をもって留意し、
今日ますます高度化する船舶の運航を、そのあらゆる側面で安全、確実、効率的かつ環境に対する健全性をもって運航する能力を有する船員に委ねる必要性を認識し、また、最低限の強制的航海勤務が、実作業レベル及び支援レベルの資格証明に関する
STCW 条約及びコードで規定されている要件の一部をなすことを認識し、さらに、訓練生のための船上の適切な宿泊設備の不足が、彼らを適正に訓練し海事職に留める上での重大な阻害要因となり、これが前述の人手不足に拍車をかけていることを認識しつつ、
船主、船舶管理者及び船社に対し、既存の船舶であれ新造船であれ、訓練生のために適切な宿泊設備を提供することを勧告する。

－77－

決議案 11
海事産業への女性進出の促進
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、
国際海事機関によって策定された「海事部門における女性差別撤廃のための長期及び中期計画」に留意し、海事部門において女性の訓練を促進する、という国際海事機関の目的への支持を表明し、また、海事訓練を受ける機会と船上勤務への雇用機会に対して男女が共に平等のアクセスを有することは大いに望ましいと考えつつ、各国政府に対し、以下のことを勧告する。
.1

海事産業のすべての部門に対する男女平等のアクセスを保証することに格別な考慮を与えること。

.2

海事職における女性の役割を強調するとともに、彼女らの海事訓練及び海事
産業のすべてのレベルへの進出を促進すること。

－78－

決議案 12STCW 条約及びコードの将来的改正
2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、
技術と訓練方法面での急激な発展に伴って、STCW 条約及びコードの見直し、改正、更新について一貫したアプローチが必要となっていることに留意し、
しかしながら、STCW 条約及びコードの頻繁な改正は各国の海事主官庁、船主、海事訓練・教育機関、船員などにとって問題となる可能性があるため避けるべきであることに留意しつつ、.1

STCW 条約及びコードの重要かつ広範な改正は、5 年サイクルで提起・採択するのが望ましい旨を勧告する。

.2

さらに、STCW 条約及びコードについての包括的見直しは 10 年ごとに行うべきであると勧告する。これは、中間期において何らかの矛盾点が確認された場合にそれらに対処し、かつ条約及びコードを最新技術に対応させるためで
ある。

－79－

決議案 13
国際労働機関の貢献2010 年マニラ会議は、
改正 1978 年の船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直の基準に関する国際条約及び船員の訓練及び資格証明並びに当直に関するコード（STCW 条約及びコード）についての改正を採択し、船員の職業上の安全と健康に関わる事柄についての国際労働機関（ILO）の役割と能力と専門知識を認識し、また、かつて発効し実施された 2006 年海事労働条約（MLC 2006）が、国際海事機関と海運産業の目的を達成する上で、大きな利益をもたらしていることを認識しつつ、.1

前述の STCW 条約及びコード改正の策定作業に際して ILO が行った貢献に対して感謝の意を表明する。そして.2

MLC 2006 を未だに批准していない各国政府に対し、それを早急に批准することで同条約を迅速に発効させ、その後の広範かつ効果的な実施を確実なものとするよう強く勧告する。

＊＊＊

－80－

附属書 5
総会決議草案 A.[.....] (27)最小安全配員の原則
総会は、海上安全と船舶による海洋汚染の防止・規制についての規則と指針に関わる総会の役割に関する国際海事機関条約の第 15(j)条を想起し、また、海上安全委員会に対して審議、とりわけ安全の観点からの外洋航行船舶への配員についての審議、を要求している同条約の第 28(a)条を想起し、安全配員が、船舶、乗組員、乗客、貨物と財産の安全と保全、及び海洋環境の保護のために必要とされる有資格かつ経験を積んだ船員の数に関わる機能であることに留意し、IMO の関連文書のみならず、海上安全と海洋環境の保護に関連して ILO、ITU 及びWHO によって採択された文書の要件の重要性を認識し、適切な安全配員文書またはそれに相等する文書を、最小安全配員の物証として発給することに関する改正 SOLAS 第 V/14 規則の規定に留意し、また、船舶及び港湾施設の保安に関する SOLAS 第 XI-2 章規定及び船舶及び港湾施設の保安の国際（ISPS）コードの規定に留意し、これらの要件の遵守を維持していく船員の能力は、訓練、就労・休息時間、職業上の安全・健康・衛生及び適切な食糧の支給に関連する条件を通じて得られる彼らの継続的な能率性次第であることに留意し、船舶の安全配員を決定するために運営する枠組みとしての大まかな原則を国際的に受け入れることは、海上安全・保安及び海洋環境保護を大いに高めることになろうと信じ、（第 88 回）海上安全委員会が勧告することを検討した結果、
1.

最小安全配員の原則、安全配員の原則を適用するための指針、最小安全配員文書の内容及びモデル様式に関する指針を採択する。これらは、それぞれ現決議に対する附
属書 1、2、3、4 及び 5 において記載されているものである。

－81－

2.

各国政府に対し、自国の国旗を掲げる船舶への最小安全配員を決定するに際しては、

附属書 1 に記載の原則と附属書 5 に記載の手続きを遵守し、かつ附属書 2 及び 3 に記載の指針を勘案するよう勧告する。
3.

各国政府に対し、最小安全配員文書には少なくとも附属書 4 に記載の情報を確実に含めることを要請する。
4.

さらに各国政府に対し、自国を訪れる外国船について現行の国際条約に従ってポート・ステート・コントロールを行使する際は、法令遵守に関して最小安全配員文書を、
当該船舶が適切に配員されていることの証拠として看做すよう要請する。
5.

海上安全委員会に対し、現在検討中の本決議案を保持することを要請する。

6.

決議案 A.890(21)及び A.955(23)を廃止する。

＊＊＊

－82－

附属書 1
最小安全配員の原則を適用するための指針
1

序論

1.1

これらの指針は、第 3 節に記載の最小安全配員の原則を適用する際に用いられるものである。この第 3 節は、改正 1978 年 STCW 条約第 III 条の対象である船舶の安全運航、改正 1974 年 SOLAS 条約第 XI-2 条の対象である船舶の保安、及び海洋環境の保護を確実にするためのものである。
1.2

主官庁は、本附属書において推奨されている規定と異なる措置、技術進歩及び特殊な船種や業界に適合させた措置を保持または採択する場合があるかもしれない。いずれにせよ行政府は、具体的な配員措置が一定の安全度、少なくともこれらの指針によって確立されたものと同等の安全度、を確保していると常に満足していなければならな
い。
2

目標

2.1

これらの指針の目標は、船舶の安全・保安、海上での安全な航行と作業、港湾での安全な作業、傷害事故や人命の損失防止、海洋環境及び財産に対する被害の防止を確実なものとし、かつ疲労を防ぐことによって船員の福祉と健康を確保するため、船舶に対して充分かつ効果的・効率的な配員を保証することである。これらの目標は以下のことによって達成することができる。

3.1

目的志向のアプローチを採用すること。

.2

効果的な実行のための手続き。

.3

効果的な施行。

最小安全配員の原則

3.1

船舶の最小配員を決定する際には、以下の原則を遵守しなければならない。
.1

以下のことができる能力。

－83－

.1.1

改正 1978 年 STCW 条約第 VIII/2 規則に従って安全な航海当直、停泊
当直、機関当直及び無線当直を維持し、自船の全般的な見張りを維持す
ること。

.1.2

船舶を安全に係留・離岸すること。

.1.3

航海中に停留またはほぼ停留の場合、船舶の安全機能を適切に操作する
こと。

.1.4

海洋環境破壊防止のために適切に運航すること。

.1.5

火災の危険を最小限にするため、人が入ることのできる場所については
すべて安全装置を維持し、常にきれいにしておくこと。

.2

.1.6

船上での医療に備えること。

.1.7

輸送中の貨物の安全に万全を期すこと。

.1.8

船舶の構造的保全のため、適宜、検査・保守を行うこと。

.1.9

船舶保安規定（Ship’s Security Plan）に従って運航すること。

以下のことができる能力。
.2.1

すべての水密閉鎖装置を操作し、それらを良好な状態に維持し、かつ有能な損傷対策班を配置すること。

.2.2

船上のすべての消火・非常装置及び救命器具を操作し、これらの機器が海上で必要となった場合に備えて整備し、船上の人員を招集・点呼及び下船させること。

.2.3

主推進機関及び汚染防止装置を含む補助機を操作し、航海中の予期可能な危険を克服できるよう、それらを安全な状態に保つこと。

3.2

下記の船上機能も、適宜、勘案しなければならない。
.1

すべての要員に対する、消火・非常装置及び救命器具、水密閉鎖装置の操作及び使用法を含む、継続的な訓練要件。

.2

特定の船種向け、及び乗組員が複数の部門にまたがる船内作業に従事している場合のための専門的訓練要件。

.3

適切な食物と飲料水の用意。

.4

非常時において職務と責任を引き受けることの必要性。

－84－

.5

新入船員に必要とされる訓練と経験を習得させるため、彼らに訓練機会を与える必要性。

＊＊＊－85－

附属書 2
最小安全配員決定のための指針
1

最小安全配員の決定

1.1

船舶の最小安全配員は、以下に列挙する要素を含め、関連するあらゆる要素を勘案して決定しなければならない。

1.2

.1

船型及び船種。

.2

主推進機関及び補助推進機関の番号、サイズ及び種類。

.3

船舶自動化のレベル。

.4

船舶の構造と搭載機器。

.5

採用されている保守方法。

.6積載する貨物。

.7

寄港の頻度、航海の期間と性質。

.8

就航地域・海域及び船の作業内容。

.9

船上での訓練活動が実施される範囲。

.10

会社によって船に提供される陸上サポートの程度。

.11

適用される就労時間制限及び・または休養要件。

.12

承認された船舶保安規定の適用。

STCW コードで規定されているように、船舶の最小安全配員は、適切な責任レ

ベルにおける職務遂行能力に基づいて決定されなければならない。職務遂行能力には以下のものが含まれる。

－86－

.1

.2

次のことが要求される職務、当直任務、責任からなる航海。
.1

安全航海の立案と実施。

.2

STCW コードの要件に準じた安全航海当直の維持。

.3あらゆる条件下での操船。

.4

安全な係留と抜錨。

次のことが要求される職務、当直任務、責任からなる荷役及び積付。
.1

積載する貨物の安全な船積、積付、固縛、航海中及び荷降ろしの際の管理についての立案と監視。

.3

次のことが要求される職務、当直任務、責任からなる操船及び船上の人員に対する配慮。
.1

船上の人員すべての安全・保安を維持し、救命・消火その他の安全機器を作動可能な状態に維持すること。

.4.2

あらゆる水密閉鎖装置の操作及び保守。

.3

船上のすべての人員を招集・点呼及び下船させる作業の実施。

.4

海洋環境保護活動の適宜実施。

.5

船上での医療に備えること。

.6

船の安全と保安に必要な管理業務の実施。

次のことが要求される職務、当直任務、責任からなる舶用機関技術。
.1船の主推進機関及び補助機を操作・監視し、それらの機械の性能を評価す
ること。

.5

.2

STCW コードの要件に準じた安全機関当直の維持。

.3

燃料及びバラスト作業の管理と実施。

.4船の機関機器・システムの安全と修理・点検の維持。

次のことが要求される職務、当直任務、責任からなる電気、電子及び制御技術。
.1

船の電気及び電子機器の操作。

.2船の電気及び電子システムの安全性維持。

－87－

.6

次のことが要求される職務、当直任務、責任からなる無線通信。
.1

船の無線通信機器を用いた情報の送受信。

.2

ITU 無線通信規則及び改正 1974 年 SOLAS 条約の要件に準じた安全な無線当直の維持。

.3.7

非常事態における無線通信業務の提供。

次のことが要求される職務、当直任務、責任からなる保守・修理作業。
.1

船舶とその機関、機器及びシステムに対して、適切な保守・修理方法に基づいた保守・修理を行うこと。

1.3

第 1.1 項及び第 1.2 項に記載の要素や機能に加えて、最小安全配員の決定には以下のことも勘案しなければならない。
.1

航海中でない船舶の海上における安全、保安、環境保護機能の管理。

.2小型船の場合を除き、三交代当直制を敷く必要がないことを船長に保証するため、有資格の甲板部職員を配置すること。

.3

推進出力の小さい船舶、または無監視の機関区域についての規定に基づいて運航している船舶の場合を除き、三交代機関当直制を敷く必要がないことを機関長に保証するため、有資格の機関部職員を配置すること。

.4

船上で適用される職業上の健康・衛生基準を維持すること。

.5

船上のすべての人員に適切な食べ物と飲料水を必要に応じて支給すること。

1.4

最小安全配員の決定に際しては、以下のことも考慮されねばならない。
.1

船員に与えられた船内での就労時間と休憩時間をしかるべく考慮した上での、仕事量がピークに達する状況や条件に対応するために必要な有資格者とその他の要員の数。

.2

安全操船と船の保安及び海洋環境の保護のために必要とされる活動を調整す－88－

るための船長の能力と船の乗組定員。

＊＊＊

－89－

附属書 3
最小安全配員の原則の適用における責任
1

会社の責任

1.1

主官庁は船舶の運航に責任のある会社に対し、同主官庁が指定した様式に従って船舶の最小安全配員に関する申請の提出を要求することができる。
1.2

船舶の最小安全配員に関する申請を作成する際、会社は本決議案に盛り込まれた原則、勧告及び指針を適用するとともに、以下が要求される。
.1

船舶の安全運航な、保安、海洋環境の保護及び非常事態への対応に必要な乗組定員に関する職務、義務及び責任について評価を実施すること。

.2

任務への適合規定及び就労時間記録が確実に履行されるよう保証すること。

.3

船舶の安全運航、保安、海洋環境の保護及び非常事態への対応に必要な乗組定員の人数、階級・資格について評価を実施すること。

.4

主官庁に対し、船舶の安全運航、保安、海洋環境の保護及び緊急事態への対応に必要乗組定員の人数、階級・資格についての評価に基づいた最小安全配員に関する申請を提出すること。その際、申請した乗組定員が乗客の避難を含む非常事態へどう対処するかを説明することにより、申請の妥当性の根拠を示すこと；.5

仕事量がピークに達する状況や条件及び要件への対応を含め、最小安全配員
が常に、そしてすべての点において適切であり、かつ本決議案に盛り込まれた原則、勧告及び指針に従っていることを保証すること；.6

航行地域、船舶の構造、機関、機器、運航及び保守または管理など安全配員に影響をもたらす可能性のある要因について変更がなされた場合、同船舶の最小安全配員の新しい申請を作成し、主官庁に提出すること；

2
2.1

主官庁による承認
会社から主官庁に提出された船舶の最小安全配員の申請は、以下のことを確実－90－にするため主官庁によって評価される。
.1

当該の船舶の乗組定員が、安全運航、保安、海洋環境の保護及び非常事態への対応に必要とされる職務、当直任務及び責任を果たすに足る要員の人数、階級・資格を含んでいること。

.2

船長と職員と他の乗組員は、船舶の安全に関する事柄以外、適切な国家規則の適用により、業務と休息時間の要件に従い超過勤務を必要としないこと。

2.2

そのような原則を適用する際に、主管庁は、以下に関する既存の IMO、ILO、

ITU 及び WHO の規則を適切に考慮すべきである。

2.3

.1

当直。

.2

就労又は休息時間。

.3

安全管理。

.4

船員の資格証明。

.5

船員の訓練。

.6

職業上の安全、健康及び衛生。

.7

乗組員の居住設備。

.8

保安。

.9

無線通信。
主管庁は、会社が申請した原案を評価し、船舶の定員の構成を承認できないときは、船舶の最小安全配員の申請の修正を会社に要求する。
2.4

主管庁は、この決議の原則、勧告及びガイドラインに従って最小安全配員が決められ、安全運航と保安と海洋環境保護と緊急事態への対応に関し、あらゆる点で適切であることが完全に満足される場合のみ、申請を承認し、最小安全配員証書を発給する。
2.5

主管庁は、会社が最小安全配員に影響する運航と整備又は船舶の管理に関する

航行区域、船舶の構造、機関、設備の変更がある場合の最小安全配員を提出できない場
合は、最小安全配員証書を取り消す。
2.6

主管庁は、適宜、休息時間の要件を継続的に遵守しない船舶の最小安全配員証書を見直し、取り消す事が出来る。
2.7

主管庁は、安全配員を決定する総ての原則を考慮して、最小安全配員証書に、－91－

航海当直に 3 人未満の適任者の配置を認めることについては、非常に慎重に事情を検討すべきである。

＊＊＊－92－

附属書 4
最小安全配員証書の内容とモデル様式についての指針
1

主管庁によって発行される、最小安全配員証書には、以下の情報が含まれていな

ければならない。
.1

船名、船籍港、船舶番号または船名符字、IMO 番号、総トン数、主推進機関
出力、船種及び航行地域、無人化機関室の有無及び会社が ISM コードで定義されている会社であるか否か、等についての明確な記載。

.2

乗組員の人数と階級/資格に加え、何らかの特別条件その他の注意事項を記載
した表。

.3

附属書 1 及び 2 に記載の原則と指針に従って、航海する時はいつも、記載された特記事項に従い、少なくとも証書に記載された乗組員の人数を配乗すれば、証書を与えられた船舶は、安全に配員されていると見なせるとの、主管庁の公式声明。

2.4

従事する運航業務と船舶の特徴について証書の制限と有効性に関する説明。

.5

証書の発行日と満了日とともに、主管庁の署名と公印

最小安全配員証書は、本附属書の付録に掲げたモデル様式に対応する書式で作成することが望ましい。英語以外の言語で証書を作成する場合は、英文併記すること。

付録
最小安全配員証書のモデル様式
最小安全配員証書
（省略）

－93－

附属書 5
最小安全配員決定のための枠組
序言
この枠組は、最小安全配員の決定について、主管庁と会社を支援するために策定された。
最小安全配員決定のための手順
1

会社からの申請書提出

1.1

最小安全配員のための船舶の運航の種類を定義する会社からの申請の提出。

1.2

申請書の提出に当たっては、船舶の安全、保安と海洋環境保護機能を管理する観点から、附属書 2 及び附属書 3 の要件を勘案する必要がある。
1.3

以下に概説するプロセスにより、会社は、乗組員の作業量ひいては提起された

最小安全配員のレベルに影響するさまざまな作業要因の間の相互依存性や相互作用について、より深い洞察を得ることができるようになる。
作業機能
1.4

プロセスを始めるには、まず作業上要因を機能別に分類しなければならない。

附属書 2 には検討すべき関連機能についての指針が記載されているが、同リストはそれだけに限られたものではない。次に、各機能は以下に掲げる属性を含む職務リストに分類することができる。
.1

期間：それぞれの仕事の遂行にはどれほどの時間が必要か？

この場合の時間とは、仕事の完了までに費やされた実際の期間と比較した場合の、人・時の合計計測値である。というのは、仕事によっては複数人で行うために短時間で完了するものもあるからである。
.2

頻度：当該の仕事はどの程度の頻度で行われるか？

これは標準的な間隔（例：１時間ごと、毎日、１週間ごと等）を用いて分類することができる。
.3

能力：当該の仕事を堅実に遂行するにはどのような技能、訓練及び資格が必要とされるであろうか？

－94－

.4

重要性：仕事をうまく遂行できなかった場合にはどのようなリスクまたは結果が生ずるだろうか？

作業要因
1.5

一つの機能を具体的な職務およびそれらの属性に分類したら、次は、それぞれの仕事を遂行するのに必要となる人員の具体的な技能、作業の方針・手順及び基盤施設・技術を決定する必要がある。その際に大切なことは、技術・自動化をもたらす特定能力が入手利用できる否か、そして適切な手順の有無次第で、これらの要因が配員レベ
ルを増減させる可能性があることを認識することである。
職務能力
1.6

作業要因と機能を定義する際に生み出された情報は、現実的な作業条件の範囲内で一人の個人がどれだけ多くの職務を遂行できるかを決定するのに用いられることになる。このステップを行うに際して考慮すべき特に重要なことは、人的要因の限界とそれに関連する基準や規則である。これらには、睡眠及び 24 時間周期の人体生理に関する要件、それぞれの職務に関わる肉体的・精神的な仕事量、そして騒音、温度、毒素など船内の環境条件に身をさらす際の限度などが含まれる。
仕事量の査定1.7

作業機能、作業要因及び職務能力に関連するステップを実施した後、情報は、

仕事量が関連する国内及び国際規則で規定された最小の休息及び・又は労働時間を超えていないかどうかを判定するために用いられる。このステップを行うに際して考慮すべきこととしては、労働期間の長さ、就労スケジュールの設計、及び、一労働日当たりの一定労働期間に課された職務を一人の乗組員が遂行できるかどうか、などがある。
2
2.1

主官庁による評価
会社が提出した申請書を、主官庁は関連する国内及び国際的規制要件や指針に照らして評価・承認する。
2.2

申請書を評価・承認した主官庁は、特別要件及び条件を含む最小安全配員証書を発行する。
3

最小安全配員証書の維持－95－

最小安全配員に影響する何らかの変更が起こった場合、会社は主官庁に対しその旨を通告しなければならないが、その場合には附属書 3 を勘案した新しい申請書を提出する。
4

遵守状況の監視

主官庁は、最小安全配員計画を定期的に見直さなければならない。

＊＊＊

－96－

附属書 6
改正 1974 年海上人命安全条約の改正草案
第V章
航行の安全
第 14 規則人員の配置
1

既存の第 2 項は、次の新項目に差し替えられる。

2

第 I 章適用のすべての船舶に関して、主官庁は、.1

機関*によって採択された関連指針を勘案しつつ透明な手続きに従って、適切な最小安全配員を確立しなければならない。そして.2

第 1 項の規定を遵守するのに必要と看做される最小安全配員の証拠として、
適切な最小安全配員証書を発行しなければならない。

＊＊＊*

機関の決議 A……(27)によって採択された最小安全配員の原則を参照のこと。

－97－

STW 42 の暫定議題草案
開会
1

議題採択

2

他の IMO 機関の決定事項

3

モデル訓練課程の承認

4

資格証明書に関する不正行為

5

海難分析

6

e-Navigation 戦略実行計画の策定

7

船上の閉鎖区画に立入る際の勧告事項の改訂

8

船内緊急事態への対応策実施モデル手続きの策定

9

リカバリー・システムの訓練基準の策定

10

二年間及び二年間後の協議事項及び STW 43 の暫定協議事項

112012 年の議長及び副議長選出

12

その他の議題13

海上安全委員会への報告

＊＊＊

－98－

Ⅱ部

REPORT
MARITIME

TO

THE

SAFETYCOMMITTEE

ANNEX

２

CHAPTERⅤ

CHAPTERⅥ

CHAPTERⅦ

CHAPTER

Ⅷ

ANNEX

３

ANNEX

４

ANNEX

５

ANNEX

６

ANNEX

７

ANNEX

８

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 136

CHAPTER V
Standards regarding special training requirementsfor personnel on certain types of ships
Section A-V/1-1
Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications of masters, officers andratings on oil and chemical tankers
Standard of competence1
Every candidate for certification in basic training for oil and chemical tanker cargo
operations shall be required to:.1

demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities
listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-1-1; and.2provide evidence of having achieved:.2.1

the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2of table A-V/1-1-1, and.2.2

the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods fordemonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence
tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-1-1.

2
Every candidate for certification in advanced training for oil tanker cargo operations shallbe required to:.1

demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities
listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-1-2; and.2provide evidence of having achieved:.2.1

the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2of table A-V/1-1-2, and.2.2

the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods fordemonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence
tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-1-2.

3
Every candidate for certification in advanced training for chemical tanker cargo
operations shall be required to:.1

demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities
listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-1-3; and

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 137.2

provide evidence of having achieved:.2.1

the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2of table A-V/1-1-3, and.2.2

the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods fordemonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence
tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-1-3.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 138

Table A-V/1-1-1
Specification of minimum standard of competence in basic training for oiland chemical tanker cargo operations
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Basic knowledge of cargo
operations:

Communications within the
Examination andarea of responsibility are clear
assessment of evidence
obtained from one or more and effectiveof the following:
Cargo operations are carriedout in accordance with
.1 approved in-service
accepted principles andexperience
procedures to ensure safety of.2 approved training ship operations
experience.1 piping systems andvalves.3 approved simulator
training.2 cargo pumps.4 approved training
programme

Contribute to Basic knowledge of tankers:
the safe cargo.1 types of oil and chemical
operation oftankers
oil andchemical.2 general arrangement andtankers
construction.3 loading and unloading.4 tank cleaning, purging,gas-freeing and inerting
Basic knowledge of thephysical properties of oil andchemicals:.1 pressure and temperature,including vapour
pressure/temperature
relationship.2 types of electrostatic
charge generation.3 chemical symbols
Knowledge andunderstanding of tanker
safety culture and safety
management

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 139

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceTakeprecautions
to prevent
hazards

Basic knowledge of thehazards associated withtanker operations, including:Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one or moreof the following:

Correctly identifies, on an
MSDS, relevant cargo-related
hazards to the vessel and to
personnel, and takes theappropriate actions inaccordance with establishedprocedures.1 health hazards.2 environmental hazards.3 reactivity hazards.4 corrosion hazards.5 explosion andflammability hazards.6 sources of ignition,
including electrostatic
hazards.7 toxicity hazards.8 vapour leaks and clouds
Basic knowledge of hazard
controls:.1 inerting, water padding,
drying agents andmonitoring techniques.2 anti-static measures.3 ventilation.4 segregation.5 cargo inhibition.6 importance of cargocompatibility.7 atmospheric control.8 gas testing
Understanding of information
on a Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS)
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship Identification and actions on
becoming aware of aexperiencehazardous situation conform toestablished procedures in line
.3 approved simulator
with best practicetraining.4 approved training
programme

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 140

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceApplyoccupational
health andsafetyprecautions
and measures

Function and proper use ofgas-measuring instruments
and similar equipment
Proper use of safety
equipment and protective
devices, including:.1 breathing apparatus andtank-evacuating
equipment.2 protective clothing andequipment.3 resuscitators

Procedures for entry into
Examination andenclosed spaces are observed.
assessment of evidence
obtained from one or more
Procedures and safe workingof the following:practices designed tosafeguard personnel and the.1 approved in-service
ship are observed at all times
experience.2 approved training ship Appropriate safety andprotective equipment isexperiencecorrectly used
.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme.4 rescue and escapeequipment
Basic knowledge of safe
working practices andprocedures in accordancewith legislation and industry
guidelines and personal
shipboard safety relevant tooil and chemical tankers,
including:.1 precautions to be taken
when entering enclosed
spaces.2 precautions to be taken
before and during repair
and maintenance work
.3 safety measures for hot
and cold work
.4 electrical safety.5 ship/shore safety
checklist
Basic knowledge of first aid
with reference to a Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

First aid do’s and don’ts

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 141

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Carry out
fire-fighting
operations

Practical exercises andTanker fire responseorganization and action to be instruction conductedunder approved and truly
taken
realistic training
Fire hazards associated with conditions (e.g., simulated
shipboard conditions) and,cargo handling andwhenever possible andtransportation of hazardous
practicable, in darkness
and noxious liquids in bulk
Fire-fighting agents used toextinguish oil and chemicalfires

The timing and sequence ofindividual actions areappropriate to the prevailingcircumstances and conditions

Portable fire-fighting foam
operations
Fixed dry chemical system
operations

Extinguishment of fire isachieved using appropriate
procedures, techniques andfire-fighting agents

Spill containment in relation
to fire-fighting operations
Basic knowledge of
emergency procedures,
including emergency
shutdown

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one or moreof the following:.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Action taken on identifying
muster signal is appropriate to
the indicated emergency andcomplies with establishedprocedures
Clothing and equipment areappropriate to the nature of thefire-fighting operations

Fixed fire-fighting foamsystem operations

Respond to
emergencies

Initial actions and follow-up
actions on becoming aware offire on board conform withestablished practices andprocedures

The type and impact of theemergency is promptly
identified and the response
actions conform to theemergency procedures andcontingency plans

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 142

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceTakeprecautions toprevent
pollution oftheenvironment
from therelease of oilor chemicals

Basic knowledge of theeffects of oil and chemical
pollution on human andmarine life

Procedures designed to
Examination andsafeguard the environment areassessment of evidence
obtained from one or more observed at all timesof the following:

Basic knowledge of
shipboard procedures toprevent pollution.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience
Basic knowledge of measures
to be taken in the event of.3 approved simulator
spillage, including the needtraining
to:.1 report relevant
information to the
responsible persons.2 assist in implementing
shipboard
spill-containment
procedures

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc.4 approved training
programme

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 143

Table A-V/1-1-2
Specification of minimum standard of competence in advanced training
for oil tanker cargo operations
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Ability to
Design and characteristics ofsafely perform an oil tanker
and monitor all
Knowledge of oil tanker
cargo
design, systems andoperations
equipment, including:Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience

Communications are clear,understood and successful
Cargo operations are carriedout in a safe manner, taking
into account oil tanker designs,
systems and equipment.1 general arrangement andconstruction
.2

.3

.4

.5
.6

.7

.2 approved training ship Cargo operations are planned,risk is managed and carried out
experiencein accordance with accepted
pumping arrangement
principles and procedures to.3 approved simulator
and equipment
ensure safety of operations andtraining
avoid pollution of the marine
tank arrangement,
environment
pipeline system and tank .4 approved training
programme
venting arrangement
Potential non-compliance withcargo-operation-related
gauging systems andprocedures is promptly
alarmsidentified and rectified
cargo heating systems
Proper loading, stowage andunloading of cargoes ensurestank cleaning, gas-freeingthat stability and stressand inerting systems
conditions remain within safe
limits at all times
ballast system.8 cargo area venting andaccommodation
ventilation.9 slop arrangements.10 vapour recovery systems.11 cargo-related electricaland electronic control
system.12 environmental protection
equipment, including Oil
Discharge Monitoring
Equipment (ODME)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Actions taken and procedures
followed are correctly applied
and the appropriate shipboard
cargo-related equipment isproperly used
Calibration and use ofmonitoring and gas-detection
equipment comply with
operational practices andprocedures

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 144

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence.13 tank coating
Ability tosafely perform
and monitor all .14 tank temperature andpressure control systems
cargo
operations.15 fire-fighting systems(continued)
Knowledge of pump theory
and characteristics, including
types of cargo pumps andtheir safe operation
Proficiency in tanker safety
culture and implementationof safety-management system
Knowledge andunderstanding of monitoringand safety systems, including
the emergency shutdown
Loading, unloading, care andhandling of cargo
Ability to perform cargomeasurements andcalculations
Knowledge of the effect ofbulk liquid cargoes on trim,
stability and structural
integrity
Knowledge andunderstanding of oil
cargo-related operations,
including:.1 loading and unloadingplans.2 ballasting anddeballasting.3 tank cleaning operations.4 inerting.5 gas-freeing
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Procedures for monitoring andsafety systems ensure that all
alarms are detected promptly
and acted upon in accordancewith established emergency
procedures

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 145

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence.6 ship-to-ship transfers
Ability tosafely perform
and monitor all .7 load on top
cargo.8 crude oil washing
operations(continued)
Development and applicationof cargo-related operationplans, procedures andchecklists
Ability to calibrate and use
monitoring and gas-detection
systems, instruments andequipment

Familiarity
with physicaland chemical
properties ofoil cargoes

Ability to manage andsupervise personnel withcargo-related responsibilities

Personnel are allocated duties
and informed of procedures andstandards of work to befollowed, in a manner
appropriate to the individuals
concerned and in accordancewith safe operational practices

Examination andKnowledge andunderstanding of the physical assessment of evidence
and chemical properties of oil obtained from one ormore of the following:cargoes

Effective use is made of
information resources for
identification of properties andcharacteristics of oil cargoes
and related gases, and theirimpact on safety, theenvironment and vessel
operation

Understanding theinformation contained in a
Material Safety Data Sheet(MSDS).1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 146

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceTakeprecautions toprevent
hazards

Knowledge andunderstanding of the hazards
and control measuresassociated with oil tanker
cargo operations, including:Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:

Relevant cargo-related hazards
to the vessel and to personnel
associated with oil tanker cargo
operations are correctly
identified, and proper control
measures are taken.1 toxicity.1 approved in-service
experience.2 flammability andexplosion.2 approved training ship
experience.3 health hazards.3 approved simulator
training.4 inert gas composition.5 electrostatic hazards.4 approved training
programme

Knowledge andunderstanding of dangers of
non-compliance with relevant
rules/regulations
Apply
occupational
health andsafetyprecautions

Knowledge andunderstanding of safe
working practices, including
risk assessment and personal
shipboard safety relevant to
oil tankers:

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience

Procedures designed tosafeguard personnel and theship are observed at all times
Safe working practices areobserved and appropriate safety
and protective equipment iscorrectly used

.1 precautions to be taken
when entering enclosed .2 approved training ship
Working practices are inexperience
spaces, including correct
accordance with legislativeuse of different types ofrequirements, codes of practice,.3 approved simulator
breathing apparatus
permits to work andtraining
environmental concerns.2 precautions to be taken
before and during repair .4 approved training
Correct use of breathing
programme
and maintenance work
apparatus.3 precautions for hot andProcedures for entry into
cold work
enclosed spaces are observed.4 precautions for electricalsafety.5 use of appropriate
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 147

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Respond to
emergencies

Knowledge andunderstanding of oil tanker
emergency procedures,
including:Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 ship emergency response .1 approved in-service
experienceplans

The type and impact of theemergency is promptly
identified and the response
actions conform withestablished emergency
procedures and contingency
plans.2 approved training ship The order of priority, and thelevels and time-scales ofexperiencemaking reports and informing
personnel on board, areactions to be taken in the .3 approved simulator
relevant to the nature of the
training
event of failure of
emergency and reflect thesystems or services
urgency of the problem.4 approved training
essential to cargo
programme
Evacuation, emergency
fire-fighting on oil
shutdown and isolation
tankers
procedures are appropriate to
the nature of the emergency
enclosed space rescue
and are implemented promptly
use of a Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS).2 cargo operations
emergency shutdown
.3

.4

.5
.6

Actions to be taken following
collision, grounding, or
spillage
Knowledge of medical firstaid procedures on board oiltankers

Understanding of procedures
Take
to prevent pollution of the
precautions
atmosphere and theto prevent
pollution of the environment
environment

The identification of andactions taken in a medical
emergency conform to current
recognized first aid practiceand international guidelines
Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Operations are conducted inaccordance with accepted
principles and procedures toprevent pollution of theenvironment

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 148

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:

The handling of cargoes
complies with relevant IMO
instruments and establishedindustrial standards andcodes of safe working
practice

Knowledge andMonitor andunderstanding of relevant
control
provisions of thecompliancewith legislative International Convention for
the Prevention of Pollution
requirementsfrom Ships (MARPOL), as
amended, and other relevant
IMO instruments, industry
guidelines and port
regulations as commonly
applied.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 149

Table A-V/1-1-3
Specification of minimum standard of competence in advanced training
for chemical tanker cargo operations
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceCommunications are clear,
Ability to
Design and characteristics of Examination andunderstood and successful
assessment of evidence
safely perform a chemical tanker
obtained from one or
and monitor all
Knowledge of chemical
Cargo operations are carried
more of the following:cargo
tanker designs, systems, andout in a safe manner, taking
operations
equipment, including:into account chemical tanker.1 approved in-service
designs, systems andexperience.1 general arrangement andequipment
construction.2 approved training ship
Cargo operations are planned,
experience.2 pumping arrangement
risk is managed and carried out
and equipmentin accordance with accepted.3 approved simulator.3 tank construction andprinciples and procedures totraining
arrangement
ensure safety of operations andavoid pollution of the marine.4 approved training.4 pipeline and drainage
environment
programme
systems.5 tank and cargo pipelinepressure and temperature
control systems andalarms.6 gauging control systems
and alarms.7 gas-detecting systems.8 cargo heating and coolingsystems.9 tank cleaning systems.10 cargo tank environmental
control systems.11 ballast systems.12 cargo area venting andaccommodation
ventilation.13 vapour return/recovery
systems.14 fire-fighting systems

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 150

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence.15 tank, pipeline andAbility tofittings’ material andsafely perform
coatings
and monitor allcargo.16 slop management
operations(continued)
Knowledge of pump theory
and characteristics, including
types of cargo pumps andtheir safe operation
Proficiency in tanker safety
culture and implementationof safety management system
Knowledge andunderstanding of monitoringand safety systems, including
the emergency shutdown
systemLoading, unloading, care andhandling of cargo
Ability to perform cargomeasurements andcalculations
Knowledge of the effect ofbulk liquid cargoes on trim
and stability and structural
integrity
Knowledge andunderstanding of chemicalcargo-related operations,
including:.1 loading and unloadingplans.2 ballasting anddeballasting.3 tank cleaning operations.4 tank atmosphere control

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Proper loading, stowage andunloading of cargoes ensuresthat stability and stressconditions remain within safe
limits at all times
Potential non-compliance withcargo-related procedures is
promptly identified and rectified
Actions taken and procedures
followed are correctly
identified and appropriate
shipboard cargo-related
equipment is properly used

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 151

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence.5 inerting
Ability tosafely perform
and monitor all .6 gas-freeingcargo.7 ship-to-ship transfers
operations(continued).8 inhibition andstabilization requirements.9 heating and coolingrequirements andconsequences to adjacentcargoes.10 cargo compatibility andsegregation.11 high-viscosity cargoes.12 cargo residue operations.13 operational tank entry
Development and applicationof cargo-related operationplans, procedures andchecklists
Ability to calibrate and use
monitoring and gas-detection
systems, instruments andequipment

Calibration and use ofmonitoring and gas-detection
equipment are consistent withsafe operational practices andprocedures
Procedures for monitoring andsafety systems ensure that all
alarms are detected promptly
and acted upon in accordancewith established procedures

Ability to manage andsupervise personnel withcargo-related responsibilities

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Personnel are allocated duties
and informed of procedures andstandards of work to befollowed, in a manner
appropriate to the individuals
concerned and in accordancewith safe operational practices

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 152

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Familiarity
with physicaland chemical
properties ofchemicalcargoes

Knowledge andunderstanding of thechemical and the physicalproperties of noxious liquid
substances, including:Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:

Effective use is made of
information resources for
identification of properties andcharacteristics of noxious liquid
substances and related gases,
and their impact on safety,
environmental protection andvessel operation.1 chemical cargoes
categories (corrosive,
toxic, flammable,
explosive).2 chemical groups andindustrial usage.3 reactivity of cargoes
Understanding theinformation contained in a
Material Safety Data Sheet(MSDS)
Take
precautions toprevent
hazards

Knowledge andunderstanding of the hazards
and control measuresassociated with chemical
tanker cargo operations,
including:.1 flammability andexplosion.2 toxicity.3 health hazards.4 inert gas composition.5 electrostatic hazards.6 reactivity.7 corrosivity.8 low-boiling-point cargoes.9 high-density cargoes.10 solidifying cargoes.11 polymerizing cargoes

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme

Relevant cargo-related hazards
to the vessel and to personnel
associated with chemical tanker
cargo operations are correctly
identified, and proper control
measures are taken

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 153

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:

Procedures designed tosafeguard personnel and theship are observed at all times

Knowledge andunderstanding of dangers of
non-compliance with relevant
rules/regulations
Apply
occupational
health andsafetyprecautions

Knowledge andunderstanding of safe
working practices, including
risk assessment and personal
shipboard safety relevant tochemical tankers:.1 approved in-service
experience

Safe working practices areobserved and appropriate safety
and protective equipment iscorrectly used

.1 precautions to be taken
when entering enclosed .2 approved training ship
Working practices are inexperience
spaces, including correct
accordance with legislativeuse of different types ofrequirements, codes of practice,.3 approved simulator
breathing apparatus
permits to work andtraining
environmental concerns.2 precautions to be taken
before and during repair .4 approved training
Correct use of breathing
programme
and maintenance work
apparatus.3 precautions for hot andProcedures for entry into
cold work
enclosed spaces are observed.4 precautions for electricalsafety.5 use of appropriate
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 154

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Respond to
emergencies

Knowledge andunderstanding of chemical
tanker emergency
procedures, including:Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 ship emergency response .1 approved in-service
experienceplans

The type and impact of theemergency is promptly
identified and the response
actions conform withestablished emergency
procedures and contingency
plans.2 approved training ship The order of priority, and thelevels and time-scales ofexperiencemaking reports and informing
personnel on board, areactions to be taken in the .3 approved simulator
relevant to the nature of the
training
event of failure of
emergency and reflect thesystems or services
urgency of the problem.4 approved training
essential to cargo
programme
Evacuation, emergency
fire fighting on chemical
shutdown and isolation
tankers
procedures are appropriate to
the nature of the emergency
enclosed space rescue
and are implemented promptly
cargo reactivity.2 cargo operations
emergency shutdown
.3

.4

.5
.6

.7 jettisoning cargo.8

use of a Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS)

Actions to be taken following
collision, grounding, or
spillage
Knowledge of medical firstaid procedures on board
chemical tankers, withreference to the Medical First
Aid Guide for Use in
Accidents involving
Dangerous Goods (MFAG)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

The identification of andactions taken in a medical
emergency conform to current
recognized first aid practiceand international guidelines

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 155

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Understanding of proceduresTake
precautions to to prevent pollution of theatmosphere and theprevent
pollution of the environment
environment

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:

Operations are conducted inaccordance with accepted
principles and procedures toprevent pollution of theenvironment.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme
Knowledge andMonitor andunderstanding of relevant
control
provisions of thecompliancewith legislative International Convention for
the Prevention of Pollution
requirementsfrom Ships (MARPOL) andother relevant IMO
instruments, industry
guidelines and port
regulations as commonly
appliedProficiency in the use of the
IBC Code and related
documents

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme

The handling of cargoes
complies with relevant IMO
instruments and establishedindustrial standards and codesof safe working practiceSTW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 156

Section A-V/1-2
Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications of masters, officers andratings on liquefied gas tankers
Standard of competence1
Every candidate for certification in basic training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations
shall be required to:.1

demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities
listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-2-1; and.2provide evidence of having achieved:.2.1

the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2of table A-V/1-2-1, and.2.2

the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods fordemonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence
tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-2-1.

2
Every candidate for certification in advanced training for liquefied gas tanker cargo
operations shall be required to:.1

demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities
listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-2-2; and.2provide evidence of having achieved:.2.1

the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2of table A-V/1-2-2, and.2.2

the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods fordemonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence
tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-2-2.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 157

Table A-V/1-2-1
Specification of minimum standard of competence in basic training
for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceContribute to
the safe
operation of aliquefied gas
tankerDesign and operational
characteristics of liquefied
gas tankers

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:

Communications within thearea of responsibility are clear
and effective

Basic knowledge of liquefied
Cargo operations are carriedgas tankers
out in accordance with
.1 approved in-service
accepted principles andexperience.1 types of liquefied gas
procedures to ensure safety oftankers.2 approved training ship operations
experience.2 general arrangement andconstruction.3 approved simulator
Basic knowledge of cargo
operations:.1 piping systems andvalves.2 cargo handlingequipment.3 loading, unloading andcare in transit.4 emergency shutdown(ESD) system.5 tank cleaning, purging,gas-freeing and inerting
Basic knowledge of thephysical properties ofliquefied gases, including:.1 properties andcharacteristics.2 pressure and temperature,including vapour
pressure/temperature
relationship.3 types of electrostatic
charge generation

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

training.4 approved training
programme

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 158

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceContribute to
the safe
operation of aliquefied gas
tanker(continued).4 chemical symbols

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:

Correctly identifies, on an
MSDS, relevant cargo-related
hazards to the vessel and to
personnel, and takes theappropriate actions inaccordance with establishedproceduresTake
precautions
to prevent
hazards

Knowledge andunderstanding of tanker
safety culture and safety
management
Basic knowledge of thehazards associated withtanker operations, including:.1 health hazards.2 environmental hazards.3 reactivity hazards.4 corrosion hazards.5 explosion andflammability hazards.6 sources of ignition.7 electrostatic hazards.8 toxicity hazards.9 vapour leaks and clouds.10 extremely low
temperatures.11 pressure hazards
Basic knowledge of hazard
controls:.1 inerting, drying andmonitoring techniques.2 anti-static measures.3 ventilation.4 segregation.5 cargo inhibition.6 importance of cargocompatibility

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship Identification and actions on
becoming aware of a hazardous
experiencesituation conform to establishedprocedures in line with best
.3 approved simulator
practice
training.4 approved training
programme

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 159

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceTakeprecautions toprevent
hazards(continued).7 atmospheric control

Applyoccupational
health andsafetyprecautions
and measures.8 gas testing
Understanding of information
on a Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS)
Function and proper use ofgas-measuring instruments
and similar equipment
Proper use of safety
equipment and protective
devices, including:.1 breathing apparatus andtank evacuating
equipment.2 protective clothing andequipment.3 resuscitators

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme.4 rescue and escapeequipment
Basic knowledge of safe
working practices andprocedures in accordancewith legislation and industry
guidelines and personal
shipboard safety relevant toliquefied gas tankers,
including:.1 precautions to be taken
when entering enclosed
spaces.2 precautions to be taken
before and during repair
and maintenance work
.3 safety measures for hot
and cold work
.4 electrical safety.5 ship/shore safety checklist
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Procedures for entry into
enclosed spaces are observed
Procedures and safe working
practices designed to safeguard
personnel and the ship are
observed at all times
Appropriate safety andprotective equipment iscorrectly used

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 160

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Basic knowledge of first aid
with reference to a Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
Carry out
fire-fighting
operations

Tanker fire organization andaction to be taken
Special hazards associatedwith cargo handling andtransportation of liquefied
gases in bulk
Fire-fighting agents used toextinguish gas fires

First aid do’s and don’ts

Initial actions and follow-up
Practical exercises andactions on becoming aware of
instruction conductedunder approved and truly an emergency conform withestablished practices andrealistic training
conditions (e.g. simulated procedures
shipboard conditions) and,Action taken on identifying
whenever possible andmuster signals is appropriate topracticable, in darkness
the indicated emergency andcomplies with establishedprocedures

Fixed fire-fighting foamsystem operations

Clothing and equipment areappropriate to the nature of thefire-fighting operations

Portable fire-fighting foam
operations

The timing and sequence ofindividual actions areappropriate to the prevailingcircumstances and conditions

Fixed dry chemical system
operations
Basic knowledge of spillcontainment in relation to
fire-fighting operations

Respond to
emergencies

Basic knowledge of
emergency procedures,
including emergency
shutdown

Extinguishment of fire isachieved using appropriate
procedures, techniques andfire-fighting agents
Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

The type and impact of theemergency is promptly
identified and the response
actions conform to theemergency procedures andcontingency plans

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 161

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Procedures designed to
Examination andBasic knowledge of theTakesafeguard the environment are
effects of pollution on human assessment of evidence
precautions
observed at all times
obtained from one or
and marine life
to prevent
more of the following:pollution of the
Basic knowledge ofenvironment.1 approved in-service
shipboard procedures tofrom theexperience
prevent pollution
release ofliquefied gases
Basic knowledge of measures .2 approved training ship
experience
to be taken in the event of
spillage, including the need to:.3 approved simulator
training.1 report relevant
information to the.4 approved training
responsible persons
programme.2 assist in implementing
shipboard
spill-containment
procedures.3 prevent brittle fracture

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 162

Table A-V/1-2-2
Specification of minimum standard of competence in advanced training
for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Ability to
Design and characteristics ofsafely perform a liquefied gas tanker
and monitor all
Knowledge of liquefied gas
cargotanker design, systems, andoperations
equipment, including:.1 types of liquefied gas
tankers and cargo tanks
construction

Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience

Communications are clear,understood and successful
Cargo operations are carriedout in a safe manner, taking
into account liquefied gas
tanker designs, systems andequipment.2 approved training ship
Pumping operations are carriedexperienceout in accordance with
.2 general arrangement andaccepted principles and.3 approved simulator
construction
procedures and are relevant totraining
the type of cargo.3 cargo containment systems,.4
approved
training
including materials of
Cargo operations are planned,
programme
construction and insulation
risk is managed and carried out
in accordance with accepted.4 cargo-handlingprinciples and procedures toequipment andensure safety of operations andinstrumentation,
avoid pollution of the marine
including:environment.1 cargo pumps andpumpingarrangements.2 cargo pipelines andvalves.3 expansion devices.4 flame screens.5 temperaturemonitoring systems.6 cargo tanklevel-gauging
systems.7 tank pressure
monitoring andcontrol systems.5 cargo temperature
maintenance system
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 163

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence.6
Ability tosafely perform
and monitor all
cargo
operations(continued).7

tank atmosphere control
systems (inert gas,
nitrogen), including
storage, generation anddistribution systems
cofferdam heating
systems.8 gas-detecting systems.9 ballast system.10 boil-off systems.11 reliquefaction systems.12 cargo Emergency Shut
Down system (ESD).13 custody transfer system
Knowledge of pump theory
and characteristics, including
types of cargo pumps andtheir safe operation
Loading, unloading, care andhandling of cargo
Knowledge of the effect ofbulk liquid cargoes on trim
and stability and structural
integrity

Proper loading, stowage andunloading of liquefied gas
cargoes ensures that stability
and stress conditions remain
within safe limits at all times

Proficiency in tanker safety
culture and implementationof safety management
requirements

Potential non-compliance withcargo-related procedures is
promptly identified andrectified
Actions taken and procedures
followed correctly identify andmake full use of appropriate
shipboard equipment

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 164

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Proficiency to apply safe
Ability tosafely perform preparations, procedures andand monitor all checklists for all cargo
operations, including:cargo
operations.1 post docking and loading:(continued).1 tank inspection.2 inerting(O2 reduction,
dewpoint reduction).3 gassing-up.4 cooling down
.5 loading.6 deballasting.7 sampling, including
closed-loop
sampling.2 sea passage:.1 cooling down
.2 pressure
maintenance.3 boil-off.4 inhibiting.3 unloading:.1 unloading.2 ballasting.3 stripping andcleaning systems.4 systems to make thetank liquid-free.4 pre-docking preparation:.1 warm-up.2 inerting.3 gas-freeing.5 ship-to-ship transfer

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Calibration and use ofmonitoring and gas-detection
equipment is consistent withsafe operational practices andprocedures
Procedures for monitoring andsafety systems ensure that all
alarms are detected promptly
and acted upon in accordancewith established procedures

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 165

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Proficiency to perform cargo
Ability tosafely perform measurements andand monitor all calculations, including:cargo.1 liquid phase
operations(continued).2 gas phase.3 On Board Quantity(OBQ).4 Remain On Board (ROB)
Personnel are allocated duties
and informed of procedures andstandards of work to befollowed, in a manner
appropriate to the individuals
concerned and in accordancewith safe operational practices.5 boil-off cargo
calculations
Proficiency to manage andsupervise personnel withcargo-related responsibilities
Familiarity
with physicaland chemical
properties ofliquefied gas
cargoes

Knowledge andunderstanding of basic
chemistry and physics andthe relevant definitions
related to the safe carriage ofliquefied gases in bulk inships, including:Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 the chemical structure ofgases.2 approved training ship
experience.1 approved in-service
experience.2 the properties and.3characteristics ofliquefied gases (includingCO2) and their vapours, .4
including:.1 simple gas laws
.2 states of matter.3 liquid and vapour
densities.4 diffusion and mixingof gases.5 compression of gases.6 reliquefaction andrefrigeration of gases
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

approved simulator
training
approved training
programme

Effective use is made of
information resources for
identification of properties andcharacteristics of liquefied
gases and their impact onsafety, environmental
protection and vessel operation

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 166

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Familiarity
with physicaland chemical
properties ofliquefied gas
cargoes(continued).7 critical temperatureof gases and pressure.8 flashpoint, upper andlower explosive
limits, auto-ignition
temperature.9 compatibility,
reactivity andpositive segregationof gases.10 polymerization.11 saturated vapour
pressure/reference
temperature.12 dewpoint and bubble
point.13 lubrication ofcompressors.14 hydrate formation.3 the properties of single
liquids.4 the nature and properties
of solutions.5 thermodynamic units.6 basic thermodynamic
laws and diagrams.7 properties of materials.8 effect of low temperature– brittle fracture
Understanding theinformation contained in a
Material Safety Data Sheet(MSDS)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 167

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceTakeprecautions toprevent
hazards

Knowledge andunderstanding of the hazards
and control measuresassociated with liquefied gas
tanker cargo operations,
including:Examination andassessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:

Relevant cargo-related hazards
to the vessel and to personnel
associated with liquefied gas
tanker cargo operations arecorrectly identified, and proper
control measures are taken.1 approved in-service
experience.1 flammability.2 explosion.3 toxicity.4 reactivity.5 corrosivity.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme.6 health hazards.7 inert gas composition.8 electrostatic hazards.9 polymerizing cargoes
Proficiency to calibrate anduse monitoring and gasdetection systems,
instruments and equipment

Use of gas-detection devices isin accordance with manuals
and good practice

Knowledge andunderstanding of dangers of
non-compliance with relevant
rules/regulations
Apply
occupational
health andsafetyprecautions

Knowledge andunderstanding of safe
working practices, including
risk assessment and personal
shipboard safety relevant toliquefied gas tankers,
including:.1 precautions to be taken
when entering enclosed
spaces (such ascompressor rooms),
including the correct useof different types ofbreathing apparatus

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Assessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:

Procedures designed tosafeguard personnel and theship are observed at all times

Safe working practices areobserved and appropriate safety
and protective equipment is.2 approved training ship correctly used
experience
Working practices are inaccordance with legislative.3 approved simulator
requirements, codes of practice,training
permits to work andenvironmental concerns.4 approved training
programme
Correct use of breathingapparatus.1 approved in-service
experience

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 168

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceApplyoccupational
health andsafetyprecautions(continued).2 precautions to be taken
before and during repair
and maintenance work,
including work affecting
pumping, piping,electrical and control
systems.3 precautions for hot andcold work.4 precautions for electricalsafety.5 use of appropriate
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE).6 precautions for cold burnand frostbite.7 proper use of personal
toxicity monitoring
equipment

Respond to
emergencies

Knowledge andunderstanding of liquefied
gas tanker emergency
procedures, including:.1 ship emergency response
plans

Assessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience

The type and impact of
emergency is promptly
identified and the response
actions conform withestablished emergency
procedures and contingency
plans.2 approved training ship
The order of priority and theexperiencelevels and timescales of making
reports and informing.3 approved simulator
personnel on board are relevant
training.3 emergency cargo valve
to the nature of the emergency
operations
and reflect the urgency of the.4 approved training
problemprogramme.4 actions to be taken in theevent of failure of
Evacuation, emergency
systems or services
shutdown and isolation are
essential to cargo
appropriate to the nature of theoperations
emergency and implemented
promptly.5 fire-fighting on liquefied
gas tankers.2 cargo operations
emergency shutdown
procedure.6 jettisoning of cargo.7 enclosed space rescue
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 169

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Respond to
emergencies(continued)

Actions to be taken following
collision, grounding or
spillage and envelopment of
the ship in toxic or
flammable vapour
The identification of andactions taken in a medical
emergency conform to current
recognized first aid practiceand international guidelines

Knowledge of medical
first-aid procedures andantidotes on board liquefied
gas tankers, with reference tothe Medical First Aid Guide
for Use in Accidents
involving Dangerous Goods(MFAG)
Take
Understanding of procedures
precautions to to prevent pollution of theprevent
environment
pollution of theenvironment

Assessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience

Operations are conducted inaccordance with accepted
principles and procedures toprevent pollution of theenvironment.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme
Knowledge andMonitor andunderstanding of relevant
control
provisions of thecompliancewith legislative International Convention for
the Prevention of Pollution
requirementsfrom Ships (MARPOL) andother relevant IMO
instruments, industry
guidelines and port
regulations as commonly
appliedProficiency in the use of the
IBC and IGC Codes andrelated documents

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Assessment of evidence
obtained from one ormore of the following:.1 approved in-service
experience.2 approved training ship
experience.3 approved simulator
training.4 approved training
programme

The handling of liquefied gas
cargoes complies with relevant
IMO instruments andestablished industrial standards
and codes of safe working
practices

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 170

Section A-V/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualification of masters, officers, ratingsand other personnel on passenger ships
Crowd management training
1
The crowd management training required by regulation V/2, paragraph 4 for personnel
designated on muster lists to assist passengers in emergency situations shall include, but notnecessarily be limited to:
.1

.2

.3

awareness of life-saving appliance and control plans, including:.1.1

knowledge of muster lists and emergency instructions,.1.2

knowledge of the emergency exits, and.1.3

restrictions on the use of elevators;

the ability to assist passengers en route to muster and embarkation stations,
including:.2.1

the ability to give clear reassuring orders,.2.2

the control of passengers in corridors, staircases and passageways,.2.3

maintaining escape routes clear of obstructions,.2.4

methods available for evacuation of disabled persons and persons needing
special assistance, and.2.5

search of accommodation spaces;

mustering procedures, including:.3.1

the importance of keeping order,.3.2

the ability to use procedures for reducing and avoiding panic,.3.3

the ability to use, where appropriate, passenger lists for evacuation counts,
and

.3.4

the ability to ensure that the passengers are suitably clothed and havedonned their lifejackets correctly.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 171

Safety training for personnel providing direct service to passengers in passenger spaces
2
The additional safety training required by regulation V/2, paragraph 5, shall at least
ensure attainment of the abilities as follows:
Communication.1

Ability to communicate with passengers during an emergency, taking into account:.1.1

the language or languages appropriate to the principal nationalities ofpassengers carried on the particular route,.1.2

the likelihood that an ability to use an elementary English vocabulary forbasic instructions can provide a means of communicating with a passenger
in need of assistance whether or not the passenger and crew member share
a common language,.1.3

the possible need to communicate during an emergency by some othermeans, such as by demonstration, or hand signals, or calling attention to
the location of instructions, muster stations, life-saving devices or
evacuation routes, when oral communication is impractical,.1.4

the extent to which complete safety instructions have been provided topassengers in their native language or languages, and.1.5

the languages in which emergency announcements may be broadcast
during an emergency or drill to convey critical guidance to passengers andto facilitate crew members in assisting passengers.

Life-saving appliances.2

Ability to demonstrate to passengers the use of personal life-saving appliances.

Embarkation procedures.3

embarking and disembarking passengers, with special attention to disabled
persons and persons needing assistance.

Crisis management and human behaviour training
3
Masters, chief engineer officers, chief mates, second engineer officers and any person
having responsibility for the safety of passengers in emergency situations shall:.1

have successfully completed the approved crisis management and humanbehaviour training required by regulation V/2, paragraph 6, in accordance with
their capacity, duties and responsibilities as set out in table A-V/2; and.2be required to provide evidence that the required standard of competence has beenachieved in accordance with the methods and the criteria for evaluatingcompetence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/2.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 172

Passenger safety, cargo safety and hull integrity training
4
The passenger safety, cargo safety and hull integrity training required by regulation V/2,
paragraph 7, for masters, chief mates, chief engineer officers, second engineer officers andpersons assigned immediate responsibility for embarking and disembarking passengers, forloading, discharging or securing cargo or for closing hull openings on board ro-ro passenger
ships shall at least ensure attainment of the abilities that are appropriate to their duties andresponsibilities as follows:
Loading and embarkation procedures.1

Ability to apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding:.1.1

loading and discharging vehicles, rail cars and other cargo transport units,
including related communications,.1.2

lowering and hoisting ramps,.1.3

setting up and stowing retractable vehicle decks, and.1.4

embarking and disembarking passengers, with special attention to disabled
persons and persons needing assistance.

Carriage of dangerous goods.2

Ability to apply any special safeguards, procedures and requirements regarding
the carriage of dangerous goods on board ro-ro passenger ships.

Securing cargoes.3

Ability to:.3.1

apply correctly the provisions of the Code of Safe Practice for Cargo
Stowage and Securing to the vehicles, rail cars and other cargo transportunits carried, and.3.2

use properly the cargo-securing equipment and materials provided, taking
into account their limitations.

Stability, trim and stress calculations.4

Ability to:.4.1

make proper use of the stability and stress information provided,.4.2

calculate stability and trim for different conditions of loading, using thestability calculators or computer programs provided,

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 173.4.3

calculate load factors for decks, and.4.4

calculate the impact of ballast and fuel transfers on stability, trim and stress.

Opening, closing and securing hull openings.5

Ability to:.5.1

apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding the
opening, closing and securing of bow, stern and side doors and ramps andto correctly operate the associated systems, and.5.2

conduct surveys on proper sealing.

Ro-ro deck atmosphere.6

Ability to:.6.1

use equipment, where carried, to monitor atmosphere in ro-ro cargospaces, and.6.2

apply properly the procedures established for the ship for ventilation ofro-ro cargo spaces during loading and discharging of vehicles, while on
voyage and in emergencies.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 174

Table A-V/2
Specification of minimum standard of competence in crisis management
and human behaviour
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Organize
shipboardemergency
procedures

Knowledge of:.1 the general design andlayout of the ship
.2 safety regulations

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
training, exercises with
one or more preparedemergency plans andpractical demonstration

The shipboard emergency
procedures ensure a state ofreadiness to respond to
emergency situations.3 emergency plans andprocedures
The importance of theprinciples for the developmentof ship-specific emergency
procedures, including:.1 the need for pre-planningand drills of shipboard
emergency procedures.2 the need for all personnel
to be aware of and adhere
to pre-planned emergency
procedures as carefully as
possible in the event ofan emergency situation
Optimize theuse ofresources

Ability to optimize the use of Assessment of evidence
resources, taking into account: obtained from approved
training, practical.1 the possibility that
demonstration andresources available in an shipboard training andemergency may be
drills of emergency
limitedprocedures.2 the need to make full use
of personnel andequipment immediately
available and, if
necessary, to improvise
Ability to organize realistic
drills to maintain a state ofreadiness, taking into accountlessons learnt from previous
accidents involving passenger
ships; debriefing after drills

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Contingency plans optimize theuse of available resources
Allocation of tasks andresponsibilities reflects the
known competence ofindividuals
Roles and responsibilities ofteams and individuals areclearly definedSTW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 175

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceControl
response to
emergencies

Ability to make an initialassessment and provide aneffective response to
emergency situations inaccordance with establishedemergency procedures

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
training, practicaldemonstration andshipboard training anddrills of emergency
procedures

Procedures and actions are inaccordance with establishedprinciples and plans for crisis
management on board

Leadership skills
Ability to lead and direct
others in emergency
situations, including the need:

Objectives and strategy areappropriate to the nature of theemergency, take account ofcontingencies and make
optimum use of available
resources
Actions of crew members
contribute to maintaining orderand control.1 to set an example during
emergency situations.2 to focus decision making,given the need to act
quickly in an emergency.3 to motivate, encourage
and reassure passengers
and other personnel
Stress handling
Ability to identify thedevelopment of symptoms ofexcessive personal stress andthose of other members of the
ship’s emergency team
Understanding that stressgenerated by emergency
situations can affect theperformance of individuals
and their ability to act on
instructions and follow
procedures
Control
Human behaviour andpassengers and responses
other personnel
Ability to control passengers
duringand other personnel inemergency
emergency situations,situations
including:

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
training, practicaldemonstration andshipboard training anddrills of emergency
procedures

Actions of crew members
contribute to maintaining orderand control

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 176

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence.1
Control
passengers andother personnel
duringemergency
situations(continued)

awareness of the generalreaction patterns ofpassengers and otherpersonnel in emergency
situations, including thepossibility that:.1.1 generally it takessome time before
people accept the factthat there is an
emergency situation.1.2 some people may
panic and not behavewith a normal level ofrationality, that theirability to comprehend
may be impaired andthey may not be as
responsive to
instructions as in
non-emergency
situations.2 awareness thatpassengers and otherpersonnel may, inter alia:.2.1 start looking for
relatives, friends
and/or their belongings
as a first reaction whensomething goes wrong.2.2 seek safety in theircabins or in otherplaces on board
where they think thatthey can escapedanger
.2.3 tend to move to theupper side when theship is listing.3 appreciation of thepossible problem of panic
resulting from separating
families
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 177

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
training, exercises andpractical demonstration

Information from all available
sources is obtained, evaluatedand confirmed as quickly as
possible and reviewed
throughout the emergency

Establish and Ability to establish andmaintainmaintain effective
effective
communications, including:communications.1 the importance of clear
and concise instructions
and reports.2 the need to encourage an
exchange of information
with, and feedback from,passengers and otherpersonnel
Ability to provide relevant
information to passengers
and other personnel during an
emergency situation, to keepthem apprised of the overallsituation and to communicate
any action required of them,taking into account:.1 the language or languages
appropriate to the principal
nationalities of passengers
and other personnel carriedon the particular route.2 the possible need tocommunicate during an
emergency by some othermeans, such as bydemonstration, or byhand signals or calling
attention to the locationof instructions, muster
stations, life-saving devices
or evacuation routes, whenoral communication is
impractical.3 the language in which
emergency announcements
may be broadcast during
an emergency or drill toconvey critical guidance
to passengers and to
facilitate crew members
in assisting passengers
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Information given to
individuals, emergency
response teams and passengers
is accurate, relevant and timely
Information keeps passengers
informed as to the nature of theemergency and the actions
required of them

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 178

CHAPTER VI
Emergency, occupational safety, security, medical care and survival functions
Section A-VI/1
Mandatory minimum requirements for safety familiarization, basic training and instruction for all
seafarers
Safety familiarization training
1
Before being assigned to shipboard duties, all persons employed or engaged on aseagoing ship, other than passengers, shall receive approved familiarization training in personal
survival techniques or receive sufficient information and instruction, taking account of theguidance given in part B, to be able to:.1communicate with other persons on board on elementary safety matters andunderstand safety information symbols, signs and alarm signals;.2know what to do if:.2.1

a person falls overboard,.2.2

fire or smoke is detected, or.2.3

the fire or abandon ship alarm is sounded;.3

identify muster and embarkation stations and emergency escape routes;.4locate and don lifejackets;.5

raise the alarm and have basic knowledge of the use of portable fire extinguishers;.6

take immediate action upon encountering an accident or other medical emergency
before seeking further medical assistance on board; and.7close and open the fire, weathertight and watertight doors fitted in the particular
ship other than those for hull openings.

Basic training*
2
Seafarers employed or engaged in any capacity on board ship on the business of that shipas part of the ship’s complement with designated safety or pollution-prevention duties in theoperation of the ship shall, before being assigned to any shipboard duties:.1*

receive appropriate approved basic training or instruction in:.1.1

personal survival techniques as set out in table A-VI/1-1,

.1.2
.1.3

fire prevention and fire fighting as set out in table A-VI/1-2,
elementary first aid as set out in table A-VI/1-3, andThe relevant IMO Model Course(s) may assist in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 179.1.4.2

personal safety and social responsibilities as set out in table A-VI/1-4;

be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard ofcompetence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1of tables A-VI/1-1, A-VI/1-2, A-VI/1-3 and A-VI/1-4 through:.2.1

demonstration of competence, in accordance with the methods and thecriteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of thosetables, and.2.2

examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training
programme in the subjects listed in column 2 of those tables.

3
Seafarers qualified in accordance with paragraph 2 in basic training shall be required,every five years, to provide evidence of having maintained the required standards of competence,
to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of tables A-VI/1-1
and A-VI/1-2.
4Parties may accept onboard training and experience for maintaining the required standardof competence in the following areas:.1.2

personal survival techniques as set out in table A-VI/1-1:.1.1

don a lifejacket,.1.2

board a survival craft from the ship, while wearing a lifejacket,.1.3

take initial actions on boarding a lifeboat to enhance chance of survival,.1.4

stream a lifeboat drogue or sea-anchor,.1.5

operate survival craft equipment, and.1.6

operate location devices, including radio equipment;

fire prevention and fire fighting as set out in table A-VI/1-2:.2.1

use self-contained breathing apparatus;.2.2

effect a rescue in a smoke-filled space, using an approved smokegenerating device aboard, while wearing a breathing apparatus.

Exemptions
5
The Administration may, in respect of ships other than passenger ships of morethan 500 gross tonnage engaged on international voyages and tankers, if it considers that a ship’s
size and the length or character of its voyage are such as to render the application of the full
requirements of this section unreasonable or impracticable, exempt to that extent the seafarers onsuch a ship or class of ships from some of the requirements, bearing in mind the safety of people
on board, the ship and property and the protection of the marine environment.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 180

Table A-VI/1-1
Specification of minimum standard of competence in personal survival techniques
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Survive at sea
in the eventof ship
abandonment

Types of emergency
situations which may occur,
such as collision, fire,
foundering
Types of life-saving
appliances normally carriedon ships
Equipment in survival craft
Location of personal
life-saving appliances
Principles concerning
survival, including:.1 value of training anddrills.2 personal protective
clothing and equipment.3 need to be ready for any
emergency.4 actions to be taken whencalled to survival craft
stations

Action taken on identifying
Assessment of evidence
muster signals is appropriate toobtained from approved
the indicated emergency andinstruction or during
attendance at an approved complies with establishedprocedures
course or approved
in-service experience and
The timing and sequence of
examination, including
practical demonstration of individual actions areappropriate to the prevailingcompetence to:circumstance and conditions.1 don a lifejacket
and minimize potential dangers
and threats to survival.2 don and use an
immersion suit
Method of boarding survival
craft is appropriate and avoids.3 safely jump from aheight into the water dangers to other survivors.4 right an inverted
Initial actions after leaving theliferaft while wearing ship and procedures and actions
a lifejacket
in water minimize threats tosurvival.5 swim while wearing alifejacket.6 keep afloat without alifejacket.7 board a survival craftfrom the ship and.5 actions to be taken whenwater while wearing arequired to abandon ship
lifejacket.6 actions to be taken when
.8 take initial actions onin the water
boarding survival
craft to enhance.7 actions to be taken whenchance of survival
aboard a survival craft.8 main dangers to survivors .9 stream a drogue or
sea-anchor.10 operate survival craft
equipment.11 operate location
devices, including
radio equipment

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 181

Table A-VI/1-2
Specification of minimum standard of competence in fire prevention and fire fighting
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Minimize the Shipboard fire-fighting
risk of fire and organization
maintain a stateof readiness to Location of fire-fighting
appliances and emergency
respond to
escape routes
emergency
situations
The elements of fire andinvolving fire
explosion (the fire triangle)
Types and sources of ignition

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
instruction or attendanceat an approved course

Initial actions on becoming
aware of an emergency
conform with accepted
practices and procedures
Action taken on identifying
muster signals is appropriate to
the indicated emergency andcomplies with establishedprocedures

Flammable materials, fire
hazards and spread of fire
The need for constantvigilance
Actions to be taken on board
ship
Fire and smoke detection andautomatic alarm systems
Classification of fire andapplicable extinguishing
agentsFight andFire-fighting equipment andextinguish fires its location on board
Instruction in:.1 fixed installations.2 fire-fighter’s outfits.3 personal equipment.4 fire-fighting appliancesand equipment.5 fire-fighting methods.6 fire-fighting agents.7 fire-fighting procedures

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Assessment of evidence
Clothing and equipment are
obtained from approved
appropriate to the nature of the
instruction or during
fire-fighting operations
attendance at an approved
course, including practical The timing and sequence of
demonstration in spaces
individual actions arewhich provide truly
appropriate to the prevailing
realistic training conditions circumstances and conditions(e.g., simulated shipboard
conditions) and, whenever Extinguishment of fire ispossible and practical, in achieved using appropriate
darkness, of the ability to: procedures, techniques andfire-fighting agents.1 use various types ofBreathing apparatus procedures
portable fire
and techniques comply withextinguishers
accepted practices andprocedures.2 use self-contained
breathing apparatus

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 182

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceFight and.8 use of breathing
extinguish fires
apparatus for fighting(continued)
fires and effecting
rescues.3 extinguish smaller
fires, e.g., electricalfires, oil fires,propane fires.4 extinguish extensive
fires with water, using
jet and spray nozzles.5 extinguish fires withfoam, powder or any
other suitablechemical agent.6 enter and passthrough, with lifeline
but without breathingapparatus, acompartment into
which high-expansion
foam has been injected.7 fight fire insmoke-filled enclosed
spaces wearing
self-contained
breathing apparatus.8 extinguish fire withwater fog or any othersuitable fire-fighting
agent in an
accommodation roomor simulated
engine-room with fireand heavy smoke.9 extinguish oil firewith fog applicatorand spray nozzles, dry
chemical powder or
foam applicators.10 effect a rescue in asmoke-filled space
wearing breathingapparatus

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 183

Table A-VI/1-3
Specification of minimum standard of competence in elementary first aid
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceTake
immediateaction upon
encountering
an accident orother medical
emergency

Assessment of needs ofcasualties and threats to own
safetyAssessment of evidence
obtained from approved
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
courseThe manner and timing ofraising the alarm is appropriate
to the circumstances of theaccident or medical emergency

Appreciation of bodystructure and functions
Understanding of immediate
measures to be taken in casesof emergency, including theability to:.1 position casualty.2 apply resuscitation
techniques.3 control bleeding.4 apply appropriate
measures of basic shock
management.5 apply appropriate
measures in event ofburns and scalds,
including accidents
caused by electric current.6 rescue and transport acasualty.7 improvise bandages anduse materials in theemergency kit

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

The identification of probablecause, nature and extent of
injuries is prompt and complete
and the priority and sequenceof actions is proportional to any
potential threat to life
Risk of further harm to self andcasualty is minimized at all
times

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 184

Table A-VI/1-4
Specification of minimum standard of competence in personal safety
and social responsibilities
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Comply withemergency
procedures

Assessment of evidence
Types of emergency which
may occur, such as collision, obtained from approved
instruction or duringfire, foundering
attendance at an approved
courseKnowledge of shipboard
contingency plans forresponse to emergencies
Emergency signals andspecific duties allocated tocrew members in the muster
list; muster stations; correct
use of personal safety
equipment
Action to take on discovering
potential emergency,
including fire, collision,foundering and ingress ofwater into the ship
Action to take on hearing
emergency alarm signals
Value of training and drills
Knowledge of escape routes
and internal communication
and alarm systems

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Initial action on becoming
aware of an emergency
conforms to establishedemergency response procedures
Information given on raising
alarm is prompt, accurate,complete and clear

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 185

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Basic knowledge of theTakeprecautions to impact of shipping on themarine environment and theprevent
pollution of the effects of operational or
accidental pollution on it
marineenvironment
Basic environmental
protection procedures

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
courseOrganizational procedures
designed to safeguard themarine environment are
observed at all times

Basic knowledge ofcomplexity and diversity ofthe marine environment
Observe safe
workingpractices

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
Safety and protective devices course
available to protect against
potential hazards aboard ship
Importance of adhering tosafe working practices at all
times

Safe working practices areobserved and appropriate safety
and protective equipment iscorrectly used at all times

Precautions to be taken prior
to entering enclosed spaces
Familiarization withinternational measuresconcerning accident
prevention and occupational
health*Understand the principles of,Contribute toand barriers to, effective
effective
communications communication between
on board ship individuals and teams within
the shipCommunications are clear andAssessment of evidence
effective at all times
obtained from approved
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
courseAbility to establish andmaintain effective
communications*

The ILO Code of Practice on “Accident Prevention on Board Ship at Sea and in Port” may be of assistance inthe preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 186

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceContribute toeffective
human
relationships
on board ship

Importance of maintaining
good human and working
relationships aboard ship

Expected standards of work
Assessment of evidence
and behaviour are observed at
obtained from approved
all times
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
Basic teamworking principles courseand practice, including
conflict resolution
Social responsibilities;
employment conditions;individual rights andobligations; dangers of drug
and alcohol abuse

Understandand takenecessary
actions tocontrol fatigue

Importance of obtaining thenecessary rest
Effects of sleep, schedules,
and the circadian rhythm onfatigue
Effects of physical stressors
on seafarers
Effects of environmental
stressors in and outside theship and their impact on
seafarers
Effects of schedule changes
on seafarer fatigue

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Fatigue management practices
Assessment of evidence
are observed and appropriate
obtained from approved
actions are used at all times
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
courseSTW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 187

Section A-VI/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of proficiency in survival craft,
rescue boats and fast rescue boats
PROFICIENCY IN SURVIVAL CRAFT AND RESCUE BOATS OTHER THAN FASTRESCUE BOATS
Standard of competence1
Every candidate for a certificate of proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats otherthan fast rescue boats shall be required to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties
and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-1.
2
The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/2-1 shall be
sufficient to enable the candidate to launch and take charge of a survival craft or rescue boat inemergency situations*.
3
Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge,
understanding and proficiency shall take account of the guidance given in part B of this Code.
4
Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved
the required standard of competence through:.1demonstration of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities
listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-1, in accordance with the methods fordemonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated incolumns 3 and 4 of that table; and.2examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme
covering the material set out in column 2 of table A-VI/2-1.

5
Seafarers qualified in accordance with paragraph 4 in survival craft and rescue boats otherthan fast rescue boats shall be required, every five years, to provide evidence of having
maintained the required standards of competence to undertake the tasks, duties andresponsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-1.
6Parties may accept onboard training and experience for maintaining the required standardof competence of table A-VI/2-1 in the following areas:.1*

take charge of a survival craft or rescue boat during and after launch:.1.1

interpret the markings on survival craft as to the number of persons they
are intended to carry;.1.2

give correct commands for launching and boarding survival craft, clearing
the ship and handling and disembarking persons from survival craft;.1.3

prepare and safely launch survival craft and clear the ship’s side quickly;
andThe relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 188

.1.4
.2

.3

manage survivors and survival craft after abandoning ship:.2.1

row and steer a boat and steer by compass;.2.2

use individual items of equipment of survival crafts, except for pyrotechnics,
and

.2.3

rig devices to aid location;

use locating devices, including communication and signalling apparatus:
.3.1

.4

safely recover survival craft and rescue boats;use of portable radio equipment for survival craft;apply first aid to survivors.

PROFICIENCY IN FAST RESCUE BOATS
Standard of competence
7
Every candidate for a certificate of proficiency in fast rescue boats shall be required todemonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 oftable A-VI/2-2.
8
The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/2-2 shall be
sufficient to enable the candidate to launch and take charge of a fast rescue boat in emergency
situations*.
9
Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge,
understanding and proficiency shall take account of the guidance given in part B of this Code.
10
Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved
the required standard of competence through:.1demonstration of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities
listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-2, in accordance with the methods fordemonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated incolumns 3 and 4 of that table; and.2examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme
covering the material set out in column 2 of table A-VI/2-2.

11
Seafarers qualified in accordance with paragraph 10 in fast rescue boats shall be required,every five years, to provide evidence of having maintained the required standards of competence
to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-2.

*

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 189

12
Parties may accept onboard training and experience for maintaining the required standardof competence of table A-VI/2-2, in the following areas:.1

Take charge of a fast rescue boat during and after launch:.1.1

control safe launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat,.1.2

handle a fast rescue boat in prevailing weather and sea conditions,.1.3

use communications and signalling equipment between the fast rescue boat
and a helicopter and a ship,.1.4

use the emergency equipment carried; and.1.5

carry out search patterns, taking account of environmental factors.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 190

Table A-VI/2-1
Specification of the minimum standard of competence in survival craft
and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Take charge ofa survival craftor rescue boat
during andafter launch

Assessment of evidence
Preparation, boarding andConstruction and outfit ofobtained from practicallaunching of survival craft are
survival craft and rescueboats and individual items of demonstration of ability to: within equipment limitations
and enable survival craft totheir equipment.1 right an inverted
clear the ship safely
liferaft while wearing
Particular characteristics anda lifejacket
Initial actions on leaving thefacilities of survival craft andship minimize threat to survival
rescue boats.2 interpret the markings
on survival craft as to
Recovery of survival craft andVarious types of device used
the number of persons
rescue boats is withinfor launching survival craft
they are intended toequipment limitations
and rescue boats
carry
Equipment is operated in
Methods of launching.3 give correct
accordance withsurvival craft into a rough sea
commands for
manufacturers’ instructions forlaunching andrelease and resetting
Methods of recoveringboarding survival
survival craft
craft, clearing the shipand handling andAction to be taken after
disembarking persons
leaving the shipfrom survival craft
Methods of launching andrecovering rescue boats in arough sea
Dangers associated with useof on-load release devices
Knowledge of maintenanceprocedures

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc.4 prepare and safely
launch survival craft
and clear the ship’s
side quickly andoperate off-load andon-load releasedevices.5 safely recoversurvival craft andrescue boats,including the proper
resetting of bothoff-load and on-load
release devices, using
inflatable liferaft andopen or enclosed
lifeboat with inboard
engine or approved
simulator training,where appropriate

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 191

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Operate asurvival craft
engineMethods of starting andoperating a survival craft
engine and its accessories
together with the use of thefire extinguisher provided

Propulsion is available andAssessment of evidence
maintained as required for
obtained from practicaldemonstration of ability to manoeuvring
start and operate an
inboard engine fitted in an
open or enclosed lifeboat

Managesurvivors andsurvival craft
after
abandoning
ship

Handling survival craft inrough weather

Survival management is
Assessment of evidence
appropriate to prevailing
obtained from practicaldemonstration of ability to: circumstances and conditions

Use of painter, sea-anchor
and all other equipment
Apportionment of food andwater in survival craft
Action taken to maximize
detectability and location ofsurvival craft.1 row and steer a boatand steer by compass.2 use individual items
of equipment ofsurvival craft.3 rig devices to aid
location

Method of helicopter rescue
Effects of hypothermia andits prevention; use ofprotective covers andgarments, including
immersion suits and thermal
protective aids
Use of rescue boats andmotor lifeboats formarshalling liferafts andrescue of survivors andpersons in the sea
Beaching survival craftRadio life-saving appliances
Use locating
carried in survival craft,devices,
including satellite EPIRBs
includingcommunication and SARTs
and signalling
apparatus and Pyrotechnic distress signals
pyrotechnics

Use and choice ofAssessment of evidence
communication and signallingobtained from practicaldemonstration of ability to: apparatus is appropriate toprevailing circumstances andconditions.1 use portable radio
equipment forsurvival craft.2 use signalling
equipment, including
pyrotechnics

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 192

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Apply first aid Use of the first-aid kit andto survivors
resuscitation techniques
Management of injured
persons, including control of
bleeding and shock

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Identification of the probable
Assessment of evidence
cause, nature and extent ofobtained from practicaldemonstration of ability to injuries or condition is prompt
deal with injured persons and accurate
both during and afterPriority and sequence ofabandonment, using
treatment minimizes any threat
first-aid kit andto life
resuscitation technique

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 193

Table A-VI/2-2
Specification of the minimum standard of competence in fast rescue boats
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Understand theconstruction,
maintenance,
repair andoutfitting offast rescue
boats

Construction and outfitting of Assessment of evidence
fast rescue boats andobtained from practicalindividual items of theirinstruction
equipment

Take charge ofthe launchingequipment andappliance ascommonly
fitted, during
launching andrecovery

Knowledge of the maintenanceand emergency repairs of fast
rescue boats and the normal
inflation and deflation of
buoyancy compartments ofinflated fast rescue boats

The method of carrying out
routine maintenance andemergency repairs
Identify components andrequired equipment for fast
rescue boats

Ability to prepare and take
Assessment of evidence
charge of the launchingobtained from practicaldemonstration of ability to equipment and appliance
control safe launching and during launching and recovery
recovery of a fast rescue of a fast rescue boatboat, with equipment as
Understand the operation andfittedlimitations of the winch,
brakes, falls, painters,
motion-compensation andother equipment as commonly
fittedAssessment of the readinessof launching equipment andlaunching appliance of fast
rescue boats for immediatelaunching and operation

Safety precautions during
launching and recovery of afast rescue boat
Launching and recovery of afast rescue boat in prevailingand adverse weather and sea
conditions
Take charge ofa fast rescue
boat ascommonly
fitted, during
launching andrecoveryAssessment of the readinessof fast rescue boats andrelated equipment for
immediate launching andoperation
Safety precautions during
launching and recovery of afast rescue boat
Launching and recovery of afast rescue boat in prevailingand adverse weather and sea
conditions

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Ability to take charge of a fast
Assessment of evidence
rescue boat during launchingobtained from practicaldemonstration of ability to and recovery
conduct safe launching
and recovery of a fast
rescue boat, withequipment as fitted

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 194

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Take charge of Particular characteristics,
a fast rescue
facilities and limitations ofboat after
fast rescue boats
launching
Procedures for the righting ofa capsized fast rescue boat

Demonstration of operation ofAssessment of evidence
fast rescue boats within
obtained from practicaldemonstration of ability to: equipment limitations inprevailing weather conditions.1 right a capsized fast
rescue boat

How to handle a fast rescue
boat in prevailing andadverse weather and sea
conditions.2 handle a fast rescue
boat in prevailingweather and sea
conditions

Navigational and safety
equipment available in a fast
rescue boat

.3 swim in special
equipment

Search patterns andenvironmental factors
affecting their execution.4 use communications
and signalling
equipment between
the fast rescue boat
and a helicopter and aship.5 use the emergency
equipment carried.6 recover a casualty
from the water andtransfer a casualty to a
rescue helicopter or toa ship or to a place ofsafety.7 carry out searchpatterns, taking
account ofenvironmental factors

Operate a fast
rescue boat
engineMethods of starting andoperating a fast rescue boat
engine and its accessories

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Engine is started and operated
Assessment of evidence
as required for manoeuvringobtained from practicaldemonstration of ability tostart and operate a fast
rescue boat engine

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 195

Section A-VI/3
Mandatory minimum training in advanced fire fightingStandard of competence
1
Seafarers designated to control fire-fighting operations shall have successfully completed
advanced training in techniques for fighting fire, with particular emphasis on organization, tactics
and command, and shall be required to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties
and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/3.
2
The level of knowledge and understanding of the subjects listed in column 2 oftable A-VI/3 shall be sufficient for the effective control of fire-fighting operations on board ship*.
3
Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge,
understanding and proficiency shall take account of the guidance given in part B of this Code.
4
Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved
the required standard of competence, in accordance with the methods for demonstratingcompetence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 oftable A-VI/3.
5
Seafarers qualified in accordance with paragraph 4 in advanced fire fighting shall be
required, every five years, to provide evidence of having maintained the required standards ofcompetence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/3.
6
Parties may accept onboard training and experience for maintaining the required standardof competence of table A-VI/3, in the following areas:.1*

Control fire-fighting operations aboard ships;.1.1

fire-fighting procedures at sea and in port, with particular emphasis onorganization, tactics and command,.1.2

communication and coordination during fire-fighting operations,.1.3

ventilation control, including smoke extraction,.1.4

control of fuel and electrical systems,.1.5

fire-fighting process hazards (dry distillation, chemical reactions, boiler
uptake),.1.6

fire precautions and hazards associated with the storage and handling ofmaterials,.1.7

management and control of injured persons, and.1.8

procedures for co-ordination with shore-based fire fighters.

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 196

Table A-VI/3
Specification of minimum standard of competence in advanced fire fighting
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceControl
fire-fighting
operations
aboard ships

Fire-fighting procedures at
sea and in port, withparticular emphasis onorganization, tactics andcommandUse of water for
fire-extinguishing, the effecton ship stability, precautions
and corrective procedures
Communication andco-ordination during
fire-fighting operations
Ventilation control, including
smoke extraction
Control of fuel and electricalsystems
Fire-fighting process hazards(dry distillation, chemical
reactions, boiler uptake fires,
etc.)
Fire fighting involving
dangerous goods
Fire precautions and hazards
associated with the storage
and handling of materials(paints, etc.)
Management and control of
injured persons
Procedures for co-ordination
with shore-based fire fighters

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Actions taken to control fires
Practical exercises andare based on a full and accurate
instruction conductedunder approved and truly assessment of the incident,
using all available sources ofrealistic training
conditions (e.g., simulated information
shipboard conditions) and,The order of priority, timing
whenever possible andand sequence of actions arepracticable, in darkness
appropriate to the overallrequirements of the incident
and to minimize damage andpotential damage to the ship,
injuries to personnel andimpairment of the operational
effectiveness of the ship
Transmission of information is
prompt, accurate, complete andclear
Personal safety during fire
control activities is safeguarded
at all times

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 197

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Organize andtrain fireparties

Preparation of contingency
plans
Composition and allocationof personnel to fire parties

Composition and organization
Practical exercises andof fire control parties ensure theinstruction conductedunder approved and truly prompt and effective
implementation of emergency
realistic training
conditions, e.g., simulated plans and procedures
shipboard conditions

Strategies and tactics forcontrol of fires in various
parts of the ship
Inspect andservicefire-detection
and fireextinguishingsystems andequipment

Investigate
and compile
reports on
incidents
involving fire

Fire-detection systems;
fixed fire-extinguishingsystems; portable andmobile fire-extinguishingequipment, including
appliances, pumps andrescue, salvage, life-support,
personal protective andcommunication equipment
Requirements for statutory
and classification surveys
Assessment of cause ofincidents involving fire

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Practical exercises, using
approved equipment andsystems in a realistic
training environment

Operational effectiveness of
all fire-detection andfire-extinguishing systems andequipment is maintained at all
times in accordance withperformance specifications
and legislative requirements

Practical exercises in arealistic training
environment

Causes of fire are identified
and the effectiveness ofcountermeasures is evaluated

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 198

Section A-VI/4
Mandatory minimum requirements related to medical first aid and medical careStandard of competence for seafarers designated to provide medical first aid on board ship
1
Every seafarer who is designated to provide medical first aid on board ship shall be
required to demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed
in column 1 of table A-VI/4-1.
2
The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/4-1 shall be
sufficient to enable the designated seafarer to take immediate effective action in the case of
accidents or illness likely to occur on board ship*.
3
Every candidate for certification under the provisions of regulation VI/4, paragraph 1
shall be required to provide evidence that the required standard of competence has been achievedin accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluatingcompetence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-VI/4-1.
Standard of competence for seafarers designated to take charge of medical care on board ship
4
Every seafarer who is designated to take charge of medical care on board ship shall be
required to demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed
in column 1 of table A-VI/4-2.
5
The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/4-2 shall be
sufficient to enable the designated seafarer to take immediate effective action in the case of
accidents or illness likely to occur on board ship*.
6
Every candidate for certification under the provisions of regulation VI/4, paragraph 2
shall be required to provide evidence that the required standard of competence has been achievedin accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluatingcompetence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-VI/4-2.

*

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may assist in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 199

Table A-VI/4-1
Specification of minimum standard of competence in medical first aid
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Assessment of evidence
obtained from practical
instruction

The identification of probablecause, nature and extent of
injuries is prompt, complete
and conforms to current
first-aid practiceFirst-aid kit
Apply
immediate firstaid in the event Body structure and functionof accident or
Toxicological hazards onillness onboard, including use of theboard
Medical First Aid Guide for
Use in Accidents Involving
Dangerous Goods (MFAG)or its national equivalent
Examination of casualty or
patient
Spinal injuries
Burns, scalds and effects ofheat and cold
Fractures, dislocations andmuscular injuries
Medical care of rescued
persons
Radio medical advice
Pharmacology
Sterilization
Cardiac arrest, drowning andasphyxia

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Risk of harm to self and toothers is minimized at all times
Treatment of injuries and thepatient’s condition isappropriate and conforms torecognized first-aid practiceand international guidelines

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 200

Table A-VI/4-2
Specification of minimum standard of competence in medical care
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Assessment of evidence
obtained from practical
instruction anddemonstration

Identification of symptoms isbased on the concepts ofclinical examination andmedical history

Care of casualty involving:
Providemedical care to.1 head and spinal injuries
the sick andinjured while.2 injuries of ear, nose,
they remain
throat and eyes
on board
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7

Protection against infection and
Where practicable,
spread of diseases is complete
approved practicalexternal and internal
experience at a hospital or and effective
bleeding
similar establishment
Personal attitude is calm,burns, scalds and frostbite
confident and reassuring
fractures, dislocations
Treatment of injury or
and muscular injuries
condition is appropriate andwounds, wound healing
conforms to accepted medical
and infection
practice and relevant national
and international medical
pain relief
guides.8 techniques of sewing andclamping.9 management of acuteabdominal conditions

The dosage and application ofdrugs and medication complies
with manufacturers’
recommendations and accepted
medical practice.10 minor surgical treatment.11 dressing and bandaging
Aspects of nursing:.1 general principles.2 nursing care
Diseases, including:.1 medical conditions andemergencies.2 sexually transmitted
diseases.3 tropical and infectious
diseases
Alcohol and drug abuse

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

The significance of changes inpatient’s condition is promptly
recognized

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 201

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Dental care
Providemedical care to
Gynaecology, pregnancy andthe sick andchildbirth
injured while
they remain
Medical care of rescued
on board
persons(continued)
Death at sea
HygieneDisease prevention, including:.1 disinfection,
disinfestation, de-ratting.2 vaccinations
Keeping records and copies
of applicable regulations:.1 keeping medical records.2 international and national
maritime medical
regulations
Participate incoordinatedschemes for
medicalassistance toships

External assistance,
including:.1 radio medical advice.2 transportation of the ill
and injured, including
helicopter evacuation.3 medical care of sickseafarers involving cooperation with port healthauthorities or out-patient
wards in port

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Clinical examination
procedures are complete andcomply with instructions
received
The method and preparation forevacuation is in accordancewith recognized procedures andis designed to maximize thewelfare of the patient
Procedures for seeking radio
medical advice conform toestablished practice andrecommendations

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 202

Section A-VI/5
Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of proficiency for ship security
officers
Standard of competence1
Every candidate for a certificate of proficiency as a ship security officer shall be required
to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1of table A-VI/5.
2
The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/5 shall be
sufficient to enable the candidate to act as the designated ship security officer.
3
Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge,
understanding and proficiency shall take into account the guidance in section B-VI/5 ofthis Code.
4
Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved
the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstratingcompetence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 oftable A-VI/5.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 203

Table A-VI/5
Specifications of minimum standards of competence for ship security officers
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Assessment of evidence
Knowledge of international
Maintain andmaritime security policy and obtained from approved
supervise thetraining or examination
implementation responsibilities ofGovernments, companies andof a ship
designated persons, including
security planelements that may relate topiracy and armed robbery
Knowledge of the purpose forand the elements that makeup a ship security plan,
related procedures andmaintenance of records,
including those that may
relate to piracy and armed
robbery
Knowledge of procedures tobe employed in implementing
a ship security plan andreporting of security incidents
Knowledge of maritime
security levels and theconsequential security
measures and procedures
aboard ship and in the port
facility environment
Knowledge of therequirements and proceduresfor conducting internal
audits, on-scene inspections,control and monitoring of
security activities specified ina ship security plan
Knowledge of the requirements
and procedures for reportingto the company security
officer any deficiencies andnon-conformities identified
during internal audits,
periodic reviews, and security
inspections

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Procedures and actions are inaccordance with the principles
established by the ISPS Codeand the SOLAS Convention,as amended
Legislative requirements
relating to security are correctly
identified
Procedures achieve a state ofreadiness to respond to changes
in maritime security levels
Communications within theship security officer’s area of
responsibility are clear andunderstood

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 204

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Knowledge of the methods
Maintain andand procedures used tosupervise theimplementation modify the ship security planof a ship
Knowledge of security-related
security plan
contingency plans and the(continued)
procedures for responding tosecurity threats or breaches of
security, including provisions
for maintaining criticaloperations of the ship/portinterface, including also
elements that may relate topiracy and armed robbery
Working knowledge ofmaritime security terms anddefinitions, including
elements that may relate topiracy and armed robbery
Procedures and actions are in
Assess security Knowledge of risk assessment Assessment of evidence
accordance with the principles
obtained from approved
risk, threat, and and assessment tools
established by the ISPS Codetraining, or approved
vulnerability
Knowledge of security
and the SOLAS Convention,
experience andassessment documentation,as amended
examination, including
including the Declaration of practical demonstration of
Security
Procedures achieve a state ofcompetence to:readiness to respond to changes
Knowledge of techniques used .1 conduct physicalin the maritime security levels
to circumvent security
searchesmeasures, including those used
Communications within theby pirates and armed robbers.2 conduct non-intrusive ship security officer’s area of
responsibility are clear andinspections
Knowledge enablingunderstoodrecognition, on a
non-discriminatory basis, of
persons posing potential
security risks
Knowledge enablingrecognition of weapons,
dangerous substances anddevices and awareness of thedamage they can cause
Knowledge of crowd
management and control
techniques, where appropriate
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 205

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Assess security Knowledge in handlingrisk, threat, and sensitive security-related
vulnerability
information and security-related(continued)
communications
Knowledge of implementing
and co-ordinating searches
Knowledge of the methods
for physical searches andnon-intrusive inspections
Knowledge of the requirements Assessment of evidence
Undertakeobtained from approvedfor designating andregulartraining or examination
inspections of monitoring restricted areas
the ship to
Knowledge of controllingensure thataccess to the ship and to
appropriate
restricted areas on board ship
security
Knowledge of methods formeasures are
effective monitoring of deck
implemented
and maintained areas and areas surrounding
the shipKnowledge of security aspects
relating to the handling ofcargo and ship’s stores withother shipboard personnel
and relevant port facility
security officers

Procedures and actions are inaccordance with the principles
established by the ISPS Codeand the SOLAS Convention,as amended
Procedures achieve a state ofreadiness to respond to changes
in the maritime security levels
Communications within theship security officer’s area of
responsibility are clear andunderstood

Knowledge of methods forcontrolling the embarkation,
disembarkation and accesswhile on board of persons
and their effects
Knowledge of the various
Assessment of evidence
Ensure thattypes of security equipment and obtained from approved
securityequipment and systems and their limitations, training or examination
systems, if any, including those that could be
used in case of attacks by
are properly
operated, tested pirates and armed robbers
and calibrated
Knowledge of the procedures,instructions and guidance on theuse of ship security alert systems
Knowledge of the methods
for testing, calibrating, andmaintaining security systems
and equipment, particularly
whilst at sea
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Procedures and actions are inaccordance with the principles
established by the ISPS Codeand the SOLAS Convention,as amended

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 206

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Encourage
securityawareness andvigilance

Knowledge of training, drilland exercise requirements
under relevant conventions,codes and IMO circulars,
including those relevant toanti-piracy and anti-armed
robbery

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
training or examination

Procedures and actions are inaccordance with the principles
established by the ISPS Codeand the SOLAS Convention,as amended

Knowledge of the methods
for enhancing security
awareness and vigilanceon board
Knowledge of the methods
for assessing theeffectiveness of drills andexercises

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Communications within theship security officer’s area of
responsibility are clear andunderstood

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 207

Section A-VI/6
Mandatory minimum requirements for security-related training and instruction for all seafarers
Standard of competence for security-related familiarization training
1
Before being assigned to shipboard duties, all persons employed or engaged on aseagoing ship which is required to comply with the provisions of the ISPS Code, other thanpassengers, shall receive approved security-related familiarization training, taking account of theguidance given in part B, to be able to:.1report a security incident, including a piracy or armed robbery threat or attack;.2

know the procedures to follow when they recognize a security threat; and.3take part in security-related emergency and contingency procedures.

2
Seafarers with designated security duties engaged or employed on a seagoing ship shall,
before being assigned such duties, receive security-related familiarization training in theirassigned duties and responsibilities, taking into account the guidance given in part B.
3
The security-related familiarization training shall be conducted by the ship security
officer or an equally qualified person.
Standard of competence for security-awareness training
4
Seafarers employed or engaged in any capacity on board a ship which is required tocomply with the provisions of the ISPS Code on the business of that ship as part of the ship’s
complement without designated security duties shall, before being assigned to any shipboard
duties:.1

receive appropriate approved training or instruction in security awareness as set
out in table A-VI/6-1;.2

be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard ofcompetence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1of table A-VI/6-1:.2.1

by demonstration of competence, in accordance with the methods and thecriteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 oftable A-VI/6-1; and.2.2

by examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training
programme in the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/6-1.

Transitional provisions
5
Until [date of entry into force plus 2 years], seafarers who commenced an approved
seagoing service prior to the date of entry into force of this section shall be able to establish thatthey meet the requirements of paragraph 4 by:

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 208.1

approved seagoing service as shipboard personnel, for a period of at least six
months in total during the preceding three years; or.2having performed security functions considered to be equivalent to the seagoing
service required in paragraph 5.1; or.3

passing an approved test; or.4

successfully completing approved training.

Standard of competence for seafarers with designated security duties
6
Every seafarer who is designated to perform security duties, including anti-piracy andanti-armed-robbery-related activities, shall be required to demonstrate competence to undertakethe tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/6-2.
7
The level of knowledge of the subjects in column 2 of table A-VI/6-2 shall be sufficient
to enable every candidate to perform on board designated security duties, including anti-piracy
and anti-armed-robbery-related activities.
8
Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved
the required standard of competence through:.1demonstration of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities
listed in column 1 of table A-VI/6-2, in accordance with the methods fordemonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated incolumns 3 and 4 of that table; and.2examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme
covering the material set out in column 2 of table A-VI/6-2.

Transitional provisions
9
Until [date of entry into force + 2 years], seafarers with designated security duties whocommenced an approved seagoing service prior to the date of entry into force of this section shallbe able to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed incolumn 1 of table A-VI/6-2 by:.1

approved seagoing service as shipboard personnel with designated security duties,
for a period of at least six months in total during the preceding three years; or.2having performed security functions considered to be equivalent to the seagoing
service required in paragraph 9.1; or.3

passing an approved test; or.4

successfully completing approved training.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 209

Table A-VI/6-1
Specification of minimum standard of competence in security awareness
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competenceContributeto theenhancementof maritime
securitythroughheightenedawareness

Basic working knowledge ofmaritime security terms anddefinitions
Basic working knowledge ofmaritime security terms anddefinitions, including
elements that may relate topiracy and armed robbery
Basic knowledge ofinternational maritime
security policy andresponsibilities ofGovernments, companies andpersons
Basic knowledge of maritime
security levels and theirimpact on security measuresand procedures aboard ship
and in port facilities
Basic knowledge of security
reporting procedures
Basic knowledge of
security-related contingency
plans

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Requirements relating toAssessment of evidence
enhanced maritime security are
obtained from approved
correctly identified
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
courseSTW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 210

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge,
understanding andproficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Maritime security threats are
Recognition of Basic knowledge ofAssessment of evidence
correctly identified
security threats techniques used toobtained from approved
circumvent security measures instruction or during
attendance at an approved
Basic knowledge enablingcourserecognition of potential
security threats, including
elements that may relate topiracy and armed robbery
Basic knowledge enablingrecognition of weapons,
dangerous substances anddevices and awareness of thedamage they can cause
Basic knowledge in handlingsecurity-related informationand security-related
communications
Understanding Basic knowledge of training,of the need for drill and exercise
and methods of requirements under relevant
conventions, codes and IMO
maintaining
circulars, including thosesecurityawareness and relevant for anti-piracy andanti-armed robbery
vigilance

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Requirements relating toAssessment of evidence
enhanced maritime security are
obtained from approved
correctly identified
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
courseSTW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 211

Table A-VI/6-2
Specifications of minimum standards of competence for seafarers
with designated security duties
Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Maintain theconditions set
forth in a ship
security plan

Working knowledge ofmaritime security terms anddefinitions, including
elements that may relate topiracy and armed robbery

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
courseProcedures and actions are inaccordance with the principles
established by the ISPS Codeand the SOLAS Convention,as amended

Knowledge of international
maritime security policy andresponsibilities ofGovernments, companies andpersons, including working
knowledge of elements that
may relate to piracy andarmed robbery
Knowledge of maritime
security levels and theirimpact on security measuresand procedures aboard ship
and in the port facilities
Knowledge of security
reporting procedures
Knowledge of procedures
and requirements for drills
and exercises under relevant
conventions, codes and IMO
circulars, including working
knowledge of those that may
relate to piracy and armed
robbery
Knowledge of the proceduresfor conducting inspections
and surveys and for thecontrol and monitoring of
security activities specified ina ship security plan

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Legislative requirements
relating to security are correctly
identified
Communications within thearea of responsibility are clear
and understood

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 212

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Maintain theconditions set
forth in a ship
security plan(continued)

Knowledge of security-related
contingency plans and theprocedures for responding tosecurity threats or breaches of
security, including provisions
for maintaining criticaloperations of the ship/portinterface, and including also
working knowledge of thosethat may relate to piracy andarmed robbery

Assessment of evidence
Recognition of Knowledge of security
security risks
documentation, including the obtained from approved
instruction or during
and threats
Declaration of Security
attendance at an approved
courseKnowledge of techniques
used to circumvent security
measures, including thoseused by pirates and armed
robbers
Knowledge enablingrecognition of potential
security threats
Knowledge enablingrecognition of weapons,
dangerous substances anddevices and awareness of thedamage they can cause
Knowledge of crowd
management and control
techniques, whereappropriate
Knowledge in handlingsecurity-related informationand security-related
communications
Knowledge of the methods
for physical searches andnon-intrusive inspections

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Procedures and actions are inaccordance with the principles
established by the ISPS Codeand the SOLAS Convention,as amended

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 213

Column 1

Column 2

Column 3

Column 4

Competence

Knowledge, understanding
and proficiency

Methods fordemonstratingcompetence

Criteria forevaluating competence

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
courseProcedures and actions are inaccordance with the principles
established by the ISPS Codeand the SOLAS Convention,as amended

Assessment of evidence
obtained from approved
instruction or during
attendance at an approved
courseEquipment and systems
operations are carried out inaccordance with establishedequipment operating
instructions and taking into
account the limitations of theequipment and systems

Undertake
Knowledge of the techniques
regular security for monitoring restricted
inspections of areas
the shipKnowledge of controlling
access to the ship and to
restricted areas on board ship
Knowledge of methods for
effective monitoring of deckareas and areas surrounding
the shipKnowledge of inspection
methods relating to the cargo
and ship’s stores
Knowledge of methods forcontrolling the embarkation,
disembarkation and accesswhile on board of persons
and their effects
Proper usage of General knowledge ofvarious types of security
securityequipment and equipment and systems,
systems, if any including those that could be
used in case of attacks bypirates and armed robbers,
including their limitations
Knowledge of the need fortesting, calibrating, andmaintaining security systems
and equipment, particularly
whilst at sea

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Procedures and actions are inaccordance with the principles
established by the ISPS Codeand the SOLAS Convention,as amended

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 214

CHAPTER VII
Standards regarding alternative certification
Section A-VII/1
Issue of alternative certificates
1
Every candidate for certification at the operational level under the provisions of chapter VIIof the annex to the Convention shall be required to complete relevant education and training andmeet the standard of competence for all the functions prescribed in either table A-II/1 or table A-III/1.
Functions specified in tables A-II/1 or A-III/1 respectively may be added provided the candidate
completes, as appropriate, additional relevant education and training and meets the standards ofcompetence prescribed in those tables for the functions concerned.
2
Every candidate for certification at the management level as the person having commandof a ship of 500 gross tonnage or more, or the person upon whom the command of such a ship
will fall in the event of the incapacity of the person in command, shall be required, in addition tocompliance with the standard of competence specified in table A-II/1, to complete relevant
education and training and meet the standards of competence for all of the functions prescribed intable A-II/2. Functions specified in the tables of chapter III of this part may be added provided
the candidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant education and training and meets thestandards of competence prescribed in those tables for the functions concerned.
3
Every candidate for certification at the management level as the person responsible forthe mechanical propulsion of a ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW or more,or the person upon whom such responsibility will fall in the event of the incapacity of the person
responsible for the mechanical propulsion of the ship, shall be required, in addition to compliancewith the standard of competence specified in table A-III/1, to complete relevant education andtraining and meet the standards of competence for all of the functions prescribed in table A-III/2,
as appropriate. Functions specified in the tables of chapter II of this part may be added provided
the candidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant education and training and meets thestandards of competence prescribed in those tables for the functions concerned.
4Every candidate for certification at the support level:.1

in navigation or marine engineering shall be required to complete relevant training
and meet the standard of competence for the function prescribed in either table A-II/4
or table A-III/4. Functions specified in table A-III/4 or A-II/4 respectively may be
added provided the candidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant
training and meets the standard of competence prescribed in those tables for thefunction concerned;.2

as able seafarer deck shall be required, in addition to compliance with the standardof competence specified in table A-II/4, to complete relevant training and meet thestandard of competence for all of the functions prescribed in table A-II/5.
Functions specified in table A-III/4 or A-III/5 may be added provided thecandidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant training and meets thestandard of competence prescribed in that (those) table(s) for the function(s)concerned; and

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 215.3

as able seafarer engine shall be required, in addition to compliance with the standardof competence specified in table A-III/4, to complete relevant training and meetthe standard of competence for all of the functions prescribed in table A-III/5.
Functions specified in table A-II/4 or A-II/5 may be added provided the candidate
completes, as appropriate, additional relevant training and meets the standard ofcompetence prescribed in that (those) table(s) for the function(s) concerned.

Section A-VII/2
Certification of seafarers
1
In accordance with the requirements of regulation VII/1, paragraph 1.3, every candidate
for certification under the provisions of chapter VII at operational level in functions specified intables A-II/1 and A-III/1 shall:.1

have approved seagoing service of not less than 12 months, which service shall
include a period of at least six months performing engine-room duties under thesupervision of a qualified engineer officer and, where the function of navigation isrequired, a period of at least six months performing bridge watchkeeping duties
under the supervision of a qualified bridge watchkeeping officer; and.2have completed, during this service, onboard training programmes approved asmeeting the relevant requirements of sections A-II/1 and A-III/1 and documented
in an approved training record book.

2
Every candidate for certification under the provisions of chapter VII at the managementlevel in a combination of functions specified in tables A-II/2 and A-III/2 shall have approved
seagoing service related to the functions to be shown in the endorsement to the certificate
as follows:.1

for persons other than those having command or responsibility for the mechanicalpropulsion of a ship – 12 months performing duties at the operational level related
to regulation III/2 or III/3 as appropriate and, where the function of navigation at
the management level is required, at least 12 months performing bridge
watchkeeping duties at the operational level;.2

for those having command or the responsibility for the mechanical propulsion of aship – not less than 48 months, including the provisions in paragraph 2.1 of thissection, performing, as a certificated officer, duties related to the functions to beshown in the endorsement to the certificate, of which 24 months shall be served
performing functions set out in table A-III/1 and 24 months shall be served
performing functions set out in tables A-III/1 and A-III/2.

3
In accordance with the requirements of regulation VII/1, paragraph 1.3, every candidate
for certification under the provisions of chapter VII at support level in functions specified intables A-II/4 and A-III/4 shall have completed:.1

approved seagoing service including not less than 12 months’ experience, madeup of:

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 216

.2

.3

.1.1

not less than 6 months associated with navigational watchkeeping duties, and.1.2

not less than 6 months associated with engine-room duties; or

special training, either pre-sea or on board ship, including an approved period ofseagoing service which shall not be less than 4 months, made up of:.2.1

not less than 2 months associated with navigational watchkeeping duties, and.2.2

not less than 2 months associated with engine-room duties;

the seagoing service, training and experience required by paragraph 3.1 or 3.2
shall be carried out under the direct supervision of an appropriately qualified
officer or rating.

4
In accordance with the requirements of regulation VII/1, paragraph 1.3, every candidate
for certification under the provisions of chapter VII at support level in functions specified intables A-II/5 and A-III/5 shall, while qualified to serve as a rating forming part of a navigationaland engine-room watch, meet the standards of competence specified in sections A-II/5
and A-III/5 of the STCW Code and have completed:
.1

.2

.3

approved seagoing service of not less than 30 months, made up of:.1.1

not less than 18 months associated with able seafarer deck duties, and.1.2

not less than 12 months associated with able seafarer engine duties; oran approved training programme and not less than 18 months of approved
seagoing service, made up of:.2.1

not less than 12 months associated with able seafarer deck duties; and.2.2

not less than 6 months associated with able seafarer engine duties; oran approved special integrated deck and engine training programme, including notless than 12 months’ approved seagoing service in an integrated deck and engine
department, made up of:.3.1

not less than 6 months associated with able seafarer deck duties; and.3.2

not less than 6 months associated with able seafarer engine duties.

Section A-VII/3
Principles governing the issue of alternative certificates(No provisions)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 217

CHAPTER VIII
Standards regarding watchkeeping
Section A-VIII/1
Fitness for duty
1Administrations shall take account of the danger posed by fatigue of seafarers, especiallythose whose duties involve the safe and secure operation of a ship.
2
All persons who are assigned duty as officer in charge of a watch or as a rating forming
part of a watch and those whose duties involve designated safety, prevention of pollution andsecurity duties shall be provided with a rest period of not less than:.1

a minimum of 10 hours of rest in any 24-hour period; and.2

77 hours in any 7-day period.

3
The hours of rest may be divided into no more than two periods, one of which shall be
at least 6 hours in length, and the intervals between consecutive periods of rest shall not
exceed 14 hours.
4
The requirements for rest periods laid down in paragraphs 2 and 3 need not be maintainedin the case of an emergency or in other overriding operational conditions. Musters, fire-fighting
and lifeboat drills, and drills prescribed by national laws and regulations and by international
instruments, shall be conducted in a manner that minimizes the disturbance of rest periods anddoes not induce fatigue.
5
Administrations shall require that watch schedules be posted where they are easily
accessible. The schedules shall be established in a standardized format∗ in the working languageor languages of the ship and in English.
6
When a seafarer is on call, such as when a machinery space is unattended, the seafarer
shall have an adequate compensatory rest period if the normal period of rest is disturbed bycall-outs to work.
7
Administrations shall require that records of daily hours of rest of seafarers be maintainedin a standardized format∗, in the working language or languages of the ship and in English, toallow monitoring and verification of compliance with the provisions of this section. The seafarers
shall receive a copy of the records pertaining to them, which shall be endorsed by the master orby a person authorized by the master and by the seafarers.
8
Nothing in this section shall be deemed to impair the right of the master of a ship to
require a seafarer to perform any hours of work necessary for the immediate safety of the ship,
persons on board or cargo, or for the purpose of giving assistance to other ships or persons in
distress at sea. Accordingly, the master may suspend the schedule of hours of rest and require a*

The IMO/ILO Guidelines for the development of tables of seafarers’ shipboard working arrangements andformats of records of seafarers’ hours of work or hours of rest may be used.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 218

seafarer to perform any hours of work necessary until the normal situation has been restored.
As soon as practicable after the normal situation has been restored, the master shall ensure thatany seafarers who have performed work in a scheduled rest period are provided with an adequate
period of rest.
[9
Nothing in this Convention shall prevent Parties from applying exceptions to the above
limits, as provided for by other relevant international Conventions. These exceptions shall underno circumstances be less than 70 hours of rest in any 7-day period.
9bis Such exceptions shall, as far as possible, follow the standards set out, while taking into
account the guidance regarding prevention of fatigue laid down in section B-VIII/1.][9
Parties may grant exemptions from the required hours of rest in paragraph 2.2 above
provided that the rest period under no circumstances is less than 70 hours in any 7-day period.
Such exemptions shall not be given for more than two consecutive weeks and shall, as far as
possible, take into account the guidance regarding prevention of fatigue laid down insection B-VIII/1.]
10
Each Administration shall establish, for the purpose of preventing alcohol abuse, a limit
of not greater than 0.05% blood alcohol level (BAC) or 0.25 mg/l alcohol in the breath or aquantity of alcohol leading to such alcohol concentration for masters, officers and other seafarers
while performing designated safety, security and marine environmental duties.
Section A-VIII/2
Watchkeeping arrangements and principles to be observed
PART 1 – CERTIFICATION
1
The officer in charge of the navigational or deck watch shall be duly qualified inaccordance with the provisions of chapter II or chapter VII appropriate to the duties related tonavigational or deck watchkeeping.
2
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall be duly qualified in accordance withthe provisions of chapter III or chapter VII appropriate to the duties related to engineering
watchkeeping.
PART 2 – VOYAGE PLANNING
General requirements
3
The intended voyage shall be planned in advance, taking into consideration all pertinent
information, and any course laid down shall be checked before the voyage commences.
4
The chief engineer officer shall, in consultation with the master, determine in advance theneeds of the intended voyage, taking into consideration the requirements for fuel, water, lubricants,
chemicals, expendable and other spare parts, tools, supplies and any other requirements.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 219

Planning prior to each voyage
5
Prior to each voyage, the master of every ship shall ensure that the intended route fromthe port of departure to the first port of call is planned using adequate and appropriate charts andother nautical publications necessary for the intended voyage, containing accurate, complete andup-to-date information regarding those navigational limitations and hazards which are of apermanent or predictable nature and which are relevant to the safe navigation of the ship.
Verification and display of planned route
6
When the route planning is verified, taking into consideration all pertinent information,
the planned route shall be clearly displayed on appropriate charts and shall be continuously
available to the officer in charge of the watch, who shall verify each course to be followed prior
to using it during the voyage.
Deviation from planned route7
If a decision is made, during a voyage, to change the next port of call of the planned route,or if it is necessary for the ship to deviate substantially from the planned route for other reasons,then an amended route shall be planned prior to deviating substantially from the route originallyplanned.
PART 3 – WATCHKEEPING PRINCIPLES IN GENERAL
8
Watches shall be carried out based on the following bridge and engine-room resource
management principles:.1

proper arrangements for watchkeeping personnel shall be ensured in accordancewith the situations;.2

any limitation in qualifications or fitness of individuals shall be taken into accountwhen deploying watchkeeping personnel;.3

understanding of watchkeeping personnel regarding their individual roles,
responsibility and team roles shall be established;.4

the master, chief engineer officer and officer in charge of watch duties shallmaintain a proper watch, making the most effective use of the resources available,
such as information, installations/equipment and other personnel;.5

watchkeeping personnel shall understand functions andinstallations/equipment, and be familiar with handling them;.6

watchkeeping personnel shall understand information and how to respond to
information from each station/installation/equipment;.7

information from the stations/installations/equipment shall be appropriately sharedby all the watchkeeping personnel;.8

watchkeeping personnel shall maintaincommunication in any situation; and

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

anexchange

operationofofappropriate

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 220.9watchkeeping personnel shall notify the master/chief engineer officer/officer incharge of watch duties without any hesitation when in any doubt as to what action
to take in the interest of safety.

PART 4 – WATCHKEEPING AT SEA
Principles applying to watchkeeping generally
9
Parties shall direct the attention of companies, masters, chief engineer officers andwatchkeeping personnel to the following principles, which shall be observed to ensure that safe
watches are maintained at all times.
10
The master of every ship is bound to ensure that watchkeeping arrangements are adequate
for maintaining a safe navigational or cargo watch. Under the master’s general direction, theofficers of the navigational watch are responsible for navigating the ship safely during theirperiods of duty, when they will be particularly concerned with avoiding collision and stranding.
11
The chief engineer officer of every ship is bound, in consultation with the master,
to ensure that watchkeeping arrangements are adequate to maintain a safe engineering watch.
Protection of marine environment
12
The master, officers and ratings shall be aware of the serious effects of operational or
accidental pollution of the marine environment and shall take all possible precautions to prevent
such pollution, particularly within the framework of relevant international and port regulations.
Part 4-1 – Principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch
13
The officer in charge of the navigational watch is the master’s representative and isprimarily responsible at all times for the safe navigation of the ship and for complying with theInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972.
Lookout
14
A proper lookout shall be maintained at all times in compliance with rule 5 of theInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 and shall serve the purpose of:.1

maintaining a continuous state of vigilance by sight and hearing, as well as by allother available means, with regard to any significant change in the operating
environment;.2

fully appraising the situation and the risk of collision, stranding and other dangers
to navigation; and.3

detecting ships or aircraft in distress, shipwrecked persons, wrecks, debris andother hazards to safe navigation.

15
The lookout must be able to give full attention to the keeping of a proper lookout and noother duties shall be undertaken or assigned which could interfere with that task.
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 221

16
The duties of the lookout and helmsperson are separate and the helmsperson shall not be
considered to be the lookout while steering, except in small ships where an unobstructed
all-round view is provided at the steering position and there is no impairment of night vision orother impediment to the keeping of a proper lookout. The officer in charge of the navigational
watch may be the sole lookout in daylight provided that, on each such occasion:.1

the situation has been carefully assessed and it has been established without doubtthat it is safe to do so;.2full account has been taken of all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
–
–
–
–
–

.3

state of weather,visibility,
traffic density,
proximity of dangers to navigation, andthe attention necessary when navigating in or near traffic separation schemes;
andassistance is immediately available to be summoned to the bridge when any
change in the situation so requires.

17
In determining that the composition of the navigational watch is adequate to ensure that aproper lookout can continuously be maintained, the master shall take into account all relevant
factors, including those described in this section of the Code, as well as the following factors:.1

visibility, state of weather and sea;.2

traffic density, and other activities occurring in the area in which the vessel isnavigating;.3

the attention necessary when navigating in or near traffic separation schemes orother routeing measures;.4

the additional workload caused by the nature of the ship’s functions, immediate
operating requirements and anticipated manoeuvres;.5

the fitness for duty of any crew members on call who are assigned as members of
the watch;.6knowledge of, and confidence in, the professional competence of the ship’s
officers and crew;.7

the experience of each officer of the navigational watch, and the familiarity of that
officer with the ship’s equipment, procedures, and manoeuvring capability;.8

activities taking place on board the ship at any particular time, including
radiocommunication activities, and the availability of assistance to be summoned
immediately to the bridge when necessary;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 222.9

the operational status of bridge instrumentation and controls, including alarmsystems;.10

rudder and propeller control and ship manoeuvring characteristics;.11

the size of the ship and the field of vision available from the conning position;.12

the configuration of the bridge, to the extent such configuration might inhibit amember of the watch from detecting by sight or hearing any external
development; and.13

any other relevant standard, procedure or guidance relating to watchkeeping
arrangements and fitness for duty which has been adopted by the Organization.

Watch arrangements
18
When deciding the composition of the watch on the bridge, which may include
appropriately qualified ratings, the following factors, inter alia, shall be taken into account:.1

at no time shall the bridge be left unattended;.2

weather conditions, visibility and whether there is daylight or darkness;.3

proximity of navigational hazards which may make it necessary for the officer incharge of the watch to carry out additional navigational duties;.4

use and operational condition of navigational aids such as ECDIS, radar orelectronic position-indicating devices and any other equipment affecting the safe
navigation of the ship;.5

whether the ship is fitted with automatic steering;.6

whether there are radio duties to be performed;.7

unmanned machinery space (UMS) controls, alarms and indicators provided on
the bridge, procedures for their use and their limitations; and.8

any unusual demands on the navigational watch that may arise as a result ofspecial operational circumstances.

Taking over the watch
19
The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall not hand over the watch to therelieving officer if there is reason to believe that the latter is not capable of carrying out thewatchkeeping duties effectively, in which case the master shall be notified.
20
The relieving officer shall ensure that the members of the relieving watch are fully
capable of performing their duties, particularly as regards their adjustment to night vision.
Relieving officers shall not take over the watch until their vision is fully adjusted to the light
conditions.
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 223

21
Prior to taking over the watch, relieving officers shall satisfy themselves as to the ship’s
estimated or true position and confirm its intended track, course and speed, and UMS controls as
appropriate and shall note any dangers to navigation expected to be encountered during theirwatch.
22

Relieving officers shall personally satisfy themselves regarding the:.1standing orders and other special instructions of the master relating to navigationof the ship;.2

position, course, speed and draught of the ship;.3

prevailing and predicted tides, currents, weather, visibility and the effect of thesefactors upon course and speed;.4procedures for the use of main engines to manoeuvre when the main engines areon bridge control; and.5navigational situation, including, but not limited to:.5.1

the operational condition of all navigational and safety equipment being
used or likely to be used during the watch,.5.2

the errors of gyro- and magnetic compasses,.5.3

the presence and movement of ships in sight or known to be in the vicinity,.5.4

the conditions and hazards likely to be encountered during the watch, and.5.5

the possible effects of heel, trim, water density and squat on under-keel
clearance.

23
If, at any time, the officer in charge of the navigational watch is to be relieved when amanoeuvre or other action to avoid any hazard is taking place, the relief of that officer shall bedeferred until such action has been completed.
Performing the navigational watch
24

The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall:.1keep the watch on the bridge;.2

in no circumstances leave the bridge until properly relieved; and.3

continue to be responsible for the safe navigation of the ship, despite the presenceof the master on the bridge, until informed specifically that the master has
assumed that responsibility and this is mutually understood.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 22425
During the watch, the course steered, position and speed shall be checked at sufficiently
frequent intervals, using any available navigational aids necessary, to ensure that the ship follows
the planned course.
26
The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall have full knowledge of the locationand operation of all safety and navigational equipment on board the ship and shall be aware andtake account of the operating limitations of such equipment.
27
The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall not be assigned or undertake any
duties which would interfere with the safe navigation of the ship.
28
When using radar, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall bear in mind thenecessity to comply at all times with the provisions on the use of radar contained in theInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 in force.
29
In cases of need, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall not hesitate to use
the helm, engines and sound signalling apparatus. However, timely notice of intended variationsof engine speed shall be given where possible or effective use shall be made of UMS engine
controls provided on the bridge in accordance with the applicable procedures.
30
Officers of the navigational watch shall know the handling characteristics of their ship,including its stopping distances, and should appreciate that other ships may have different
handling characteristics.
31
A proper record shall be kept during the watch of the movements and activities relating to
the navigation of the ship.
32
It is of special importance that at all times the officer in charge of the navigational watch
ensures that a proper lookout is maintained. In a ship with a separate chartroom, the officer incharge of the navigational watch may visit the chartroom, when essential, for a short period forthe necessary performance of navigational duties, but shall first ensure that it is safe to do so andthat proper lookout is maintained.
33
Operational tests of shipboard navigational equipment shall be carried out at sea as
frequently as practicable and as circumstances permit, in particular before hazardous conditions
affecting navigation are expected. Whenever appropriate, these tests shall be recorded. Such tests
shall also be carried out prior to port arrival and departure.
34

The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall make regular checks to ensure that:.1

the person steering the ship or the automatic pilot is steering the correct course;.2

the standard compass error is determined at least once a watch and, when possible,
after any major alteration of course; the standard and gyro-compasses are
frequently compared and repeaters are synchronized with their master compass;.3

the automatic pilot is tested manually at least once a watch;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 225.4

the navigation and signal lights and other navigational equipment are functioning
properly;.5

the radio equipment is functioning properly in accordance with paragraph 86 of
this section; and.6

the UMS controls, alarms and indicators are functioning properly.

35
The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall bear in mind the necessity to comply
at all times with the requirements in force of the International Convention for the Safety of Lifeat Sea (SOLAS), 1974*. The officer of the navigational watch shall take into account:.1

the need to station a person to steer the ship and to put the steering into manualcontrol in good time to allow any potentially hazardous situation to be dealt within a safe manner; and.2

that, with a ship under automatic steering, it is highly dangerous to allow asituation to develop to the point where the officer in charge of the navigational
watch is without assistance and has to break the continuity of the lookout in orderto take emergency action.

36
Officers of the navigational watch shall be thoroughly familiar with the use of allelectronic navigational aids carried, including their capabilities and limitations, and shall use
each of these aids when appropriate and shall bear in mind that the echo-sounder is a valuable
navigational aid.
37
The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall use the radar whenever restrictedvisibility is encountered or expected, and at all times in congested waters, having due regard to
its limitations.
38
The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall ensure that the range scales
employed are changed at sufficiently frequent intervals so that echoes are detected as early as
possible. It shall be borne in mind that small or poor echoes may escape detection.
39
Whenever radar is in use, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall select anappropriate range scale and observe the display carefully, and shall ensure that plotting or
systematic analysis is commenced in ample time.
40*

The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall notify the master immediately:.1

if restricted visibility is encountered or expected;.2

if the traffic conditions or the movements of other ships are causing concern;.3

if difficulty is experienced in maintaining course;.4

on failure to sight land, or a navigation mark or to obtain soundings by the
expected time;

See SOLAS regulations V/24, V/25 and V/26.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 226.5

if, unexpectedly, land or a navigation mark is sighted or a change in soundings
occurs;.6

on breakdown of the engines, propulsion machinery remote control, steering gearor any essential navigational equipment, alarm or indicator;.7

if the radio equipment malfunctions;.8in heavy weather, if in any doubt about the possibility of weather damage;.9

if the ship meets any hazard to navigation, such as ice or a derelict; and.10in any other emergency or if in any doubt.

41
Despite the requirement to notify the master immediately in the foregoing circumstances,
the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall, in addition, not hesitate to take immediate
action for the safety of the ship, where circumstances so require.
42
The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall give watchkeeping personnel all
appropriate instructions and information which will ensure the keeping of a safe watch, including
a proper lookout.
Watchkeeping under different conditions and in different areas
Clear weather
43
The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall take frequent and accurate compass
bearings of approaching ships as a means of early detection of risk of collision and shall bear inmind that such risk may sometimes exist even when an appreciable bearing change is evident,
particularly when approaching a very large ship or a tow or when approaching a ship at close
range. The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall also take early and positive action incompliance with the applicable International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972,and subsequently check that such action is having the desired effect.
44
In clear weather, whenever possible, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shallcarry out radar practice.
Restricted visibility
45
When restricted visibility is encountered or expected, the first responsibility of the officer
in charge of the navigational watch is to comply with the relevant rules of the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, with particular regard to the sounding of fog
signals, proceeding at a safe speed and having the engines ready for immediate manoeuvre.
In addition, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall:.1

inform the master;.2

post a proper lookout;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 227.3

exhibit navigation lights; and.4

operate and use the radar.

In hours of darkness
46
The master and the officer in charge of the navigational watch, when arranging lookout
duty, shall have due regard to the bridge equipment and navigational aids available for use, theirlimitations, procedures and safeguards implemented.
Coastal and congested waters
47
The largest scale chart on board, suitable for the area and corrected with the latest
available information, shall be used. Fixes shall be taken at frequent intervals, and shall be
carried out by more than one method whenever circumstances allow. When using ECDIS,
appropriate usage code (scale) electronic navigational charts shall be used and the ship’s position
shall be checked by an independent means of position fixing at appropriate intervals.
48
The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall positively identify all relevant
navigation marks.
Navigation with pilot on board
49
Despite the duties and obligations of pilots, their presence on board does not relieve themaster or the officer in charge of the navigational watch from their duties and obligations for thesafety of the ship. The master and the pilot shall exchange information regarding navigation
procedures, local conditions and the ship’s characteristics. The master and/or the officer incharge of the navigational watch shall co-operate closely with the pilot and maintain an accurate
check on the ship’s position and movement.
50
If in any doubt as to the pilot’s actions or intentions, the officer in charge of thenavigational watch shall seek clarification from the pilot and, if doubt still exists, shall notify themaster immediately and take whatever action is necessary before the master arrives.
Ship at anchor
51
If the master considers it necessary, a continuous navigational watch shall be maintainedat anchor. While at anchor, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall:.1

determine and plot the ship’s position on the appropriate chart as soon aspracticable;.2

when circumstances permit, check at sufficiently frequent intervals whether theship is remaining securely at anchor by taking bearings of fixed navigation marks
or readily identifiable shore objects;.3

ensure that proper lookout is maintained;.4

ensure that inspection rounds of the ship are made periodically;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 228.5observe meteorological and tidal conditions and the state of the sea;

.6

notify the master and undertake all necessary measures if the ship drags anchor;.7

ensure that the state of readiness of the main engines and other machinery is inaccordance with the master’s instructions;.8

if visibility deteriorates, notify the master;.9

ensure that the ship exhibits the appropriate lights and shapes and that appropriate
sound signals are made in accordance with all applicable regulations; and.10take measures to protect the environment from pollution by the ship and comply
with applicable pollution regulations.

Part 4-2 – Principles to be observed in keeping an engineering watch
52
The term engineering watch as used in parts 4-2, 5-2 and 5-4 of this section means either
a person or a group of personnel comprising the watch or a period of responsibility for an officer
during which the physical presence in machinery spaces of that officer may or may not be
required.
53
The officer in charge of the engineering watch is the chief engineer officer’s representativeand is primarily responsible, at all times, for the safe and efficient operation and upkeep ofmachinery affecting the safety of the ship and is responsible for the inspection, operation andtesting, as required, of all machinery and equipment under the responsibility of the engineering
watch.
Watch arrangements
54
The composition of the engineering watch shall, at all times, be adequate to ensure thesafe operation of all machinery affecting the operation of the ship, in either automated or manualmode, and be appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions.
55
When deciding the composition of the engineering watch, which may include
appropriately qualified ratings, the following criteria, inter alia, shall be taken into account:.1

the type of ship and the type and condition of the machinery;.2

the adequate supervision, at all times, of machinery affecting the safe operation of
the ship;.3

any special modes of operation dictated by conditions such as weather, ice,contaminated water, shallow water, emergency conditions, damage containment
or pollution abatement;.4

the qualifications and experience of the engineering watch;.5

the safety of life, ship, cargo and port, and protection of the environment;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 229.6

the observance of international, national and local regulations; and.7maintaining the normal operations of the ship.

Taking over the watch
56
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall not hand over the watch to therelieving officer if there is reason to believe that the latter is obviously not capable of carryingout the watchkeeping duties effectively, in which case the chief engineer officer shall be notified.
57
The relieving officer of the engineering watch shall ensure that the members of therelieving engineering watch are apparently fully capable of performing their duties effectively.
58
Prior to taking over the engineering watch, relieving officers shall satisfy themselves
regarding at least the following:.1

the standing orders and special instructions of the chief engineer officer relating tothe operation of the ship’s systems and machinery;.2

the nature of all work being performed on machinery and systems, the personnel
involved and potential hazards;.3

the level and, where applicable, the condition of water or residues in bilges, ballast
tanks, slop tanks, reserve tanks, fresh water tanks, sewage tanks and any special
requirements for use or disposal of the contents thereof;.4

the condition and level of fuel in the reserve tanks, settling tank, day tank andother fuel storage facilities;.5

any special requirements relating to sanitary system disposals;.6

condition and mode of operation of the various main and auxiliary systems,
including the electrical power distribution system;.7

where applicable, the condition of monitoring and control console equipment, andwhich equipment is being operated manually;.8

where applicable, the condition and mode of operation of automatic boiler
controls such as flame safeguard control systems, limit control systems,
combustion control systems, fuel-supply control systems and other equipment
related to the operation of steam boilers;.9

any potentially adverse conditions resulting from bad weather, ice, or
contaminated or shallow water;.10

any special modes of operation dictated by equipment failure or adverse shipconditions;.11

the reports of engine-room ratings relating to their assigned duties;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 230.12

the availability of fire-fighting appliances; and.13

the state of completion of the engine-room log.

Performing the engineering watch
59
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that the establishedwatchkeeping arrangements are maintained and that, under direction, engine-room ratings, if
forming part of the engineering watch, assist in the safe and efficient operation of the propulsion
machinery and auxiliary equipment.
60
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall continue to be responsible formachinery-space operations, despite the presence of the chief engineer officer in the machinery
spaces, until specifically informed that the chief engineer officer has assumed that responsibility
and this is mutually understood.
61
All members of the engineering watch shall be familiar with their assigned watchkeeping
duties. In addition, every member shall, with respect to the ship they are serving in, haveknowledge of:.1

the use of appropriate internal communication systems;.2

the escape routes from machinery spaces;.3

the engine-room alarm systems and be able to distinguish between the various
alarms, with special reference to the fire-extinguishing media alarm; and.4

the number, location and types of fire-fighting equipment and damage-control
gear in the machinery spaces, together with their use and the various safety
precautions to be observed.

62
Any machinery not functioning properly, expected to malfunction or requiring special
service shall be noted along with any action already taken. Plans shall be made for any further
action if required.
63
When the machinery spaces are in the manned condition, the officer in charge of theengineering watch shall at all times be readily capable of operating the propulsion equipment inresponse to needs for changes in direction or speed.
64
When the machinery spaces are in the periodic unmanned condition, the designated duty
officer in charge of the engineering watch shall be immediately available and on call to attend themachinery spaces.
65
All bridge orders shall be promptly executed. Changes in direction or speed of the main
propulsion units shall be recorded, except where an Administration has determined that the sizeor characteristics of a particular ship make such recording impracticable. The officer in charge ofthe engineering watch shall ensure that the main propulsion unit controls, when in the manualmode of operation, are continuously attended under stand-by or manoeuvring conditions.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 231

66
Due attention shall be paid to the ongoing maintenance and support of all machinery,
including mechanical, electrical, electronic, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, their control
apparatus and associated safety equipment, all accommodation service systems equipment andthe recording of stores and spare gear usage.
67
The chief engineer officer shall ensure that the officer in charge of the engineering watch
is informed of all preventive maintenance, damage control, or repair operations to be performed
during the engineering watch. The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall be responsible
for the isolation, bypassing and adjustment of all machinery under the responsibility of theengineering watch that is to be worked on, and shall record all work carried out.
68
When the engine-room is put in a stand-by condition, the officer in charge of theengineering watch shall ensure that all machinery and equipment which may be used during
manoeuvring is in a state of immediate readiness and that an adequate reserve of power isavailable for steering gear and other requirements.
69
Officers in charge of an engineering watch shall not be assigned or undertake any duties
which would interfere with their supervisory duties in respect of the main propulsion system andancillary equipment. They shall keep the main propulsion plant and auxiliary systems underconstant supervision until properly relieved, and shall periodically inspect the machinery in theircharge. They shall also ensure that adequate rounds of the machinery and steering-gear spaces
are made for the purpose of observing and reporting equipment malfunctions or breakdowns,
performing or directing routine adjustments, required upkeep and any other necessary tasks.
70
Officers in charge of an engineering watch shall direct any other member of theengineering watch to inform them of potentially hazardous conditions which may adversely
affect the machinery or jeopardize the safety of life or of the ship.
71
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that the machinery space
watch is supervised, and shall arrange for substitute personnel in the event of the incapacity of
any engineering watch personnel. The engineering watch shall not leave the machinery spaces
unsupervised in a manner that would prevent the manual operation of the engine-room plant or
throttles.
72
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall take the action necessary to containthe effects of damage resulting from equipment breakdown, fire, flooding, rupture, collision,
stranding, or other cause.
73
Before going off duty, the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that all
events related to the main and auxiliary machinery which have occurred during the engineering
watch are suitably recorded.
74
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall co-operate with any engineer incharge of maintenance work during all preventive maintenance, damage control or repairs.
This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:.1

isolating and bypassing machinery to be worked on;.2

adjusting the remaining plant to function adequately and safely during themaintenance period;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 232.3

recording, in the engine-room log or other suitable document, the equipment
worked on and the personnel involved, and which safety steps have been taken
and by whom, for the benefit of relieving officers and for record purposes; and.4

testing and putting into service, when necessary, the repaired machinery or
equipment.

75
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that any engine-room ratings
who perform maintenance duties are available to assist in the manual operation of machinery in
the event of automatic equipment failure.
76
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall bear in mind that changes in speed,
resulting from machinery malfunction, or any loss of steering may imperil the safety of the shipand life at sea. The bridge shall be immediately notified in the event of fire and of any impending
action in machinery spaces that may cause reduction in the ship’s speed, imminent steering
failure, stoppage of the ship’s propulsion system or any alteration in the generation of electric
power or similar threat to safety. This notification, where possible, shall be accomplished beforechanges are made, in order to afford the bridge the maximum available time to take whateveraction is possible to avoid a potential marine casualty.
77
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall notify the chief engineer officer
without delay:.1

when engine damage or a malfunction occurs which may be such as to endanger
the safe operation of the ship;.2

when any malfunction occurs which, it is believed, may cause damage or
breakdown of propulsion machinery, auxiliary machinery or monitoring andgoverning systems; and.3

in any emergency or if in any doubt as to what decision or measures to take.

78
Despite the requirement to notify the chief engineer officer in the foregoing
circumstances, the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall not hesitate to take immediate
action for the safety of the ship, its machinery and crew where circumstances require.
79
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall give the watchkeeping personnel all
appropriate instructions and information which will ensure the keeping of a safe engineering
watch. Routine machinery upkeep, performed as incidental tasks as a part of keeping a safe
watch, shall be set up as an integral part of the watch routine. Detailed repair maintenanceinvolving repairs to electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic or applicable electronicequipment throughout the ship shall be performed with the cognizance of the officer in charge ofthe engineering watch and chief engineer officer. These repairs shall be recorded.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 233

Engineering watchkeeping under different conditions and in different areas
Restricted visibility
80
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that permanent air or steampressure is available for sound signals and that at all times bridge orders relating to changes in
speed or direction of operation are immediately implemented and, in addition, that auxiliarymachinery used for manoeuvring is readily available.
Coastal and congested waters
81
The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that all machinery involved
with the manoeuvring of the ship can immediately be placed in the manual mode of operation
when notified that the ship is in congested waters. The officer in charge of the engineering watch
shall also ensure that an adequate reserve of power is available for steering and othermanoeuvring requirements. Emergency steering and other auxiliary equipment shall be ready for
immediate operation.
Ship at anchor82
At an unsheltered anchorage the chief engineer officer shall consult with the master
whether or not to maintain the same engineering watch as when under way.
83
When a ship is at anchor in an open roadstead or any other virtually “at-sea” condition,
the engineer officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that:.1

an efficient engineering watch is kept;.2

periodic inspection is made of all operating and stand-by machinery;.3

main and auxiliary machinery is maintained in a state of readiness in accordancewith orders from the bridge;.4measures are taken to protect the environment from pollution by the ship, and thatapplicable pollution-prevention regulations are complied with; and.5all damage-control and fire-fighting systems are in readiness.

Part 4-3 – Principles to be observed in keeping a radio watch
General provisions
84
Administrations shall direct the attention of companies, masters and radio watchkeeping
personnel to comply with the following provisions to ensure that an adequate safety radio watch
is maintained while a ship is at sea. In complying with this Code, account shall be taken of theRadio Regulations.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 234

Watch arrangements
85

In deciding the arrangements for the radio watch, the master of every seagoing ship shall:.1

ensure that the radio watch is maintained in accordance with the relevant
provisions of the Radio Regulations and the SOLAS Convention;.2

ensure that the primary duties for radio watchkeeping are not adversely affectedby attending to radio traffic not relevant to the safe movement of the ship andsafety of navigation; and.3take into account the radio equipment fitted on board and its operational status.

Performing the radio watch86

The radio operator performing radio watchkeeping duties shall:.1

ensure that watch is maintained on the frequencies specified in the Radio
Regulations and the SOLAS Convention; and.2while on duty, regularly check the operation of the radio equipment and its
sources of energy and report to the master any observed failure of this equipment.

87
The requirements of the Radio Regulations and the SOLAS Convention on keeping aradiotelegraph or radio log, as appropriate, shall be complied with.
88
The maintenance of radio records, in compliance with the requirements of the Radio
Regulations and the SOLAS Convention, is the responsibility of the radio operator designated ashaving primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents. The following
shall be recorded, together with the times at which they occur:.1

a summary of distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications;.2

important incidents relating to the radio service;.3

where appropriate, the position of the ship at least once per day; and.4a summary of the condition of the radio equipment, including its sources ofenergy.

89
The radio records shall be kept at the distress communications operating position, andshall be made available:.1

for inspection by the master; and.2

for inspection by any authorized official of the Administration and by any duly
authorized officer exercising control under article X of the Convention.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 235PART 5 – WATCHKEEPING IN PORT
Principles applying to all watchkeeping
General90
On any ship safely moored or safely at anchor under normal circumstances in port, themaster shall arrange for an appropriate and effective watch to be maintained for the purpose ofsafety. Special requirements may be necessary for special types of ships’ propulsion systems or
ancillary equipment and for ships carrying hazardous, dangerous, toxic or highly flammablematerials or other special types of cargo.
Watch arrangements
91
Arrangements for keeping a deck watch when the ship is in port shall at all times beadequate to:.1

ensure the safety of life, of the ship, the port and the environment, and the safe
operation of all machinery related to cargo operation;.2

observe international, national and local rules; and.3maintain order and the normal routine of the ship.

92
The master shall decide the composition and duration of the deck watch depending on theconditions of mooring, type of the ship and character of duties.
93
If the master considers it necessary, a qualified officer shall be in charge of the deckwatch.
94

The necessary equipment shall be so arranged as to provide for efficient watchkeeping.

95
The chief engineer officer, in consultation with the master, shall ensure that engineering
watchkeeping arrangements are adequate to maintain a safe engineering watch while in port.
When deciding the composition of the engineering watch, which may include appropriate
engine-room ratings, the following points are among those to be taken into account:.1

on all ships of 3,000 kW propulsion power and over there shall always be an
officer in charge of the engineering watch;.2

on ships of less than 3,000 kW propulsion power there may be, at the master’s
discretion and in consultation with the chief engineer officer, no officer in chargeof the engineering watch; and.3

officers, while in charge of an engineering watch, shall not be assigned orundertake any task or duty which would interfere with their supervisory duty inrespect of the ship’s machinery system.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 236

Taking over the watch
96
Officers in charge of the deck or engineering watch shall not hand over the watch to theirrelieving officer if they have any reason to believe that the latter is obviously not capable ofcarrying out watchkeeping duties effectively, in which case the master or chief engineer shall be
notified accordingly. Relieving officers of the deck or engineering watch shall ensure that all
members of their watch are apparently fully capable of performing their duties effectively.
97
If, at the moment of handing over the deck or engineering watch, an important operation
is being performed, it shall be concluded by the officer being relieved, except when orderedotherwise by the master or chief engineer officer.
Part 5-1 – Taking over the deck watch
98
Prior to taking over the deck watch, the relieving officer shall be informed by the officer
in charge of the deck watch as to the following:.1

the depth of the water at the berth, the ship’s draught, the level and time of highand low waters; the securing of the moorings, the arrangement of anchors and thescope of the anchor chain, and other mooring features important to the safety ofthe ship; the state of main engines and their availability for emergency use;.2

all work to be performed on board the ship; the nature, amount and disposition ofcargo loaded or remaining, and any residue on board after unloading the ship;.3

the level of water in bilges and ballast tanks;.4

the signals or lights being exhibited or sounded;.5

the number of crew members required to be on board and the presence of any
other persons on board;.6

the state of fire-fighting appliances;.7

any special port regulations;.8the master’s standing and special orders;.9

the lines of communication available between the ship and shore personnel,
including port authorities, in the event of an emergency arising or assistance being
required;.10

any other circumstances of importance to the safety of the ship, its crew, cargo orprotection of the environment from pollution; and.11

the procedures for notifying the appropriate authority of any environmental
pollution resulting from ship activities.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 237

99

Relieving officers, before assuming charge of the deck watch, shall verify that:.1

the securing of moorings and anchor chain is adequate;.2

the appropriate signals or lights are properly exhibited or sounded;.3

safety measures and fire-protection regulations are being maintained;.4

they are aware of the nature of any hazardous or dangerous cargo being loaded ordischarged and the appropriate action to be taken in the event of any spillage orfire; and.5no external conditions or circumstances imperil the ship and that it does notimperil others.

Part 5-2 – Taking over the engineering watch
100
Prior to taking over the engineering watch, the relieving officer shall be informed by theofficer in charge of the engineering watch as to:.1

the standing orders of the day, any special orders relating to the ship operations,maintenance functions, repairs to the ship’s machinery or control equipment;.2

the nature of all work being performed on machinery and systems on board ship,
personnel involved and potential hazards;.3

the level and condition, where applicable, of water or residue in bilges, ballast
tanks, slop tanks, sewage tanks, reserve tanks and special requirements for the useor disposal of the contents thereof;.4

any special requirements relating to sanitary system disposals;.5

the condition and state of readiness of portable fire-extinguishing equipment andfixed fire-extinguishing installations and fire-detection systems;.6

authorized repair personnel on board engaged in engineering activities, their work
locations and repair functions and other authorized persons on board and therequired crew;.7

any port regulations pertaining to ship effluents, fire-fighting requirements andship readiness, particularly during potential bad weather conditions;.8the lines of communication available between the ship and shore personnel,
including port authorities, in the event of an emergency arising or assistance being
required;.9

any other circumstance of importance to the safety of the ship, its crew, cargo or
the protection of the environment from pollution; and.10

the procedures for notifying the appropriate authority of environmental pollution
resulting from engineering activities.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 238

101
Relieving officers, before assuming charge of the engineering watch, shall satisfy
themselves that they are fully informed by the officer being relieved, as outlined above, and:.1

be familiar with existing and potential sources of power, heat and lighting andtheir distribution;.2

know the availability and condition of ship’s fuel, lubricants and all watersupplies; and.3be ready to prepare the ship and its machinery, as far as is possible, for stand-by or
emergency conditions as required.

Part 5-3 – Performing the deck watch
102

The officer in charge of the deck watch shall:.1

make rounds to inspect the ship at appropriate intervals;.2

pay particular attention to:.2.1

the condition and securing of the gangway, anchor chain and moorings,
especially at the turn of the tide and in berths with a large rise and fall, if
necessary, taking measures to ensure that they are in normal working
condition,.2.2

the draught, under-keel clearance and the general state of the ship, to avoid
dangerous listing or trim during cargo handling or ballasting,.2.3

the weather and sea state,.2.4

the observance of all regulations concerning safety and fire protection,.2.5

the water level in bilges and tanks,.2.6

all persons on board and their location, especially those in remote or
enclosed spaces, and.2.7

the exhibition and sounding, where appropriate, of lights and signals;.3

in bad weather, or on receiving a storm warning, take the necessary measures toprotect the ship, persons on board and cargo;.4take every precaution to prevent pollution of the environment by the ship;.5in an emergency threatening the safety of the ship, raise the alarm, inform themaster, take all possible measures to prevent any damage to the ship, its cargo andpersons on board, and, if necessary, request assistance from the shore authorities
or neighbouring ships;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 239.6

be aware of the ship’s stability condition so that, in the event of fire, the shore
fire-fighting authority may be advised of the approximate quantity of water thatcan be pumped on board without endangering the ship;.7

offer assistance to ships or persons in distress;.8

take necessary precautions to prevent accidents or damage when propellers are to
be turned; and.9enter, in the appropriate log-book, all important events affecting the ship.

Part 5-4 – Performing the engineering watch
103

104

Officers in charge of the engineering watch shall pay particular attention to:.1

the observance of all orders, special operating procedures and regulations
concerning hazardous conditions and their prevention in all areas in their charge;.2

the instrumentation and control systems, monitoring of all power supplies,
components and systems in operation;.3

the techniques, methods and procedures necessary to prevent violation of thepollution regulations of the local authorities; and.4

the state of the bilges.

Officers in charge of the engineering watch shall:.1

in emergencies, raise the alarm when, in their opinion, the situation so demands,
and take all possible measures to prevent damage to the ship, persons on board
and cargo;.2

be aware of the deck officer’s needs relating to the equipment required in theloading or unloading of the cargo and the additional requirements of the ballast
and other ship stability control systems;.3

make frequent rounds of inspection to determine possible equipment malfunction
or failure, and take immediate remedial action to ensure the safety of the ship, ofcargo operations, of the port and the environment;.4

ensure that the necessary precautions are taken, within their area of responsibility,
to prevent accidents or damage to the various electrical, electronic, hydraulic,pneumatic and mechanical systems of the ship; and.5

ensure that all important events affecting the operation, adjustment or repair of the
ship’s machinery are satisfactorily recorded.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 2
Page 240

Part 5-5 – Watch in port on ships carrying hazardous cargo
General105
The master of every ship carrying cargo that is hazardous, whether explosive, flammable,
toxic, health-threatening or environment-polluting, shall ensure that safe watchkeeping
arrangements are maintained. On ships carrying hazardous cargo in bulk, this will be achieved by
the ready availability on board of a duly qualified officer or officers, and ratings whereappropriate, even when the ship is safely moored or safely at anchor in port.
106
On ships carrying hazardous cargo other than in bulk, the master shall take full account of
the nature, quantity, packing and stowage of the hazardous cargo and of any special conditions
on board, afloat and ashore.
Part 5-6 – Cargo watch
107
Officers with responsibility for the planning and conduct of cargo operations shall ensurethat such operations are conducted safely through the control of the specific risks, including
when non-ship’s personnel are involved.

***

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1

ANNEX 3
DRAFT AMENDMENTS TO PART B OF THE
SEAFARERS’ TRAINING, CERTIFICATION AND WATCHKEEPING (STCW) CODE
PART B

Recommended guidance regarding provisions of the STCW Convention
and its annex
Introduction
1
This part of the STCW Code contains recommended guidance intended to assist Parties to
the STCW Convention and those involved in implementing, applying or enforcing its measures
to give the Convention full and complete effect in a uniform manner.
2
The measures suggested are not mandatory and the examples given are only intended toillustrate how certain Convention requirements may be complied with. However, therecommendations in general represent an approach to the matters concerned which has been
harmonized through discussion within IMO involving, where appropriate, consultation with theInternational Labour Organization, the International Telecommunication Union and the World
Health Organization.
3
Observance of the recommendations contained in this part will assist the Organization inachieving its goal of maintaining the highest practicable standards of competence in respect ofcrews of all nationalities and ships of all flags.
4
Guidance is provided in this part in respect of certain articles of the Convention, in
addition to guidance on certain regulations in its annex. The numbering of the sections of thispart therefore corresponds with that of the articles and the regulations of the Convention. As inpart A, the text of each section may be divided into numbered parts and paragraphs, but such
numbering is unique to that text alone.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 2

Guidance regarding provisions of the articles
Section B-I
Guidance regarding general obligations under the Convention(No provisions)
Section B-II
Guidance regarding definitions and clarifications
1
The definitions contained in article II of the Convention, and the definitions andclarifications contained in regulation I/1 of its annex, apply equally to the terms used in parts A
and B of this Code. Supplementary definitions which apply only to the provisions of this Codeare contained in section A-I/1.
2

The definition of certificate appearing in article II (c) provides for three possibilities:.1

the Administration may issue the certificate;.2

the Administration may have the certificate issued under its authority; or.3

the Administration may recognize a certificate issued by another Party, as
provided for in regulation I/10.

Section B-III
Guidance regarding the application of the Convention
1
While the definition of fishing vessel contained in article II, paragraph (h) excludes
vessels used for catching fish, whales, seals, walrus or other living resources of the sea fromapplication of the Convention, vessels not engaged in the catching activity cannot enjoy suchexclusion.
2

The Convention excludes all wooden ships of primitive build, including junks.

Section B-IV
Guidance regarding the communication of information
1

In paragraph (1)(b) of article IV, the words “where appropriate” are intended to include:.1

the recognition of a certificate issued by another Party; or.2

the issue of the Administration’s own certificate, where applicable, on the basis ofrecognition of a certificate issued by another Party.

Section B-V
Guidance regarding other treaties and interpretation
1
The word “arrangements” in paragraph (1) of article V is intended to include provisions
previously established between States for the reciprocal recognition of certificates.
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 3

Section B-VI
Guidance regarding certificatesSee the guidance given in sections B-II and B-I/2.
1
A policy statement and an outline of the procedures to be followed should be published
for the information of companies operating ships under the flag of the Administration.
Section B-VII
Guidance regarding transitional provisions
1
Certificates issued for service in one capacity which are currently recognized by a Party
as an adequate qualification for service in another capacity, e.g., chief mate certificatesrecognized for service as master, should continue to be accepted as valid for such service underarticle VII. This acceptance also applies to such certificates issued under the provisions ofparagraph (2) of article VII.
Section B-VIII
Guidance regarding dispensations
1
A policy statement and an outline of the procedures to be followed should be published
for the information of companies operating ships under the flag of the Administration. Guidanceshould be provided to those officials authorized by the Administration to issue dispensations.
Information on action taken should be summarized in the initial report communicated to theSecretary-General in accordance with the requirements of section A-I/7.
Section B-IX
Guidance regarding equivalents
1
Naval certificates may continue to be accepted and certificates of service may continue tobe issued to naval officers as equivalents under article IX, provided that the requirements of theConvention are met.
Section B-X
Guidance regarding control(No provisions – see section B-I/4.)
Section B-XI
Guidance regarding the promotion of technical co-operation
1
Governments should provide, or arrange to provide, in collaboration with IMO, assistanceto States which have difficulty in meeting the requirements of the Convention and which request
such assistance.
2
The importance of adequate training for masters and other personnel serving on board oil,chemical and liquefied gas tankers and ro-ro passenger ships is stressed, and it is recognized thatin some cases there may be limited facilities for obtaining the required experience and providing
specialized training programmes, particularly in developing countries.
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 4

Examination database3
Parties with maritime training academies or examination centres serving several countries
and wishing to establish a database of examination questions and answers are encouraged to doso, on the basis of bilateral co-operation with a country or countries which already have such a
database.
Availability of maritime training simulators
4
The IMO Secretariat maintains a list of maritime training simulators, as a source of
information for Parties and others, on the availability of different types of simulators for training
seafarers, in particular where such training facilities may not be available to them nationally.
5
Parties are urged* to provide information on their national maritime training simulators to
the IMO Secretariat and to update the information whenever any change or addition is made totheir maritime training simulator facilities.
Information on technical co-operation
6
Information on technical advisory services, access to international training institutions
affiliated with IMO, and information on fellowships and other technical co-operation which may
be provided by or through IMO may be obtained by contacting the Secretary-General at 4 Albert
Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom.
(No guidance is provided regarding articles XII to XVII.)*

See MSC.1/Circ.1209.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 5

Guidance regarding provisions of the annex to the STCW Convention
CHAPTER I
Guidance regarding general provisions
Section B-I/1
Guidance regarding definitions and clarifications
1
The definitions contained in article II of the Convention, and the definitions andinterpretations contained in regulation I/1 of its annex, apply equally to the terms used in parts A
and B of this Code. Supplementary definitions which apply only to the provisions of this Codeare contained in section A-I/1.
2
Officers with capacities covered under the provisions of chapter VII may be designated as“polyvalent officer”, “dual-purpose officer” or other designations as approved by the
Administration, in accordance with the terminology used in the applicable safe manningrequirements.
3
Ratings qualified to serve in capacities covered under the provisions of chapter VII may
be designated as “polyvalent ratings” or other designations as approved by the Administration, in
accordance with the terminology used in the applicable safe manning requirements.
Section B-I/2
Guidance regarding certificates and endorsements
1
Where an endorsement is integrated in the format of a certificate as provided bysection A-I/2, paragraph 1, the relevant information should be inserted in the certificate in themanner explained hereunder, except for the omission of the space numbered .2. Otherwise, in
preparing endorsements attesting the issue of a certificate, the spaces numbered .1 to .17 in theform which follows the text hereunder should be completed as follows:.1

Enter the name of the issuing State.

.2Enter the number assigned to the certificate by the Administration.

.3Enter the full name of the seafarer to whom the certificate is issued. The nameshould be the same as that appearing in the seafarer’s passport, seafarer’s identity
certificate and other official documents issued by the Administration.

.4

The number or numbers of the STCW Convention regulation or regulations underwhich the seafarer has been found qualified should be entered here, for example:.4.1“Regulation II/1”, if the seafarer has been found qualified to fill thecapacity of officer in charge of a navigational watch,.4.2“Regulation III/1”, if the seafarer has been found qualified to act asengineer officer in charge of a watch in a manned engine-room, or as
designated duty engineer officer in a periodically unmanned engine-room,

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 6.4.3“Regulation IV/2”, if the seafarer has been found qualified to fill thecapacity of radio operator,.4.4“Regulation VII/1”, if the certificate is a functional certificate and theseafarer has been found qualified to perform functions specified in part Aof the Code, for example, the function of marine engineering at the
management level, and.4.5“Regulations III/1 and V/1”, if found qualified to act as the engineer
officer in charge of a watch in a manned engine-room, or as designatedduty engineer officer in a periodically unmanned engine-room in tankers.
(See limitations in paragraphs .8 and .10 below.).5Enter the date of expiry of the endorsement. This date should not be later than thedate of expiry, if any, of the certificate in respect of which the endorsement isissued, nor later than five years after the date of issue of the endorsement.

.6

In this column should be entered each of the functions specified in part A of theCode which the seafarer is qualified to perform. Functions and their associatedlevels of responsibility are specified in the tables of competence set out inchapters II, III and IV of part A of the Code, and are also listed for convenient
reference in the introduction to part A. When reference is made under .4 above toregulations in chapter II, III or IV it is not necessary to list specific functions.

.7

In this column should be entered the levels of responsibility at which the seafarer
is qualified to perform each of the functions entered in column .6. These levels are
specified in the tables of competence set out in chapters II, III and IV of part A of
the Code, and are also listed, for convenient reference, in the introduction topart A.

.8

A general limitation, such as the requirement to wear corrective lenses when
performing duties, should be entered prominently at the top of this limitations
column. Limitations applying to the functions listed in column .6 should beentered on the appropriate line against the function concerned, for example:.8.1“Not valid for service in tankers” − if not qualified under chapter V,.8.2“Not valid for service in tankers other than oil tankers” − if qualified underchapter V for service only in oil tankers,.8.3“Not valid for service in ships in which steam boilers form part of the
ship’s machinery” − if the related knowledge has been omitted inaccordance with STCW Code provisions, and.8.4“Valid only on near-coastal voyages” − if the related knowledge has been
omitted in accordance with STCW Code provisions.

Note: Tonnage and power limitations need not be shown here if they are alreadyindicated in the title of the certificate and in the capacity entered in column .9.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 7.9The capacity or capacities entered in this column should be those specified in thetitle to the STCW regulation or regulations concerned in the case of certificatesissued under chapter II or III, or should be as specified in the applicable safemanning requirements of the Administration, as appropriate.

.10

A general limitation, such as the requirement to wear corrective lenses when
performing duties, should be entered prominently at the top of this limitations
column also. The limitations entered in column .10 should be the same as thoseshown in column .8 for the functions performed in each capacity entered.

.11

The number entered in this space should be that of the certificate, so that bothcertificate and endorsement have the same unique number for reference and forlocation in the register of certificates and/or endorsements, etc.

.12

The date of original issue of the endorsement should be entered here; it may be thesame as, or differ from, the date of issue of the certificate, in accordance with thecircumstances.

.13

The name of the official authorized to issue the endorsement should be shown
here in block letters below the official’s signature.

.14

The date of birth shown should be the date confirmed from Administration records
or as otherwise verified.

.15

The endorsement should be signed by the seafarer in the presence of an official, or
may be incorporated from the seafarer’s application form duly completed andverified.

.16

The photograph should be a standard black and white or colour passport-type headand shoulders photograph, supplied in duplicate by the seafarer so that one may be
kept in or associated with the register of certificates.

.17

If the blocks for revalidation are shown as part of the endorsement form
(see section A-I/2, paragraph 1), the Administration may revalidate theendorsement by completing the block after the seafarer has demonstrated
continuing proficiency as required by regulation I/11.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 8(Official Seal)(COUNTRY)
ENDORSEMENT ATTESTING THE ISSUE OF A CERTIFICATEUNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION
ON STANDARDS OF TRAINING, CERTIFICATION AND WATCHKEEPINGFOR SEAFARERS, 1978, AS AMENDED
The Government of ………. .1 ..…… certifies that Certificate No. ..… .2 …… has been issued to………………… .3 ………………….. who has been found duly qualified in accordance with theprovisions of regulation ………… .4 …………... of the above Convention, as amended, and has beenfound competent to perform the following functions, at the levels specified, subject to any limitations
indicated until ………… .5 ……………. or until the date of expiry of any extension of the validity of thisendorsement as may be shown overleaf:.6 FUNCTION.7 LEVEL.8 LIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)

The lawful holder of this endorsement may serve in the following capacity or capacities specified in theapplicable safe manning requirements of the Administration:.9 CAPACITY.10 LIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)

Endorsement No ................. .11 ....................... issued on ................................. .12 .............................
(Official Seal).............................................................................
Signature of duly authorized official...................................... .13 .............................
Name of duly authorized official

The original of this endorsement must be kept available in accordance with regulation I/2, paragraph 11 of
the Convention while serving on a ship.
Date of birth of the holder of the certificate ............................................... .14 ..........................................
Signature of the holder of the certificate .................................................... .15 ..........................................
Photograph of the holder of the certificate.16

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 9The validity of this endorsement is hereby extended until(Official Seal)
Signature of duly authorized official

Date of revalidation ................... .17
Name of duly authorized official

The validity of this endorsement is hereby extended until(Official Seal)
Signature of the authorized official

Date of revalidation ................... .17
Name of duly authorized official

2
An endorsement attesting the recognition of a certificate may be attached to and form partof the certificate endorsed, or may be issued as a separate document (see STCW regulation I/2,
paragraph 8). All entries made in the form are required to be in Roman characters and Arabic
figures (see STCW regulation I/2, paragraph 10). The spaces numbered .1 to .17 in the form
which follows the text hereunder are intended to be completed as indicated in paragraph 1 above,
except in respect of the following spaces:.2

where the number assigned by the Party which issued the certificate being
recognized should be entered;.3

where the name entered should be the same as that appearing in the certificate
being recognized;.4

where the name of the Party which issued the certificate being recognized should
be entered;.9

where the capacity or capacities entered should be selected, as appropriate, fromthose specified in the safe applicable manning requirements of the Administration
which is recognizing the certificate;.11

where the number entered should be unique to the endorsement both for reference
and for location in the register of endorsements; and.12where the date of original issue of the endorsement should be entered.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 10(Official Seal)(COUNTRY)
ENDORSEMENT ATTESTING THE RECOGNITION OF A CERTIFICATEUNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON
STANDARDS OF TRAINING, CERTIFICATION AND WATCHKEEPINGFOR SEAFARERS, 1978, AS AMENDED
The Government of ……………….…. .1 ……..…… certifies that Certificate No. ….….. .2 …….………
issued to ………………… .3 ………………….by or on behalf of the Government of ………… .4 …… isduly recognized in accordance with the provisions of regulation I/10 of the above Convention, as
amended, and the lawful holder is authorized to perform the following functions, at the levels specified,subject to any limitations indicated until ………………… .5 ………………….or until the date of expiryof any extension of the validity of this endorsement as may be shown overleaf:.6 FUNCTION.7 LEVEL.8 LIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)

The lawful holder of this endorsement may serve in the following capacity or capacities specified in theapplicable safe manning requirements of the Administration:.9 CAPACITY.10 LIMITATIONS APPLYING (IF ANY)

Endorsement No ................. .11 ....................... issued on ................................. .12 .............................
(Official Seal).............................................................................
Signature of duly authorized official...................................... .13 .............................
Name of duly authorized official

The original of this endorsement must be kept available in accordance with regulation I/2, paragraph 11 of
the Convention while serving on a ship.
Date of birth of the holder of the certificate ............................................... .14 ..........................................
Signature of the holder of the certificate .................................................... .15 ..........................................
Photograph of the holder of the certificate.16

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 11The validity of this endorsement is hereby extended until(Official Seal)
Signature of duly authorized official

Date of revalidation ................... .17
Name of duly authorized official

The validity of this endorsement is hereby extended until(Official Seal)
Signature of the authorized official

Date of revalidation ................... .17
Name of duly authorized official

3
When replacing a certificate or endorsement which has been lost or destroyed, Parties
should issue the replacement under a new number, to avoid confusion with the document to be
replaced.
4
If an application for revalidation is made within six months before the expiry of anendorsement, the endorsement referred to in paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of regulation I/2 may berevalidated until:.1

the fifth anniversary of the date of validity, or extension of the validity, of theendorsement; or.2

the date the certificate endorsed expires, whichever is earlier.

5
Where a Certificate of Proficiency is issued, it should contain at least the following
information:.1

names of the issuing Party and authority;.2

number assigned to the certificate by the issuing authority;.3

full name and date of birth of the seafarer to whom the certificate is issued.
The name and birth date should be the same as that appearing in the seafarer’s
passport or seafarer’s identification document;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 12.4

title of the certificate. For example, if the certificate is issued in relation toregulation VI/3, paragraph 2, the title used should be “advanced fire fighting” andif it is issued in relation to regulation VI/5, paragraph 1, the title used should be“ship security officer”;.5number, or numbers, of the Convention regulation(s) or of the STCW Codesection under which the seafarer has been found qualified;.6

dates of issue and expiry of the certificate. If validity of the certificate isunlimited, then, for the benefit of clarification, the “unlimited” term should beentered in front of the date of expiry;.7

if applicable, limitations, either general limitation (such as the requirement to wear
corrective lenses), ship’s type limitation (such as “valid only for service on ships of
GT<500”) or, voyage limitation (such as “valid only on near-coastal voyages”);.8

name and signature of the authorized person who issues the certificate;.9

photograph of the seafarer. The photograph should be a standard black and whiteor colour passport-type head and shoulders photograph;.10

if the certificate is intended to be revalidated then, the date of revalidation,
extension of the validity, name and signature of the authorized person; and.11

the contact details of the issuing Authority.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 13

Table B-I/2
List of certificates or documentary evidence required under the STCW Convention
The list below identifies all certificates or documentary evidence in the Convention whichauthorize the holder to serve in certain functions on board ships. The certificates are subject tothe requirements of regulation I/2 regarding language and their availability in original form.
The list also references the relevant regulations and the requirements for endorsement andregistration.
Regulations

Type of certificate and brief
description

II/1, II/2, II/3, III/1, Certificate of Competency – For
III/2, III/3, III/6, IV/2, masters, officers and GMDSS radio
VII/2
operator
II/4, III/4, VII/2
Certificate of Proficiency – For
Ratings duly certified to be a part of anavigational or engine-room watch
II/5, III/5, III/7, VII/2 Certificate of Proficiency – For
Ratings duly certified as able
seafarer deck, able seafarer engine
electro-technical rating
V/1-1
Certificate of Proficiency orendorsement to a Certificate ofCompetency – For masters andofficers on oil and chemical tankers
V/1-1
Certificate of Proficiency orendorsement to a Certificate ofCompetency – For ratings on oiland chemical tankers
V/1-2
Certificate of Proficiency – For
masters and officers on liquefied
gas tankers
V/1-2
Certificate of Proficiency – For
ratings on liquefied gas tankers
V/2
Documentary evidence – Training
for masters, officers, ratings andother personnel serving on
passenger ships
VI/1
Documentary evidence –Basic
training Or
As part of the Certificate ofCompetency – for masters andofficers

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Endorsement
attesting recognition1of a certificate

Registration2
required

Revalidation3of certificate

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 14

Regulations

VI/2

VI/3

VI/4
VI/5
VI/6

Type of certificate and brief
description

Endorsement
attesting recognition1of a certificate

Registration2
required

Revalidation3of certificate

Certificate of Proficiency –Survival craft, rescue boats and fast
rescue boatsOr
As part of the Certificate ofCompetency – For masters andofficers
Certificate of Proficiency –Advanced fire fightingOr
As part of the Certificate ofCompetency – For masters andofficers
Certificate of Proficiency – Medical
first aid and medical care
Certificate of Proficiency – Ship
security officer
Certificate of Proficiency – Security
training for seafarers with designatedsecurity duties
Certificate of Proficiency – Security
awareness training

No

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Notes:
1 Endorsement attesting recognition of certificate means endorsement in accordance with regulation I/2,
paragraph 7.
2 Registration required means as part of a register or registers in accordance with regulation I/2,
paragraph 14.
3 Revalidation of certificate means establishing continued professional competence.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 15

Section B-I/3
Guidance regarding near-coastal voyages
1
Coastal States may adopt regional “near-coastal voyage limits” through bilateral or
multilateral arrangements. Details of such arrangements shall be reported to the Secretary-General,
who shall circulate such particulars to all Parties.
Section B-I/4
Guidance regarding control procedures*
Introduction
1
The purpose of the control procedures of regulation I/4 is to enable officers duly
authorized by port States to ensure that the seafarers on board have sufficient competence toensure safe and pollution-free operation of the ship.
2
This provision is no different in principle from the need to make checks on ships’
structures and equipment. Indeed, it builds on these inspections to make an appraisal of the total
system of onboard safety and pollution prevention.
Assessment
3
By restricting assessment as indicated in section A-I/4, the subjectivity which is anunavoidable element in all control procedures is reduced to a minimum, no more than would be
evident in other types of control inspection.
4
The clear grounds given in regulation I/4, paragraph 1.3 will usually be sufficient to direct
the inspector’s attention to specific areas of competency, which could then be followed up by
seeking evidence of training in the skills in question. If this evidence is inadequate or
unconvincing, the authorized officer may ask to observe a demonstration of the relevant skill.
5
It will be a matter for the professional judgement of the inspector when on board, either
following an incident as outlined in regulation I/4 or for the purposes of a routine inspection,
whether the ship is operated in a manner likely to pose a danger to persons, property or theenvironment*.
Section B-I/5
Guidance regarding national provisions(No provisions)*

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 16

Section B-I/6
Guidance regarding training and assessment
Qualifications of instructors and assessors
1
Each Party should ensure that instructors and assessors are appropriately qualified andexperienced for the particular types and levels of training or assessment of competence of
seafarers, as required under the Convention, in accordance with the guidelines in this section.
In-service training and assessment2
Any person, on board or ashore, conducting in-service training of a seafarer intended to
be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention should have received appropriate
guidance in instructional techniques*.
3
Any person responsible for the supervision of in-service training of a seafarer intended to
be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention should have appropriate knowledgeof instructional techniques and of training methods and practice.
4
Any person, on board or ashore, conducting an in-service assessment of the competenceof a seafarer intended to be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention should have:.1

received appropriate guidance in assessment methods and practice*; and.2gained practical assessment experience under the supervision and to thesatisfaction of an experienced assessor.

5
Any person responsible for the supervision of the in-service assessment of competence ofa seafarer intended to be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention should have afull understanding of the assessment system, assessment methods and practice*.
Use of distance learning and e-learning
6
Parties may allow the training of seafarers by distance learning and e-learning inaccordance with the standards of training and assessment set forth in section A-I/6 and theguidance given below.
Guidance for training by distance learning and e-learning
7*

Each Party should ensure that any distance learning and e-learning programme:.1

is provided by an entity that is approved by the Party;.2

is suitable for the selected objectives and training tasks to meet the competencelevel for the subject covered;

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 17.3

has clear and unambiguous instructions for the trainees to understand how the
programme operates;.4

provides learning outcomes that meet all the requirements to provide theunderpinning knowledge and proficiency of the subject;.5

is structured in a way that enables the trainee to systematically reflect on what has
been learnt through both self assessment and tutor-marked assignments; and.6

provides professional tutorial support through telephone, facsimile or e-mailcommunications.

8
Companies should ensure that a safe learning environment is provided and that there has
been sufficient time provided to enable the trainee to study.
9
Where e-learning is provided, common information formats such as XML (Extensible
Markup Language), which is a flexible way to share both the format and the data on the World
Wide Web, intranets, and elsewhere, should be used.
10
The e-learning system should be secured from tampering and attempts to hack into thesystem.
Guidance for assessing a trainee’s progress and achievements by training by distance learningand e-learning
11
Each Party should ensure that approved assessment procedures are provided for any
distance learning and e-learning programme, including:.1

clear information to the students on the way that tests and examinations are
conducted and how the results are communicated;.2

have test questions that are comprehensive and will adequately assess a trainee’s
competence and are appropriate to the level being examined;.3

procedures in place to ensure questions are kept up to date and;.4

the conditions where the examinations can take place and the procedures for
invigilation to be conducted;.5

secure procedures for the examination system so that it will prevent cheating;.6

secure validation procedures to record results for the benefit of the Party.

Register of approved training providers, courses and programmes
12Each Party should ensure that a register or registers of approved training providers, courses
and programmes are maintained and made available to Companies and other Parties on request.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 18

Section B-I/7
Guidance regarding communication of information
Reports of difficulties encountered1
Parties are encouraged, when communicating information in accordance with article IV
and regulation I/7 of the Convention, to include an index specifically locating the required
information as follows:
Index of materials submitted in accordance witharticle IV and regulation I/7 of the STCW Convention
Article IV of the STCW Convention
1

Text of laws, decrees, orders, regulations and instruments(article IV(1)(a))

2

Details on study courses(article IV(1)(b))

3

National examination and other requirements(article IV(1)(b))

4

Specimen certificates(article IV(1)(c))

Section A-I/7 part 1 of the STCW Code
5

Information on Governmental organization(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.1)

6

Explanation of legal and administrative measures(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.2)

7

Statement of the education, training, examination, assessment
and certification policies(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.3)

8

Summary of the courses, training programmes, examinations,assessments by certificate(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.4)

9Outline of the procedures and conditions for authorizations,accreditations and approvals(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.5)

10

List of authorizations, accreditations and approvals granted(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.5)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Location

Location

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 19

11

Summary of procedures for dispensations(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.6)

12Comparison carried out pursuant to regulation I/11
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.7)

13

Outline of refresher and upgrading training mandated(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.7)

Section A-I/7, part 2, paragraph 3 of the STCW Code
14

Description of equivalency arrangements adopted pursuant toarticle IX(section A-I/7, paragraph 3.1)

15

Summary of measures taken to ensure compliance withregulation I/10
(section A-I/7, paragraph 3.2)

16

Specimen copy of safe manning documents issued to ships employing
seafarers holding alternative certificates under regulation VII/1(section A-I/7, paragraph 3.3)

Section A-I/7, part 2, paragraph 4 of the STCW Code17

Report of results of independent evaluations carried out pursuant
to regulation I/8 covering:18

Terms of reference of evaluators for the independent evaluation

19

Qualifications and experience of evaluators

20

Date and scope of evaluation21

Non-conformities found

22

Corrective measures recommended

23

Corrective measures carried out

24

List of training institutions/centres covered by
the independent evaluation

Section A-I/7, part 2, paragraph 6 of the STCW Code25

Explanation of legal and administrative measures(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.1)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

Location

Location

Location

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 20

26

Statement of the education, training, examination, assessment
and certification policies(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.2)

27

Summary of the courses, training programmes, examinations,assessments by certificate(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.3)

28

Outline of refresher and upgrading training mandated(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.4)

29

Comparison carried out pursuant to regulation I/11
(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.5)

2
Parties are requested to include, in the reports required by regulation I/7, an indication of
any relevant guidance contained in part B of this Code, the observance of which has been foundto be impracticable.
Section B-I/8
Guidance regarding quality standards
1
In applying quality standards under the provisions of regulation I/8 and section A-I/8 tothe administration of its certification system, each Party should take account of existing national
or international models, and incorporate the following key elements:.1

an expressed policy regarding quality and the means by which such policy is to be
implemented;.2

a quality system incorporating the organizational structure, responsibilities,
procedures, processes and resources necessary for quality management;.3

the operational techniques and activities to ensure quality control;.4systematic monitoring arrangements, including internal quality-assurance
evaluations, to ensure that all defined objectives are being achieved; and.5arrangements for periodic external quality evaluations as described in thefollowing paragraphs.

2
In establishing such quality standards for the administration of their national certification
system, Administrations should seek to ensure that the arrangements adopted:.1

are sufficiently flexible to enable the certification system to take account of thevarying needs of the industry, and that they facilitate and encourage theapplication of new technology;.2

cover all the administrative matters that give effect to the various provisions of theConvention, in particular regulations I/2 to I/15 and other provisions which enable
the Administration to grant certificates of service and dispensations and towithdraw, cancel and suspend certificates;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 21.3

encompass the Administration’s responsibilities for approving training andassessment at all levels, from undergraduate-type courses and updating courses forcertificates of competency to short courses of vocational training; and.4

incorporate arrangements for the internal quality-assurance reviews underparagraph 1.4 involving a comprehensive self-study of the administrative
procedures, at all levels, in order to measure achievement of defined objectives
and to provide the basis for the independent external evaluation required under
section A-I/8, paragraph 3.

Quality standards model for assessment of knowledge, understanding, skills and competence3
The quality standards model for assessment of knowledge, understanding, skills andcompetence should incorporate the recommendations of this section within the generalframework of either:4.1

a national scheme for education and training accreditation or quality standards; or.2an alternative quality-standards model acceptable to the Organization.

The above quality-standards model should incorporate:.1

a quality policy, including a commitment by the training institution or unit to theachievement of its stated aims and objectives and to the consequential recognitionby the relevant accrediting or quality-standards authority;.2

those quality-management functions that determine and implement the quality
policy, relating to aspects of the work which impinge on the quality of what isprovided, including provisions for determining progression within a course orprogramme;.3

quality system coverage, where appropriate, of the academic and administrative
organizational structure, responsibilities, procedures, processes and the resourcesof staff and equipment;.4

the quality-control functions to be applied at all levels to the teaching, training,
examination and assessment activities, and to their organization andimplementation, in order to ensure their fitness for their purpose and theachievement of their defined objectives;.5

the internal quality-assurance processes and reviews which monitor the extent towhich the institution, or training unit, is achieving the objectives of the
programmes it delivers, and is effectively monitoring the quality-control
procedures which it employs; and.6

the arrangements made for periodic external quality evaluations required underregulation I/8, paragraph 2 and described in the following paragraphs, for which
the outcome of the quality-assurance reviews forms the basis and starting point.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 22

5
In establishing quality standards for education, training and assessment programmes, theorganizations responsible for implementing these programmes should take account of thefollowing:.1

Where provisions exist for established national accreditation, or education quality
standards, such provisions should be utilized for courses incorporating theknowledge and understanding requirements of the Convention. The quality
standards should be applied to both management and operational levels of theactivity, and should take account of how it is managed, organized, undertaken andevaluated, in order to ensure that the identified goals are achieved.

.2

Where acquisition of a particular skill or accomplishment of a designated task is
the primary objective, the quality standards should take account of whether real or
simulated equipment is utilized for this purpose, and of the appropriateness of thequalifications and experience of the assessors, in order to ensure achievement of
the set standards.

.3

The internal quality-assurance evaluations should involve a comprehensive
self-study of the programme, at all levels, to monitor achievement of defined
objectives through the application of quality standards. These quality-assurance
reviews should address the planning, design, presentation and evaluation ofprogrammes as well as the teaching, learning and communication activities.
The outcome provides the basis for the independent evaluation required under
section A-I/8, paragraph 3.

The independent evaluation
6
Each independent evaluation should include a systematic and independent examination of
all quality activities, but should not evaluate the validity of the defined objectives. The evaluationteam should:.1

carry out the evaluation in accordance with documented procedures;.2

ensure that the results of each evaluation are documented and brought to theattention of those responsible for the area evaluated; and.3check that timely action is taken to correct any deficiencies.

7
The purpose of the evaluation is to provide an independent assessment of theeffectiveness of the quality-standard arrangements at all levels. In the case of an education ortraining establishment, a recognized academic accreditation or quality-standards body or
Government agency should be used. The evaluation team should be provided with sufficientadvance information to give an overview of the tasks in hand. In the case of a major training
institution or programme, the following items are indicative of the information to be provided:.1

the mission statement of the institution;.2

details of academic and training strategies in use;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 23.3

an organization chart and information on the composition of committees andadvisory bodies;.4

staff and student information;.5

a description of training facilities and equipment; and.6an outline of the policies and procedures on:.6.1

student admission,.6.2

the development of new courses and review of existing courses,.6.3

the examination system, including appeals and resits,.6.4

staff recruitment, training, development, appraisal and promotion,.6.5

feedback from students and from industry, and.6.6

staff involvement in research and development.

The report8
Before submitting a final report, the evaluation team should forward an interim report tothe management, seeking their comments on their findings. Upon receiving their comments, theevaluators should submit their final report, which should:.1

include brief background information about the institution or training programme;.2

be full, fair and accurate;.3

highlight the strengths and weaknesses of the institution;.4

describe the evaluation procedure followed;.5

cover the various elements identified in paragraph 4;.6

indicate the extent of compliance or non-compliance with the requirements of theConvention and the effectiveness of the quality standards in ensuring achievementof defined aims and objectives; and.7spell out clearly the areas found to be deficient, offer suggestions for improvement
and provide any other comments the evaluators consider relevant.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 24

Section B-I/9
Guidance regarding medical standards
MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND CERTIFICATION
1The Party, in establishing seafarer medical fitness standards and provisions, should follow
the guidance contained in the ILO/WHO publication Guidelines for Conducting Pre-sea andPeriodic Medical Fitness Examinations for Seafarers, including any subsequent versions, andany other applicable international guidelines published by the International Labour Organization,
the International Maritime Organization or the World Health Organization.
2
Appropriate qualifications and experience for medical practitioners conducting medical
fitness examinations of seafarers may include occupational health or maritime healthqualifications, experience of working as a ship’s doctor or a shipping company doctor or working
under the supervision of someone with the aforementioned qualifications or experience.
3
The premises where medical fitness examinations are carried out should have thefacilities and equipment required to carry out medical fitness examination of seafarers.
4
Administrations should ensure that recognized medical practitioners enjoy full
professional independence in exercising their medical judgement when undertaking medical
examination procedures.
5
Persons applying for a medical certificate should present to the recognized medical
practitioner appropriate identity documentation to establish their identity. They should also
surrender their previous medical certificate.
6
The medical fitness standards should, so far as possible, define objective criteria withregard to fitness for sea service, taking into account access to medical facilities and medical
expertise on board ship. They should, in particular, specify the conditions under which seafarers
suffering from potentially life-threatening medical conditions that are controlled by medication
may be allowed to continue to serve at sea.
7
The medical standards should also identify particular medical conditions, such as colour
blindness, which might preclude seafarers holding particular positions on board ship.
8
The minimum in-service eyesight standards in each eye for unaided distance vision
should be at least 0.1*.
9
Persons requiring the use of spectacles or contact lenses to perform duties should have aspare pair or pairs, as required, conveniently available on board the ship. Any need to wear visual
aids to meet the required standards should be recorded on the medical fitness certificate issued.
10
Colour vision testing should be in accord with the International Recommendation for
Colour Vision Requirements for Transport, published by the Commission Internationale del’Eclairage (CIE 143-2001) or comparable test methods.

*

Value given in Snellen decimal notation.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 25

Section B-I/10
Guidance regarding the recognition of certificates
1
Training carried out under the STCW Convention which does not lead to the issue of an
appropriate certificate and on which information provided by a Party is found by the Maritime
Safety Committee to give full and complete effect to the Convention in accordance withregulation I/7, paragraph 2 may be accepted by other Parties to the Convention as meeting therelevant training requirements thereof.
2
Contacted Administrations should issue documentary proof referred to in regulation I/10,
paragraph 5 to enable port State control authorities to accept the same in lieu of endorsement of acertificate issued by another Party for a period of three months from the date of issue, providing
the information listed below:
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
3

seafarer’s namedate of birth
number of the original Certificate of Competency
capacity
limitations
contact details of the Administration
dates of issue and expiry.

Such documentary proof may be made available by electronic means.

Section B-I/11
Guidance regarding the revalidation of certificates1
The courses required by regulation I/11 should include relevant changes in marine
legislation, technology and recommendations concerning the safety of life at sea, security and theprotection of the marine environment.
2
A test may take the form of written or oral examination, the use of a simulator or otherappropriate means.
3
Approved seagoing service stated in section A-I/11, paragraph 1 may be served in an
appropriate lower officer rank than the certificate held.
4
If an application for revalidation of a certificate referred to in paragraph 1 ofregulation I/11 is made within six months before expiry of the certificate, the certificate may berevalidated until the fifth anniversary of the date of validity, or extension of the validity, of thecertificate.
Section B-I/12
Guidance regarding the use of simulators
1
When simulators are being used for training or assessment of competency, the following
guidelines should be taken into consideration in conducting any such training or assessment.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 26
TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT IN RADAR OBSERVATION AND PLOTTING*
2

Training and assessment in radar observation and plotting should:.1

incorporate the use of radar simulation equipment; and.2

conform to standards not inferior to those given in paragraphs 3 to 17 below.

3
Demonstrations of and practice in radar observation should be undertaken, whereappropriate, on live marine radar equipment, including the use of simulators. Plotting exercises
should preferably be undertaken in real time, in order to increase trainees’ awareness of thehazards of the improper use of radar data and improve their plotting techniques to a standard ofradar plotting commensurate with that necessary for the safe execution of collision-avoidance
manoeuvring under actual seagoing conditions.
GeneralFactors affecting performance and accuracy
4
An elementary understanding should be attained of the principles of radar, together with afull practical knowledge of:.1range and bearing measurement, characteristics of the radar set which determine
the quality of the radar display, radar antennae, polar diagrams, the effects ofpower radiated in directions outside the main beam, a non-technical description of
the radar system, including variations in the features encountered in different
types of radar set, performance monitors and equipment factors which affectmaximum and minimum detection ranges and accuracy of information;.2

the current marine radar performance specification adopted by the Organization**;.3

the effects of the siting of the radar antenna, shadow sectors and arcs of reduced
sensitivity, false echoes, effects of antenna height on detection ranges and of siting
radar units and storing spares near magnetic compasses, including magnetic safe
distances; and.4radiation hazards and safety precautions to be taken in the vicinity of antenna andopen waveguides.

Detection of misrepresentation of information, including false echoes and sea returns
5
A knowledge of the limitations to target detection is essential, to enable the observer toestimate the dangers of failure to detect targets. The following factors should be emphasized:.1***

performance standard of the equipment;

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.
See relevant/appropriate performance standards adopted by the Organization and set out in IMO publication“Performance standards for shipborne radiocommunications and navigational equipment”.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 27.2brilliance, gain and video processor control settings;.3

radar horizon;.4size, shape, aspect and composition of targets;.5effects of the motion of the ship in a seaway;.6

propagation conditions;.7

meteorological conditions; sea clutter and rain clutter;.8

anti-clutter control settings;.9

shadow sectors; and.10radar-to-radar interference.

6
A knowledge should be attained of factors which might lead to faulty interpretation,
including false echoes, effects of nearby pylons and large structures, effects of power lines
crossing rivers and estuaries, echoes from distant targets occurring on second or later traces.
7
A knowledge should be attained of aids to interpretation, including corner reflectors andradar beacons; detection and recognition of land targets; the effects of topographical features;
effects of pulse length and beam width; radar-conspicuous and -inconspicuous targets; factors
which affect the echo strength from targets.
Practice
Setting up and maintaining displays
8

A knowledge should be attained of:.1

the various types of radar display mode; unstabilized ship’s-head-up relative
motion; ship’s-head-up, course-up and north-up stabilized relative motion and true
motion;.2

the effects of errors on the accuracy of information displayed; effects oftransmitting compass errors on stabilized and true-motion displays; effects oftransmitting log errors on a true-motion display; and the effects of inaccurate
manual speed settings on a true-motion display;.3

methods of detecting inaccurate speed settings on true-motion controls; the effects
of receiver noise limiting the ability to display weak echo returns, and the effectsof saturation by receiver noise, etc.; the adjustment of operational controls; criteria
which indicate optimum points of adjustment; the importance of proper
adjustment sequence, and the effects of maladjusted controls; the detection ofmaladjustments and corrections of:

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 28.3.1

controls affecting detection ranges, and.3.2

controls affecting accuracy;.4

the dangers of using radar equipment with maladjusted controls; and.5

the need for frequent regular checking of performance, and the relationship of theperformance indicator to the range performance of the radar set.

Range and bearing
9

A knowledge should be attained of:.1

the methods of measuring ranges; fixed range markers and variable range
markers;.2

the accuracy of each method and the relative accuracy of the different methods;.3

how range data are displayed; ranges at stated intervals, digital counter andgraduated scale;.4

the methods of measuring bearings; rotatable cursor on transparent disc covering
the display, electronic bearing cursor and other methods;.5bearing accuracy and inaccuracies caused by parallax, heading marker
displacement, centre maladjustment;.6

how bearing data are displayed; graduated scale and digital counter; and.7

the need for regular checking of the accuracy of ranges and bearings, methods ofchecking for inaccuracies and correcting or allowing for inaccuracies.

Plotting techniques and relative-motion concepts
10
Practice should be provided in manual plotting techniques, including the use of reflection
plotters, with the objective of establishing a thorough understanding of the interrelated motion
between own ship and other ships, including the effects of manoeuvring to avoid collision. At the
preliminary stages of this training, simple plotting exercises should be designed to establish asound appreciation of plotting geometry and relative-motion concepts. The degree of complexityof exercises should increase throughout the training course until the trainee has mastered all
aspects of the subject. Competence can best be enhanced by exposing the trainee to real-time
exercises performed on a simulator or using other effective means.
Identification of critical echoes
11

A thorough understanding should be attained of:.1

position fixing by radar from land targets and sea marks;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 29.2

the accuracy of position fixing by ranges and by bearings;.3

the importance of cross-checking the accuracy of radar against other navigational
aids; and.4

the value of recording ranges and bearings at frequent, regular intervals whenusing radar as an aid to collision avoidance.

Course and speed of other ships
12

A thorough understanding should be attained of:.1.2

the different methods by which course and speed of other ships can be obtained
from recorded ranges and bearings, including:.1.1

the unstabilized relative plot,.1.2

the stabilized relative plot, and.1.3

the true plot; andthe relationship between visual and radar observations, including detail and theaccuracy of estimates of course and speed of other ships, and the detection ofchanges in movements of other ships.

Time and distance of closest approach of crossing, meeting or overtaking ships
13

A thorough understanding should be attained of:.1.2

the use of recorded data to obtain:.1.1

measurement of closest approach distance and bearing, and.1.2

time to closest approach, andthe importance of frequent, regular observations.

Detecting course and speed changes of other ships
14

A thorough understanding should be attained of:.1

the effects of changes of course and/or speed by other ships on their tracks acrossthe display;.2

the delay between change of course or speed and detection of that change; and.3

the hazards of small changes as compared with substantial changes of course or
speed in relation to rate and accuracy of detection.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 30

Effects of changes in own ship’s course or speed or both
15
A thorough understanding of the effects on a relative-motion display of own ship’s
movements, and the effects of other ships’ movements and the advantages of compass
stabilization of a relative display.
16

In respect of true-motion displays, a thorough understanding should be attained of:.1

the effects of inaccuracies of:.1.1

speed and course settings, and.1.2

compass stabilization data driving a stabilized relative-motion display;.2

the effects of changes in course or speed or both by own ship on tracks of otherships on the display; and.3

the relationship of speed to frequency of observations.

Application of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972
17
A thorough understanding should be attained of the relationship of the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 to the use of radar, including:.1

action to avoid collision, dangers of assumptions made on inadequate informationand the hazards of small alterations of course or speed;.2

the advantages of safe speed when using radar to avoid collision;.3

the relationship of speed to closest approach distance and time and to the
manoeuvring characteristics of various types of ships;.4

the importance of radar observation reports and radar reporting procedures being
well defined;.5

the use of radar in clear weather, to obtain an appreciation of its capabilities andlimitations, compare radar and visual observations and obtain an assessment of therelative accuracy of information;.6

the need for early use of radar in clear weather at night and when there areindications that visibility may deteriorate;.7

comparison of features displayed by radar with charted features; and.8comparison of the effects of differences between range scales.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 31

TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT IN THE OPERATIONAL USE OF AUTOMATIC
RADAR PLOTTING AIDS (ARPA)18
Training and assessment in the operational use of automatic radar plotting aids (ARPA)should:.1

require prior completion of the training in radar observation and plotting or
combine that training with the training given in paragraphs 19 to 35 below;*.2

incorporate the use of ARPA simulation equipment; and.3

conform to standards not inferior to those given in paragraphs 19 to 35 below.

19
Where ARPA training is provided as part of the general training under the 1978 STCW
Convention, masters, chief mates and officers in charge of a navigational watch should
understand the factors involved in decision-making based on the information supplied by ARPAin association with other navigational data inputs, having a similar appreciation of the operational
aspects and of system errors of modern electronic navigational systems, including ECDIS.
This training should be progressive in nature, commensurate with the responsibilities of theindividual and the certificates issued by Parties under the 1978 STCW Convention.
Theory and demonstration
Possible risks of over-reliance on ARPA
20

Appreciation that ARPA is only a navigational aid and:
.1that its limitations, including those of its sensors, make over-reliance on ARPA
dangerous, in particular for keeping a look-out; and.2

the need to observe at all times the Principles to be observed in keeping anavigational watch and the Guidance on keeping a navigational watch.

Principal types of ARPA systems and their display characteristics
21
Knowledge of the principal types of ARPA systems in use; their various display
characteristics and an understanding of when to use ground- or sea-stabilized modes andnorth-up, course-up or head-up presentations.
IMO performance standards for ARPA
22
An appreciation of the IMO performance standards for ARPA, in particular the standards
relating to accuracy.*****

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) and resolution MSC.64(67) may be of assistance in the preparation ofcourses.
See relevant/appropriate performance standards adopted by the Organization and set out in IMO publication“Performance standards for shipborne radiocommunications and navigational equipment”.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 32

Factors affecting system performance and accuracy
23
Knowledge of ARPA sensor input performance parameters − radar, compass and speed
inputs and the effects of sensor malfunction on the accuracy of ARPA data.
24

Knowledge of:.1

the effects of the limitations of radar range and bearing discrimination andaccuracy and the limitations of compass and speed input accuracies on theaccuracy of ARPA data; and.2

factors which influence vector accuracy.

Tracking capabilities and limitations
25

Knowledge of:.1

the criteria for the selection of targets by automatic acquisition;.2

the factors leading to the correct choice of targets for manual acquisition;.3

the effects on tracking of “lost” targets and target fading; and.4

the circumstances causing “target swap” and its effects on displayed data.

Processing delays
26
Knowledge of the delays inherent in the display of processed ARPA information,
particularly on acquisition and re-acquisition or when a tracked target manoeuvres.
Operational warnings, their benefits and limitations
27
Appreciation of the uses, benefits and limitations of ARPA operational warnings and theircorrect setting, where applicable, to avoid spurious interference.
System operational tests
28

Knowledge of:.1methods of testing for malfunctions of ARPA systems, including functional
self-testing; and.2precautions to be taken after a malfunction occurs.

Manual and automatic acquisition of targets and their respective limitations
29
Knowledge of the limits imposed on both types of acquisition in multi-target scenarios,
and the effects on acquisition of target fading and target swap.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 33

True and relative vectors and typical graphic representation of target information anddanger areas
30
Thorough knowledge of true and relative vectors; derivation of targets’ true courses andspeeds, including:.1

threat assessment, derivation of predicted closest point of approach and predicted
time to closest point of approach from forward extrapolation of vectors, the use ofgraphic representation of danger areas;.2

the effects of alterations of course and/or speed of own ship and/or targets on
predicted closest point of approach and predicted time to closest point of approachand danger areas;.3

the effects of incorrect vectors and danger areas; and.4

the benefit of switching between true and relative vectors.

Information on past positions of targets being tracked
31
Knowledge of the derivation of past positions of targets being tracked, recognition ofhistoric data as a means of indicating recent manoeuvring of targets and as a method of checking
the validity of the ARPA’s tracking.
Practice
Setting up and maintaining displays
32

Ability to demonstrate:.1

the correct starting procedure to obtain the optimum display of ARPA
information;.2

the selection of display presentation; stabilized relative-motion displays andtrue-motion displays;.3

the correct adjustment of all variable radar display controls for optimum display of
data;

.4

the selection, as appropriate, of required speed input to ARPA;.5

the selection of ARPA plotting controls, manual/automatic acquisition,
vector/graphic display of data;.6

the selection of the timescale of vectors/graphics;.7

the use of exclusion areas when automatic acquisition is employed by ARPA; and.8performance checks of radar, compass, speed input sensors and ARPA.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 34

System operational tests
33
Ability to perform system checks and determine data accuracy of ARPA, including thetrial manoeuvre facility, by checking against basic radar plot.
Obtaining information from the ARPA display
34
Demonstrate the ability to obtain information in both relative- and true-motion modes ofdisplay, including:.1

the identification of critical echoes;.2

the speed and direction of target’s relative movement;.3

the time to, and predicted range at, target’s closest point of approach;.4

the courses and speeds of targets;.5

detecting course and speed changes of targets and the limitations of suchinformation;.6

the effect of changes in own ship’s course or speed or both; and.7

the operation of the trial manoeuvre facility.

Application of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972
35
Analysis of potential collision situations from displayed information, determination andexecution of action to avoid close-quarters situations in accordance with the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 in force.
TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT IN THE OPERATIONAL USE OF ELECTRONIC
CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS (ECDIS)
Introduction
36
When simulators are being used for training or assessment in the operational use of
Electronic Chart Display and Information Systems (ECDIS), the following interim guidanceshould be taken into consideration in any such training or assessment.
37

Training and assessment in the operational use of the ECDIS should:.1

incorporate the use of ECDIS simulation equipment; and.2

conform to standards not inferior to those given in paragraphs 38 to 65 below.

38
ECDIS simulation equipment should, in addition to meeting all applicable performancestandards set out in section A-I/12 of the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers (STCW), 1978, as amended, be capable of
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 35

simulating navigational equipment and bridge operational controls which meet all applicable
performance standards adopted by the Organization, incorporate facilities to generate soundings
and:.1create a real-time operating environment, including navigation control andcommunications instruments and equipment appropriate to the navigation andwatchkeeping tasks to be carried out and the manoeuvring skills to be assessed;and.2

realistically simulate “own ship” characteristics in open-water conditions, as wellas the effects of weather, tidal stream and currents.

39
Demonstrations of, and practice in, ECDIS use should be undertaken, where appropriate,through the use of simulators. Training exercises should preferably be undertaken in real time, inorder to increase trainees’ awareness of the hazards of the improper use of ECDIS. Accelerated
timescale may be used only for demonstrations.
GeneralGoals of an ECDIS training programme
40

The ECDIS trainee should be able to:.1

operate the ECDIS equipment, use the navigational functions of ECDIS, selectand assess all relevant information and take proper action in the case of amalfunction;.2

state the potential errors of displayed data and the usual errors of interpretation;
and.3

explain why ECDIS should not be relied upon as the sole reliable aid tonavigation.

Theory and demonstration
41
As the safe use of ECDIS requires knowledge and understanding of the basic principles
governing ECDIS data and their presentation rules as well as potential errors in displayed data
and ECDIS-related limitations and potential dangers, a number of lectures covering thetheoretical explanation should be provided. As far as possible, such lessons should be presented
within a familiar context and make use of practical examples. They should be reinforced during
simulator exercises.
42
For safe operation of ECDIS equipment and ECDIS-related information (use of thenavigational functions of ECDIS, selection and assessment of all relevant information, becoming
familiar with ECDIS man–machine interfacing), practical exercises and training on the ECDIS
simulators should constitute the main content of the course.
43
For the definition of training objectives, a structure of activities should be defined.
A detailed specification of learning objectives should be developed for each topic of this structure.
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 36

Simulator exercises
44
Exercises should be carried out on individual ECDIS simulators, or full-mission
navigation simulators including ECDIS, to enable trainees to acquire the necessary practicalskills. For real-time navigation exercises, navigation simulators are recommended to cover thecomplex navigation situation. The exercises should provide training in the use of the various
scales, navigational modes, and display modes which are available, so that the trainees will beable to adapt the use of the equipment to the particular situation concerned.
45
The choice of exercises and scenarios is governed by the simulator facilities available.
If one or more ECDIS workstations and a full-mission simulator are available, the workstations
may primarily be used for basic exercises in the use of ECDIS facilities and for passage-planning
exercises, whereas full-mission simulators may primarily be used for exercises related topassage-monitoring functions in real time, as realistic as possible in connection with the total
workload of a navigational watch. The degree of complexity of exercises should increase
throughout the training programme until the trainee has mastered all aspects of the learning subject.
46
Exercises should produce the greatest impression of realism. To achieve this, thescenarios should be located in a fictitious sea area. Situations, functions and actions for different
learning objectives which occur in different sea areas can be integrated into one exercise andexperienced in real time.
47
The main objective of simulator exercises is to ensure that trainees understand their
responsibilities in the operational use of ECDIS in all safety-relevant aspects and are thoroughlyfamiliar with the system and equipment used.
Principal types of ECDIS systems and their display characteristics
48
The trainee should gain knowledge of the principal types of ECDIS in use; their various
display characteristics, data structure and an understanding of:.1

differences between vector and raster charts;.2

differences between ECDIS and ECS;

.3

differences between ECDIS and RCDS∗;.4

characteristics of ECDIS and their different solutions; and.5characteristics of systems for special purposes (unusual situations/emergencies).

Risks of over-reliance on ECDIS49

The training in ECDIS operational use should address:.1∗

the limitations of ECDIS as a navigational tool;

SN/Circ.207/Rev.1 – Differences between RCDS and ECDIS.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 37.2

potential risk of improper functioning of the system;.3

system limitations, including those of its sensors;.4hydrographic data inaccuracy; limitations of vector and raster electronic charts(ECDIS vs RCDS and ENC vs RNC); and.5potential risk of human errors.

Emphasis should be placed on the need to keep a proper look-out and to perform periodical
checking, especially of the ship’s position, by ECDIS-independent methods.
Detection of misrepresentation of information50
Knowledge of the limitations of the equipment and detection of misrepresentation of
information is essential for the safe use of ECDIS. The following factors should be emphasized
during training:.1

performance standards of the equipment;.2

radar data representation on an electronic chart, elimination of discrepancy
between the radar image and the electronic chart;.3

possible projection discrepancies between an electronic and paper charts;.4

possible scale discrepancies (overscaling and underscaling) in displaying anelectronic chart and its original scale;.5effects of using different reference systems for positioning;.6effects of using different horizontal and vertical datums;.7

effects of the motion of the ship in a seaway;.8

ECDIS limitations in raster chart display mode;.9

potential errors in the display of:

.10

.9.1

the own ship’s position,.9.2

radar data and ARPA and AIS information,.9.3

different geodetic co-ordinate systems; andverification of the results of manual or automatic data correction:.10.1

comparison of chart data and radar picture, and.10.2

checking the own ship’s position by using the other independent
position-fixing systems.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 38

51
False interpretation of the data and proper action taken to avoid errors of interpretation
should be explained. The implications of the following should be emphasized:.1

ignoring overscaling of the display;.2

uncritical acceptance of the own ship’s position;.3

confusion of display mode;.4

confusion of chart scale;.5

confusion of reference systems;.6

different modes of presentation;.7

different modes of vector stabilization;.8

differences between true north and gyro north (radar);.9

using the same data reference system;.10

using the appropriate chart scale;.11

using the best-suited sensor to the given situation and circumstances;.12

entering the correct values of safety data:.12.1

the own ship’s safety contour,.12.2 safety depth (safe water), and
.12.3
.13

events; andproper use of all available data.

52
Appreciation that RCDS is only a navigational aid and that, when operating in the RCDS
mode, the ECDIS equipment should be used together with an appropriate portfolio of up-to-date
paper charts:.1

appreciation of the differences in operation of RCDS mode as described in
SN.1/Circ.207/Rev.1 “Differences between RCDS and ECDIS”; and.2

ECDIS, in any mode, should be used in training with an appropriate portfolio of
up-to-date charts.

Factors affecting system performance and accuracy
53
An elementary understanding should be attained of the principles of ECDIS, together
with a full practical knowledge of:
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 39.1

starting and setting up ECDIS; connecting data sensors: satellite and radio
navigation system receivers, radar, gyro-compass, log, echo-sounder; accuracy
and limitations of these sensors, including effects of measurement errors andship’s position accuracy, manoeuvring on the accuracy of course indicator’s
performance, compass error on the accuracy of course indication, shallow wateron the accuracy of log performance, log correction on the accuracy of speed
calculation, disturbance (sea state) on the accuracy of an echo-sounderperformance; and.2

the current performance standards for electronic chart display and information
systems adopted by the Organization∗.

Practice
Setting up and maintaining display
54

Knowledge and skills should be attained in:.1

the correct starting procedure to obtain the optimum display of ECDIS
information;.2

the selection of display presentation (standard display, display base, all otherinformation displayed individually on demand);.3

the correct adjustment of all variable radar/ARPA display controls for optimum
display of data;.4

the selection of convenient configuration;.5

the selection, as appropriate, of required speed input to ECDIS;.6

the selection of the timescale of vectors; and.7

performance checks of position, radar/ARPA, compass, speed input sensors and
ECDIS.

Operational use of electronic charts
55∗

Knowledge and skills should be attained in:.1

the main characteristics of the display of ECDIS data and selecting proper
information for navigational tasks;.2

the automatic functions required for monitoring ship’s safety, such as display of
position, heading/gyro course, speed, safety values and time;

See relevant/appropriate performance standards adopted by the Organization and set out in IMO publication“Performance standards for shipborne radiocommunications and navigational equipment”.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 40.3

the manual functions (by the cursor, electronic bearing line, range rings);.4

selecting and modification of electronic chart content;.5

scaling (including underscaling and overscaling);.6zooming;.7

setting of the own ship’s safety data;.8

using a daytime or night-time display mode;.9

reading all chart symbols and abbreviations;.10

using different kinds of cursors and electronic bars for obtaining navigational
data;

.11

viewing an area in different directions and returning to the ship’s position;.12

finding the necessary area, using geographical co-ordinates;.13

displaying indispensable data layers appropriate to a navigational situation;.14

selecting appropriate and unambiguous data (position, course, speed, etc.);.15

entering the mariner’s notes;.16

using north-up orientation presentation and other kinds of orientation; and.17

using true- and relative-motion modes.

Route planning56

Knowledge and skills should be attained in:.1

loading the ship’s characteristics into ECDIS;.2

selection of a sea area for route planning:.2.1

reviewing required waters for the sea passage, and.2.2changing over of chart scale;.3

verifying that proper and updated charts are available;.4

route planning on a display by means of ECDIS, using the graphic editor, taking
into consideration rhumb line and great-circle sailing:

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 41.5.4.1

using the ECDIS database for obtaining navigational, hydro-meteorologicaland other data,.4.2

taking into consideration turning radius and wheel-over points/lines when
they are expressed on chart scale,.4.3

marking dangerous depths and areas and exhibiting guarding depth
contours,.4.4

marking waypoints with the crossing depth contours and criticalcross-track deviations, as well as by adding, replacing and erasing of
waypoints,.4.5

taking into consideration safe speed,.4.6

checking pre-planned route for navigational safety, and.4.7

generating alarms and warnings;

route planning with calculation in the table format, including:.5.1

waypoints selection,.5.2

recalling the waypoints list,.5.3

planning notes,.5.4

adjustment of a planned route,.5.5

checking a pre-planned route for navigational safety,.5.6

alternative route planning,.5.7

saving planned routes, loading and unloading or deleting routes,.5.8

making a graphic copy of the monitor screen and printing a route,.5.9

editing and modification of the planned route,.5.10

setting of safety values according to the size and manoeuvring parametersof the vessel,.5.11 back-route planning, and.5.12

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

connecting several routes.

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 42

Route monitoring
57

Knowledge and skills should be attained in:.1

using independent data to control ship’s position or using alternative systems
within ECDIS;.2

using the look-ahead function:.2.1

changing charts and their scales,.2.2

reviewing navigational charts,.2.3

vector time selecting,.2.4

predicting the ship’s position for some time interval,.2.5changing the pre-planned route (route modification),.2.6

entering independent data for the calculation of wind drift and current
allowance,.2.7

reacting properly to the alarm,.2.8

entering corrections for discrepancies of the geodetic datum,.2.9

displaying time markers on a ship’s route,.2.10

entering ship’s position manually, and.2.11

measuring co-ordinates, course, bearings and distances on a chart.

Alarm handling
58
Knowledge and ability to interpret and react properly to all kinds of systems, such as
navigational sensors, indicators, data and charts alarms and indicator warnings, including,switching the sound and visual alarm signalling system, should be attained in case of:.1absence of the next chart in the ECDIS database;.2

crossing a safety contour;.3

exceeding cross-track limits;.4

deviation from planned route;.5

approaching a waypoint;.6

approaching a critical point;.7

discrepancy between calculated and actual time of arrival to a waypoint;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 43.8

information on under-scaling or over-scaling;.9

approaching an isolated navigational danger or danger area;.10

crossing a specified area;.11

selecting a different geodetic datum;.12

approaching other ships;.13

watch termination;.14

switching timer;.15

system test failure;.16

malfunctioning of the positioning system used in ECDIS;.17

failure of dead-reckoning; and.18

inability to fix vessel’s position using the navigational system.

Manual correction of a ship’s position and motion parameters
59

Knowledge and skills should be attained in manually correcting:.1

the ship’s position in dead-reckoning mode, when the satellite and radio
navigation system receiver is switched off;.2

the ship’s position, when automatically obtained co-ordinates are inaccurate; and.3course and speed values.

Records in the ship’s log
60

Knowledge and skills should be attained in:.1

automatic voyage recording;.2

reconstruction of past track, taking into account:.2.1

recording media,.2.2

recording intervals,.2.3

verification of database in use;.3

viewing records in the electronic ship’s log;

.4

instant recording in the electronic ship’s log;

.5changing ship’s time;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 44.6entering the additional data;.7

printing the content of the electronic ship’s log;

.8

setting up the automatic record time intervals;.9

composition of voyage data and reporting; and.10interface with a voyage data recorder (VDR).

Chart updating
61

Knowledge and skills should be attained in:.1

performing manual updating of electronic charts. Special attention should be paid
to reference-ellipsoid conformity and to conformity of the measurement units used
on a chart and in the correction text;.2

performing semi-automatic updating of electronic charts, using the data obtainedon electronic media in the electronic chart format; and.3

performing automatic updating of electronic charts, using update files obtained via
electronic data communication lines.

In the scenarios where non-updated data are employed to create a critical situation, trainees
should be required to perform ad hoc updating of the chart.
Operational use of ECDIS where radar/ARPA is connected
62

Knowledge and skills should be attained in:.1connecting ARPA to ECDIS;.2

indicating target’s speed vectors;.3

indicating target’s tracks;.4archiving target’s tracks;.5viewing the table of the targets;.6

checking alignment of radar overlay with charted geographic features;.7

simulating one or more manoeuvres;.8

corrections to own ship’s position, using a reference point captured by ARPA; and.9corrections using the ARPA’s cursor and electronic bar.

See also section B-I/12, Guidance regarding the use of simulators (pertaining to radar andARPA), especially paragraphs 17 to 19 and 36 to 38.
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 45

Operational use of ECDIS where AIS is connected
63

Knowledge and skills should be attained in:.1interface with AIS;

.2

interpretation of AIS data;.3

indicating target’s speed vectors;.4

indicating target’s tracks; and.5archiving target’s tracks.

Operational warnings, their benefits and limitations
64
Trainees should gain an appreciation of the uses, benefits and limitations of ECDIS
operational warnings and their correct setting, where applicable, to avoid spurious interference.
System operational tests
65

Knowledge and skills should be attained in:.1

methods of testing for malfunctions of ECDIS, including functional self-testing;.2

precautions to be taken after a malfunction occurs; and.3adequate back-up arrangements (take over and navigate using the back-up
system).

Debriefing exercise
66
The instructor should analyse the results of all exercises completed by all trainees andprint them out. The time spent on the debriefing should occupy between 10% and 15% of thetotal time used for simulator exercises.
RECOMMENDED PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR NON-MANDATORY TYPESOF SIMULATION
67
Performance standards for non-mandatory simulation equipment used for training and/or
assessment of competence or demonstration of skills are set out hereunder. Such forms ofsimulation include, but are not limited to, the following types:.1

navigation and watchkeeping;.2

ship handling and manoeuvring;.3

cargo handling and stowage;.4

reporting and radiocommunications; and.5main and auxiliary machinery operation.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 46

Navigation and watchkeeping simulation
68
Navigation and watchkeeping simulation equipment should, in addition to meeting all
applicable performance standards set out in section A-I/12, be capable of simulating navigational
equipment and bridge operational controls which meet all applicable performance standards
adopted by the Organization,∗ incorporate facilities to generate soundings and:.1create a real-time operating environment, including navigation control andcommunications instruments and equipment appropriate to the navigation andwatchkeeping tasks to be carried out and the manoeuvring skills to be assessed;.2

provide a realistic visual scenario by day or by night, including variable visibility,
or by night only as seen from the bridge, with a minimum horizontal field of view
available to the trainee in viewing sectors appropriate to the navigation andwatchkeeping tasks and objectives;.3

realistically simulate “own ship” dynamics in open-water conditions, including theeffects of weather, tidal stream, currents and interaction with other ships; and.4

realistically simulate VTS communication procedures between ship and shore.

Ship handling and manoeuvring simulation
69
In addition to meeting the performance standards set out in paragraph 37, ship handlingsimulation equipment should:.1

provide a realistic visual scenario as seen from the bridge, by day and by night,
with variable visibility throughout a minimum horizontal field of view available tothe trainee in viewing sectors appropriate to the ship handling and manoeuvring
training tasks and objectives;∗∗ and.2

realistically simulate “own ship” dynamics in restricted waterways, including
shallow-water and bank effects.

70
Where manned scale models are used to provide ship handling and manoeuvring
simulation, in addition to the performance standards set out in paragraphs 68.3 and 69.2, such
equipment should:

∗
∗∗

.1

incorporate scaling factors which present accurately the dimensions, areas,
volume and displacement, speed, time and rate of turn of a real ship; and.2

incorporate controls for the rudder and engines, to the correct timescale.

See relevant/appropriate performance standards adopted by the Organization and set out in IMO publication“Performance standards for shipborne radiocommunications and navigational equipment”.
The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 47

Cargo handling and stowage simulation
71
Cargo handling simulation equipment should be capable of simulating cargo handling andcontrol equipment which meets all applicable performance standards adopted by theOrganization,∗ and incorporate facilities to:.1create an effective operational environment, including a cargo-control station with such
instrumentation as may be appropriate to the particular type of cargo system modelled;.2

model loading and unloading functions and stability and stress data appropriate to
the cargo-handling tasks to be carried out and the skills to be assessed; and.3

simulate loading, unloading, ballasting and deballasting operations andappropriate associated calculations for stability, trim, list, longitudinal strength,
torsional stress and damage stability.∗∗

GMDSS communication simulation
72
GMDSS communication simulation equipment should be capable of simulating GMDSS
communication equipment which meets all applicable performance standards adopted by theOrganization∗∗∗, and incorporate facilities to:.1

simulate the operation of VHF, VHF-DSC, NAVTEX, EPIRB and watch receiver
equipment as required for the Restricted Operator’s Certificate (ROC);.2

simulate the operation of INMARSAT-A, -B and -C ship earth stations, MF/HF
NBDP, MF/HF-DSC, VHF, VHF-DSC, NAVTEX, EPIRB and watch receiver
equipment as required for the General Operator’s Certificate (GOC);.3

provide voice communication with background noise;.4

provide a printed text communication facility; and.5create a real-time operating environment, consisting of an integrated system,
incorporating at least one instructor/assessor station and at least two GMDSS shipor shore stations.

Main and auxiliary machinery operation simulation
73
Engine-room simulation equipment should be capable of simulating a main and auxiliarymachinery system and incorporate facilities to:.1create a real-time environment for seagoing and harbour operations, with
communication devices and simulation of appropriate main and auxiliary
propulsion machinery equipment and control panels;∗

No standards have as yet been adopted by the Organization.
The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.
∗∗∗
See relevant/appropriate performance standards adopted by the Organization and set out in IMO publication“Performance standards for shipborne radiocommunications and navigational equipment”.
∗∗

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 48.2

simulate relevant sub-systems that should include, but not be restricted to, boiler,
steering gear, electrical power general and distribution systems, including
emergency power supplies, and fuel, cooling water, refrigeration, bilge andballast systems;.3monitor and evaluate engine performance and remote sensing systems;.4

simulate machinery malfunctions;.5allow for the variable external conditions to be changed so as to influence thesimulated operations: weather, ship’s draught, seawater and air temperatures;.6

allow for instructor-controlled external conditions to be changed: deck steam,accommodation steam, deck air, ice conditions, deck cranes, heavy power, bowthrust, ship load;.7

allow for instructor-controlled simulator dynamics to be changed: emergency
run, process responses, ship responses; and.8provide a facility to isolate certain processes, such as speed, electrical system,
diesel oil system, lubricating oil system, heavy oil system, seawater system,
steam system, exhaust boiler and turbo generator, for performing specifictraining tasks.*

Section B-I/13
Guidance regarding the conduct of trials(No provisions)
Section B-I/14
Guidance regarding responsibilities of companies and recommended responsibilities of masters
and crew members
Companies
1
Companies should provide ship-specific introductory programmes aimed at assisting
newly employed seafarers to familiarize themselves with all procedures and equipment relating
to their areas of responsibility. Companies should also ensure that:*.1

all seafarers on a ship fitted with free-fall lifeboats should receive familiarization
training in boarding and launching procedures for such lifeboats;.2prior to joining a ship, seafarers assigned as operating crew of free-fall lifeboats
should have undergone appropriate training in boarding, launching and recoveringof such lifeboats, including participation on at least one occasion in a free-falllaunch; andThe relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 49.3

personnel who may be required to operate the GMDSS equipment receive
GMDSS familiarization training, on joining the ship, and at appropriate intervals
thereafter.

2
The familiarization training required by paragraph 3 of section A-I/14 should at least ensureattainment of the abilities that are appropriate to the capacity to be filled and the duties andresponsibilities to be taken up, as follows:
Design and operational limitations.1

Ability to properly understand and observe any operational limitations imposed on
the ship, and to understand and apply performance restrictions, including speed
limitations in adverse weather, which are intended to maintain the safety of life,
ship and cargo.

Procedures for opening, closing and securing hull openings.2

Ability to apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding the
opening, closing and securing of bow, stern, and side doors and ramps and tocorrectly operate the related systems.

Legislation, codes and agreements affecting ro-ro passenger ships.3

Ability to understand and apply international and national requirements for ro-ropassenger ships relevant to the ship concerned and the duties to be performed.

Stability and stress requirements and limitations.4

Ability to take proper account of stress limitations for sensitive parts of the ship,such as bow doors and other closing devices that maintain watertight integrity,and of special stability considerations which may affect the safety of ro-ropassenger ships.

Procedures for the maintenance of special equipment on ro-ro passenger ships.5

Ability to apply properly the shipboard procedures for maintenance of equipment
peculiar to ro-ro passenger ships such as bow, stern and side doors and ramps,
scuppers and associated systems.

Loading and cargo securing manuals and calculators.6

Ability to make proper use of the loading and securing manuals in respect of all
types of vehicles and rail cars where applicable, and to calculate and apply stresslimitations for vehicle decks.

Dangerous cargo areas.7

Ability to ensure proper observance of special precautions and limitations
applying to designated dangerous cargo areas.

Emergency procedures.8

Ability to ensure proper application of any special procedures to:

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 50.8.1

prevent or reduce the ingress of water on vehicle decks,.8.2

remove water from vehicle decks, and.8.3

minimize effects of water on vehicle decks.

Master3
The master should take all steps necessary to implement any company instructions issuedin accordance with section A-I/14. Such steps should include:.1

identifying all seafarers who are newly employed on board the ship before they
are assigned to any duties;.2

providing the opportunity for all newly arrived seafarers to:

.3

.2.1

visit the spaces in which their primary duties will be performed,.2.2

get acquainted with the location, controls and display features ofequipment they will be operating or using,.2.3

activate the equipment when possible, and perform functions, using thecontrols on the equipment, and.2.4

observe and ask questions of someone who is already familiar with theequipment, procedures and other arrangements, and who can communicate
information in a language which the seafarer understands; andproviding for a suitable period of supervision when there is any doubt that a newly
employed seafarer is familiar with the shipboard equipment, operating procedures
and other arrangements needed for the proper performance of his or her duties.

Crew members
4
Seafarers who are newly assigned to a ship should take full advantage of every
opportunity provided to become familiar with the shipboard equipment, operating procedures andother arrangements needed for the proper performance of their duties. Immediately upon arriving
on board for the first time, each seafarer has the responsibility to become acquainted with the
ship’s working environment, particularly with respect to new or unfamiliar equipment,
procedures or arrangements.
5
Seafarers who do not promptly attain the level of familiarity required for performing theirduties have the obligation to bring this fact to the attention of their supervisor or to the attentionof the crew member designated in accordance with section A-I/14, paragraph 2.2, and to identify
any equipment, procedure or arrangement which remains unfamiliar.
Section B-I/15
Guidance regarding transitional provisions(No provisions)
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 51

CHAPTER II
Guidance regarding the master and the deck department
Section B-II/1
Guidance regarding the certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch on shipsof 500 gross tonnage or more
Training
1
Every candidate for certification as officer in charge of a navigational watch should havecompleted a planned and structured programme of training designed to assist a prospective
officer to achieve the standard of competence in accordance with table A-II/1.
2
The structure of the programme of training should be set out in a training plan whichclearly expresses, for all parties involved, the objectives of each stage of training on board andashore. It is important that the prospective officer, tutors, ships’ staff and company personnel are
clear about the competences which are to be achieved at the end of the programme and how they
are to be achieved through a combination of education, training and practical experience on
board and ashore.
3
The mandatory periods of seagoing service are of prime importance in learning the job of
being a ship’s officer and in achieving the overall standard of competence required. Properly
planned and structured, the periods of seagoing service will enable prospective officers to acquireand practice skills and will offer opportunities for competences achieved to be demonstrated andassessed.
4
Where the seagoing service forms part of an approved training programme, the following
principles should be observed:*.1

The programme of onboard training should be an integral part of the overall
training plan.

.2

The programme of onboard training should be managed and co-ordinated by thecompany which manages the ship on which the seagoing service is to be
performed.

.3

The prospective officer should be provided with a training record book* to enable
a comprehensive record of practical training and experience at sea to be
maintained. The training record book should be laid out in such a way that it can
provide detailed information about the tasks and duties which should beundertaken and the progress towards their completion. Duly completed, the record
book will provide unique evidence that a structured programme of onboard
training has been completed which can be taken into account in the process ofevaluating competence for the issue of a certificate.

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) and a similar document produced by the International Shipping Federation
may be of assistance in the preparation of training record books.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 52.4

At all times, the prospective officer should be aware of two identifiable
individuals who are immediately responsible for the management of the
programme of onboard training. The first of these is a qualified seagoing officer,
referred to as the “shipboard training officer”, who, under the authority of themaster, should organize and supervise the programme of training for the durationof each voyage. The second should be a person nominated by the company,
referred to as the “company training officer”, who should have an overall
responsibility for the training programme and for co-ordination with colleges andtraining institutions.

.5

The company should ensure that appropriate periods are set aside for completionof the programme of onboard training within the normal operational requirementsof the ship.

Roles and responsibilities
5
The following section summarizes the roles and responsibilities of those individuals
involved in organizing and conducting onboard training:
.1

.2

.3

The company training officer should be responsible for:.1.1

overall administration of the programme of training,.1.2

monitoring the progress of the prospective officer throughout, and.1.3

issuing guidance as required and ensuring that all concerned with thetraining programme play their parts.

The shipboard training officer should be responsible for:.2.1

organizing the programme of practical training at sea,

.2.2

ensuring, in a supervisory capacity, that the training record book isproperly maintained and that all other requirements are fulfilled, and.2.3

making sure, so far as is practicable, that the time the prospective officer
spends on board is as useful as possible in terms of training andexperience, and is consistent with the objectives of the training
programme, the progress of training and the operational constraints of theship.

The master’s responsibilities should be to:.3.1

provide the link between the shipboard training officer and the company
training officer ashore,.3.2

fulfil the role of continuity if the shipboard training officer is relieved
during the voyage, and

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 53.3.3.4

ensure that all concerned are effectively carrying out the onboard training
programme.

The prospective officer’s responsibilities should be to:.4.1

follow diligently the programme of training as laid down,.4.2

make the most of the opportunities presented, be they in or outside
working hours, and.4.3

keep the training record book up to date and ensure that it is available at all
times for scrutiny.

Induction
6
At the beginning of the programme and at the start of each voyage on a different ship,prospective officers should be given full information and guidance as to what is expected of themand how the training programme is to be organized. Induction presents the opportunity to brief
prospective officers about important aspects of the tasks they will be undertaking, with particularregard to safe working practices and protection of the marine environment.
Shipboard programme of training
7
The training record book should contain, amongst other things, a number of training tasksor duties which should be undertaken as part of the approved programme of onboard training.
Such tasks and duties should relate to at least the following areas:.1steering systems;.2

general seamanship;.3

mooring, anchoring and port operations;.4life-saving and fire-fighting appliances;.5

systems and equipment;.6

cargo work;.7

bridge work and watchkeeping; and.8engine-room familiarization.

8
It is extremely important that the prospective officer is given adequate opportunity forsupervised bridge watchkeeping experience, particularly in the later stages of the onboard
training programme.
9
The performance of the prospective officers in each of the tasks and duties itemized in the
training record book should be initialled by a qualified officer when, in the opinion of the officer
concerned, a prospective officer has achieved a satisfactory standard of proficiency. It is
important to appreciate that a prospective officer may need to demonstrate ability on several
occasions before a qualified officer is confident that a satisfactory standard has been achieved.
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 54

Monitoring and reviewing
10
Guidance and reviewing are essential to ensure that prospective officers are fully aware of
the progress they are making and to enable them to join in decisions about their future
programme. To be effective, reviews should be linked to information gained through the training
record book and other sources as appropriate. The training record book should be scrutinized andendorsed formally by the master and the shipboard training officer at the beginning, during and at
the end of each voyage. The training record book should also be examined and endorsed by thecompany training officer between voyages.
Assessment of abilities and skills in navigational watchkeeping
11
A candidate for certification who is required to have received special training andassessment of abilities and skills in navigational watchkeeping duties should be required toprovide evidence, through demonstration either on a simulator or on board ship as part of an
approved programme of shipboard training, that the skills and ability to perform as officer incharge of a navigational watch in at least the following areas have been acquired, namely to:.1

prepare for and conduct a passage, including:.1.1

interpreting and applying information obtained from charts,.1.2

fixing position in coastal waters,.1.3

applying basic information obtained from tide tables and other nautical
publications,.1.4

checking and operating bridge equipment,.1.5

checking magnetic and gyro-compasses,.1.6

assessing available meteorological information,.1.7

using celestial bodies to fix position,.1.8

determining the compass error by celestial and terrestrial means, and.1.9

performing calculations for sailings of up to 24 hours;.2

operate and apply information obtained from electronic navigation systems;.3

operate radar, ARPA and ECDIS and apply radar information for navigation andcollision avoidance;.4

operate propulsion and steering systems to control heading and speed;.5

implement navigational watch routines and procedures;.6

implement the manoeuvres required for rescue of persons overboard;.7

initiate action to be taken in the event of an imminent emergency situation(e.g., fire, collision, stranding) and action in the immediate aftermath of an
emergency;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 55

12.8

initiate action to be taken in event of malfunction or failure of major items ofequipment or plant (e.g., steering gear, power, navigation systems);.9

conduct radiocommunications and visual and sound signalling in normal andemergency situations; and.10monitor and operate safety and alarm systems, including internal communications.

Assessment of abilities and skills in navigational watchkeeping should:.1

be made against the criteria for evaluating competence for the function ofnavigation set out in table A-II/1;.2

ensure that the candidate performs navigational watchkeeping duties inaccordance with the Principles to be observed in keeping a safe navigational
watch (section A-VIII/2, part 4-1) and the Guidance on keeping a navigational
watch (section B-VIII/2, part 4-1).

Evaluation of competence
13
The standard of competence to be achieved for certification as officer in charge of anavigational watch is set out in table A-II/1. The standard specifies the knowledge and skill
required and the application of that knowledge and skill to the standard of performance required
on board ship.
14
Scope of knowledge is implicit in the concept of competence. Assessment of competence
should, therefore, encompass more than the immediate technical requirements of the job, theskills and tasks to be performed, and should reflect the broader aspects needed to meet the full
expectations of competent performance as a ship’s officer. This includes relevant knowledge,
theory, principles and cognitive skills which, to varying degrees, underpin all levels ofcompetence. It also encompasses proficiency in what to do, how and when to do it, and why itshould be done. Properly applied, this will help to ensure that a candidate can:.1

work competently in different ships and across a range of circumstances;.2

anticipate, prepare for and deal with contingencies; and.3

adapt to new and changing requirements.

15
The criteria for evaluating competence (column 4 of table A-II/1) identify, primarily inoutcome terms, the essential aspects of competent performance. They are expressed so thatassessment of a candidate’s performance can be made against them and should be adequately
documented in the training record book.
16

Evaluation of competence is the process of:.1collecting sufficient valid and reliable evidence about the candidate’s knowledge,
understanding and proficiency to accomplish the tasks, duties and responsibilities
listed in column 1 of table A-II/1; and.2

judging that evidence against the criteria specified in the standard.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 56

17
The arrangements for evaluating competence should be designed to take account ofdifferent methods of assessment which can provide different types of evidence about candidates’
competence, e.g.:.1

direct observation of work activities (including seagoing service);.2

skills/proficiency/competency tests;.3

projects and assignments;.4

evidence from previous experience; and.5written, oral and computer-based questioning techniques*.

18
One or more of the first four methods listed should almost invariably be used to provide
evidence of ability, in addition to appropriate questioning techniques to provide evidence of
supporting knowledge and understanding.
Training in celestial navigation
19

The following areas summarize the recommended training in celestial navigation:.1

correctly adjust sextant for adjustable errors;.2

determine corrected reading of the sextant altitude of celestial bodies;.3

accurate sight reduction computation, using a preferred method;.4

calculate the time of meridian altitude of the sun;.5

calculate latitude by Polaris or by meridian altitude of the sun;

.6

accurate plotting of position line(s) and position fixing;.7

determine time of visible rising/setting sun by a preferred method;.8

identify and select the most suitable celestial bodies in the twilight period;.9

determine compass error by azimuth or by amplitude, using a preferred method;
and

.10

nautical astronomy as required to support the required competence in paragraphs 19.1
to 19.9 above.

20
Training in celestial navigation may include the use of electronic nautical almanac andcelestial navigation calculation software.

*

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 57

Section B-II/2
Guidance regarding the certification of masters and chief mates on ships of 500 gross tonnage or
more(See section B-II/1 for guidance.)
Section B-II/3
Guidance regarding the certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch and of masters
on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage(See section B-II/1 for guidance.)
Section B-II/4
Guidance regarding the training and certification of ratings forming part of a navigational watch1
In addition to the requirements stated in table A-II/4 of this Code, Parties are encouraged,
for safety reasons, to include the following subjects in the training of ratings forming part of anavigational watch:.1

a basic knowledge of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea, 1972;.2

rigging a pilot ladder;.3

an understanding of wheel orders given by pilots in English;.4

training for proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats;.5

support duties when berthing and unberthing and during towing operations;.6a basic knowledge of anchoring;.7

a basic knowledge of dangerous cargoes;.8

a basic knowledge of stowage procedures and arrangements for bringing stores onboard; and.9a basic knowledge of deck maintenance and of tools used on deck.

Section B-II/5
Guidance regarding the certification of ratings as able seafarer deck1

Onboard training should be documented in an approved training record book.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 58

CHAPTER III
Guidance regarding the engine department
Section B-III/1
Guidance regarding the certification of officers in charge of an engineering watch in a mannedengine-room or as designated duty engineers in a periodically unmanned engine-room
1
In table A-III/1, the tools referred to should include hand tools, common measuring
equipment, centre lathes, drilling machines, welding equipment and milling machines asappropriate.
2
Training in workshop skills ashore can be carried out in a training institution or approved
workshop.
3
Onboard training should be adequately documented in the training record book by
qualified assessors.
Section B-III/2
Guidance regarding the certification of chief engineer officers and second engineer officers ofships powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more
(No provisions)
Guidance regarding training of engineering personnel having management responsibilities forthe operation and safety of electrical power plant above 1,000 volts
1
Training of engineering personnel having management responsibilities for the operationand safety of electrical power plant more than 1,000 V should at least include:.1

the functional, operational and safety requirements for a marine high-voltage
system;.2

assignment of suitably qualified personnel to carry out maintenance and repair ofhigh-voltage switchgear of various types;.3

taking remedial action necessary during faults in a high-voltage system;.4

producing a switching strategy for isolating components of a high-voltage system;.5selecting suitable apparatus for isolation and testing of high-voltage equipment;.6

carrying out a switching and isolation procedure on a marine high-voltage system,complete with safety documentation; and.7

performing tests of insulation resistance and polarization index on high-voltage
equipment.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 59

Section B-III/3
Guidance regarding the certification of chief engineer officers and second engineer officers ofships powered by main propulsion machinery between 750 kW and 3,000 kW propulsion power(No provisions)
Section B-III/4
Guidance regarding the training and certification of ratings forming part of a watch in a mannedengine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room
In addition to the requirements stated in section A-III/4 of this Code, Parties are encouraged, forsafety reasons, to include the following items in the training of ratings forming part of anengineering watch:.1

a basic knowledge of routine pumping operations, such as bilge, ballast and cargo
pumping systems;.2

a basic knowledge of electrical installations and the associated dangers;.3a basic knowledge of maintenance and repair of machinery and tools used in theengine-room; and.4a basic knowledge of stowage and arrangements for bringing stores on board.

Section B-III/5
Guidance regarding the certification of ratings as able seafarer engine
1

Onboard training should be documented in an approved training record book.

Section B-III/6
Guidance regarding training and certification for electro-technical officers
In addition to the requirements stated in table A-III/6 of this Code, Parties are encouraged to take
into account resolution A.702(17) concerning radio maintenance guidelines for the global
maritime distress and safety system within their training programmes.
Section B-III/7
Guidance regarding training and certification for electro-technical ratings(No provisions)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 60

CHAPTER IV
Guidance regarding radiocommunication and radio operators
Section B-IV/1
Guidance regarding the application of chapter IV(No provisions)
Section B-IV/2
Guidance regarding training and certification of GMDSS radio operators
TRAINING RELATED TO THE FIRST-CLASS RADIOELECTRONIC CERTIFICATE
General1
The requirements of medical fitness, especially as to hearing, eyesight and speech, shouldbe met by the candidate before training is commenced.
2
The training should be relevant to the provisions of the STCW Convention, the provisionsof the Radio Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunication Convention(Radio Regulations) and the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at
Sea (SOLAS Convention) currently in force, with particular attention given to provisions for the
global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS). In developing training requirements,
account should be taken of at least the knowledge and training given in paragraphs 3 to 14
hereunder.
Theory3
Knowledge of the general principles and basic factors necessary for safe and efficient useof all sub-systems and equipment required in the GMDSS, sufficient to support the practicaltraining provisions given in paragraph 13.
4Knowledge of the use, operation and service areas of GMDSS sub-systems, including
satellite system characteristics, navigational and meteorological warning systems and selection of
appropriate communication circuits.
5
Knowledge of the principles of electricity and the theory of radio and electronics
sufficient to meet the provisions given in paragraphs 6 to 10 below.
6
Theoretical knowledge of GMDSS radiocommunication equipment, including
narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy and radiotelephone transmitters and receivers, digital
selective calling equipment, ship earth stations, emergency position-indicating radio beacons(EPIRBs), marine antenna systems, radio equipment for survival craft together with all auxiliary
items, including power supplies, as well as general knowledge of the principles of otherequipment generally used for radionavigation, with particular reference to maintaining theequipment in service.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 617
Knowledge of factors that affect system reliability, availability, maintenance proceduresand proper use of test equipment.
8

Knowledge of microprocessors and fault diagnosis in systems using microprocessors.

9Knowledge of control systems in the GMDSS radio equipment, including testing andanalysis.
10Knowledge of the use of computer software for the GMDSS radio equipment andmethods for correcting faults caused by loss of software control of the equipment.
Regulations and documentation11

Knowledge of:.1.2

the SOLAS Convention and the Radio Regulations, with particular emphasis on:.1.1

distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications,.1.2

avoiding harmful interference, particularly with distress and safety traffic,
and

.1.3

prevention of unauthorized transmissions;other documents relating to operational and communication procedures for
distress, safety and public correspondence services, including charges,
navigational warnings, and weather broadcasts in the Maritime Mobile Service
and the Maritime Mobile Satellite Service; and.3
use of the International Code of Signals and the IMO Standard Marine Communication
Phrases.
Watchkeeping and procedures
12

Knowledge of and training in:.1

communication procedures and discipline to prevent harmful interference in
GMDSS sub-systems;.2

procedures for using propagation-prediction information to establish optimum
frequencies for communications;.3

radiocommunication watchkeeping relevant to all GMDSS sub-systems, exchangeof radiocommunication traffic, particularly concerning distress, urgency andsafety procedures, and radio records;.4

use of the international phonetic alphabet;.5monitoring a distress frequency while simultaneously monitoring or working on atleast one other frequency;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 62.6

ship reporting systems and procedures;.7

radiocommunication procedures of the International Aeronautical and Maritime
Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual;.8

radio medical systems and procedures; and.9causes of false distress alerts and means to avoid them*.

Practical
13*

Practical training, supported by appropriate laboratory work, should be given in:.1

correct and efficient operation of all GMDSS sub-systems and equipment undernormal propagation conditions and under typical interference conditions;.2safe operation of all the GMDSS communication equipment and ancillary devices,
including safety precautions;.3adequate and accurate keyboard skills for the satisfactory exchange ofcommunications;.4

operational techniques for:.4.1

receiver and transmitter adjustment for the appropriate mode of operation,
including digital selective calling and direct-printing telegraphy,.4.2

antenna adjustment and realignment, as appropriate,.4.3

use of radio life-saving appliances, and.4.4

use of emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs);.5antenna rigging, repair and maintenance, as appropriate;.6

reading and understanding pictorial, logic and circuit diagrams;.7

use and care of those tools and test instruments necessary to carry out at-sea
electronic maintenance;.8

manual soldering and desoldering techniques, including those involving
semi-conductor devices and modern circuits, and the ability to distinguish whether
the circuit is suitable to be manually soldered or desoldered;.9

tracing and repair of faults to component level, where practicable, and toboard/module level in other cases;

See COM/Circ.127 – Guidelines for avoiding false distress alerts.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 63.10

recognition and correction of conditions contributing to the fault occurring;.11

maintenance procedures, both preventive and corrective, for all GMDSS
communication equipment and radionavigation equipment; and.12methods of alleviating electrical and electromagnetic interference such as
bonding, shielding and bypassing.

Miscellaneous
14

Knowledge of and/or training in:.1

the English language, both written and spoken, for the satisfactory exchange ofcommunications relevant to the safety of life at sea;

.2world geography, especially the principal shipping routes, services of rescue
coordination centres (RCCs) and related communication routes;.3

survival at sea, the operation of lifeboats, rescue boats, liferafts, buoyant apparatus
and their equipment, with special reference to radio life-saving appliances;.4

fire prevention and fire fighting, with particular reference to the radio installation;.5

preventive measures for the safety of ship and personnel in connection withhazards related to radio equipment, including electrical, radiation, chemical andmechanical hazards;.6

first aid, including heart-respiration revival techniques; and.7coordinated universal time (UTC), global time zones and the international
date line.

TRAINING RELATED TO THE SECOND-CLASS RADIOELECTRONIC CERTIFICATE
General15
The requirements of medical fitness, especially as to hearing, eyesight and speech, shouldbe met by the candidate before training is commenced.
16
The training should be relevant to the provisions of the STCW Convention and the
SOLAS Convention currently in force, with particular attention given to provisions for the global
maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS). In developing training requirements, accountshould be taken of at least the knowledge and training given in paragraphs 17 to 28 hereunder*.

*The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 64

Theory17
Knowledge of the general principles and basic factors necessary for safe and efficient useof all sub-systems and equipment required in the GMDSS, sufficient to support the practicaltraining provisions given in paragraph 27 below.
18
Knowledge of the use, operation and service areas of GMDSS sub-systems, including
satellite system characteristics, navigational and meteorological warning systems and selection of
appropriate communication circuits.
19
Knowledge of the principles of electricity and the theory of radio and electronics
sufficient to meet the provisions given in paragraphs 20 to 24 below.
20
General theoretical knowledge of GMDSS radiocommunication equipment, including
narrow-band direct-printing telegraph and radiotelephone transmitters and receivers, digital
selective calling equipment, ship earth stations, emergency position-indicating radio beacons(EPIRBs), marine antenna systems, radio equipment for survival craft together with all auxiliary
items, including power supplies, as well as general knowledge of other equipment generally used
for radionavigation, with particular reference to maintaining the equipment in service.
21
General knowledge of factors that affect system reliability, availability, maintenanceprocedures and proper use of test equipment.
22
General knowledge of microprocessors and fault diagnosis in systems using
microprocessors.
23
General knowledge of control systems in the GMDSS radio equipment, including testing
and analysis.
24
Knowledge of the use of computer software for the GMDSS radio equipment andmethods for correcting faults caused by loss of software control of the equipment.
Regulations and documentation25

Knowledge of:.1.2

the SOLAS Convention and the Radio Regulations, with particular emphasis on:.1.1

distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications,.1.2

avoiding harmful interference, particularly with distress and safety traffic,
and

.1.3

the prevention of unauthorized transmissions;other documents relating to operational and communication procedures for
distress, safety and public correspondence services, including charges,
navigational warnings, and weather broadcasts in the Maritime Mobile Service
and the Maritime Mobile Satellite Service; and

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 65.3

the use of the International Code of Signals and the IMO Standard Marine
Communication Phrases.

Watchkeeping and procedures
26

Training should be given in:.1

communication procedures and discipline to prevent harmful interference in
GMDSS sub-systems;.2

procedures for using propagation-prediction information to establish optimum
frequencies for communications;.3

radiocommunication watchkeeping relevant to all GMDSS sub-systems, exchangeof radiocommunication traffic, particularly concerning distress, urgency andsafety procedures, and radio records;.4

use of the international phonetic alphabet;.5monitoring a distress frequency while simultaneously monitoring or working on atleast one other frequency;.6

ship reporting systems and procedures;.7

radiocommunication procedures of the International Aeronautical and Maritime
Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual;.8

radio medical systems and procedures; and.9causes of false distress alerts and means to avoid them.*

Practical
27*

Practical training, supported by appropriate laboratory work, should be given in:.1

correct and efficient operation of all GMDSS sub-systems and equipment undernormal propagation conditions and under typical interference conditions;.2safe operation of all the GMDSS communication equipment and ancillary devices,
including safety precautions;.3adequate and accurate keyboard skills for the satisfactory exchange ofcommunications;.4

operational techniques for:See COM/Circ.127 – Guidelines for avoiding false distress alerts.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 66.4.1

receiver and transmitter adjustment for the appropriate mode of operation,
including digital selective calling and direct-printing telegraphy,.4.2

antenna adjustment and realignment, as appropriate,.4.3

use of radio life-saving appliances, and.4.4

use of emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs);.5antenna rigging, repair and maintenance, as appropriate;.6

reading and understanding pictorial, logic and module interconnection diagrams;.7

use and care of those tools and test instruments necessary to carry out at-sea
electronic maintenance at the level of replacement of a unit or module;.8basic manual soldering and desoldering techniques and their limitations;.9

tracing and repair of faults to board/module level;.10

recognition and correction of conditions contributing to the fault occurring;.11

basic maintenance procedures, both preventive and corrective, for all the GMDSS
communication equipment and radionavigation equipment; and.12methods of alleviating electrical and electromagnetic interference, such as
bonding, shielding and bypassing.

Miscellaneous
28

Knowledge of, and/or training in:.1

the English language, both written and spoken, for the satisfactory exchange ofcommunications relevant to the safety of life at sea;

.2world geography, especially the principal shipping routes, services of rescue
co-ordination centres (RCCs) and related communication routes;.3

survival at sea, the operation of lifeboats, rescue boats, liferafts, buoyant apparatus
and their equipment, with special reference to radio life-saving appliances;.4

fire prevention and fire fighting, with particular reference to the radio installation;.5

preventive measures for the safety of ship and personnel in connection withhazards related to radio equipment, including electrical, radiation, chemical andmechanical hazards;.6

first aid, including heart-respiration revival techniques; and.7coordinated universal time (UTC), global time zones and the international dateline.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 67

TRAINING RELATED TO THE GENERAL OPERATOR’S CERTIFICATE
General29
The requirements of medical fitness, especially as to hearing, eyesight and speech, shouldbe met by the candidate before training is commenced.
30
The training should be relevant to the provisions of the STCW Convention, the Radio
Regulations and the SOLAS Convention currently in force, with particular attention given toprovisions for the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS). In developing training
requirements, account should be taken of at least the knowledge and training given inparagraphs 31 to 36 hereunder*.
Theory31
Knowledge of the general principles and basic factors necessary for safe and efficient useof all sub-systems and equipment required in the GMDSS sufficient to support the practicaltraining provisions given in paragraph 35 below.
32
Knowledge of the use, operation and service areas of GMDSS sub-systems, including
satellite system characteristics, navigational and meteorological warning systems and selection of
appropriate communication circuits.
Regulations and documentation33

Knowledge of:.1*

the SOLAS Convention and the Radio Regulations, with particular emphasis on:.1.1

distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications,.1.2

avoiding harmful interference, particularly with distress and safety traffic,
and

.1.3

prevention of unauthorized transmissions;.2other documents relating to operational and communication procedures for
distress, safety and public correspondence services, including charges,
navigational warnings, and weather broadcasts in the Maritime Mobile Service
and the Maritime Mobile Satellite Service; and.3

use of the International Code of Signals and the IMO Standard Marine
Communication Phrases.

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 68

Watchkeeping and procedures
34

Training should be given in:.1

communication procedures and discipline to prevent harmful interference in
GMDSS sub-systems;.2

procedures for using propagation-prediction information to establish optimum
frequencies for communications;.3

radiocommunication watchkeeping relevant to all GMDSS sub-systems, exchangeof radiocommunication traffic, particularly concerning distress, urgency andsafety procedures, and radio records;.4

use of the international phonetic alphabet;.5monitoring a distress frequency while simultaneously monitoring or working on atleast one other frequency;.6

ship reporting systems and procedures;.7

radiocommunication procedures of the International Aeronautical and Maritime
Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual;.8

radio medical systems and procedures; and.9causes of false distress alerts and means to avoid them.*

Practical
35*

Practical training should be given in:.1

correct and efficient operation of all GMDSS sub-systems and equipment undernormal propagation conditions and under typical interference conditions;.2safe operation of all the GMDSS communications equipment and ancillarydevices, including safety precautions;.3

accurate and adequate keyboard skills for the satisfactory exchange ofcommunications; and.4

operational techniques for:.4.1

receiver and transmitter adjustment for the appropriate mode of operation,
including digital selective calling and direct-printing telegraphy,.4.2

antenna adjustment and realignment as appropriate,

See COM/Circ.127 – Guidelines for avoiding false distress alerts.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 69.4.3

use of radio life-saving appliances, and.4.4

use of emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs).

Miscellaneous
36

Knowledge of, and/or training in:.1

the English language, both written and spoken, for the satisfactory exchange ofcommunications relevant to the safety of life at sea;

.2world geography, especially the principal shipping routes, services of rescue
coordination centres (RCCs) and related communication routes;.3

survival at sea, the operation of lifeboats, rescue boats, liferafts, buoyant apparatus
and their equipment, with special reference to radio life-saving appliances;.4

fire prevention and fire-fighting, with particular reference to the radio installation;.5

preventive measures for the safety of ship and personnel in connection withhazards related to radio equipment, including electrical, radiation, chemical andmechanical hazards;.6

first aid, including heart-respiration revival techniques; and.7coordinated universal time (UTC), global time zones and the international dateline.

TRAINING RELATED TO THE RESTRICTED OPERATOR’S CERTIFICATE
General37
The requirements of medical fitness, especially as to hearing, eyesight and speech, shouldbe met by the candidate before training is commenced.
38
The training should be relevant to the provisions of the STCW Convention, the Radio
Regulations and the SOLAS Convention currently in force, with particular attention given toprovisions for the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS). In developing training
guidance, account should be taken of at least the knowledge and training given in paragraphs 39
to 44 hereunder*.
Theory39
Knowledge of the general principles and basic factors, including VHF range limitation
and antenna height effect necessary for safe and efficient use of all sub-systems and equipment
required in GMDSS in sea area A1, sufficient to support the training given in paragraph 43 below.

*

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 7040
Knowledge of the use, operation and service areas of GMDSS sea area A1 sub-systems,e.g., navigational and meteorological warning systems and the appropriate communication circuits.
Regulations and documentation
41

Knowledge of:.1

those parts of the SOLAS Convention and the Radio Regulations relevant to sea
area A1, with particular emphasis on:.1.1

distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications,.1.2

avoiding harmful interference, particularly with distress and safety traffic,
and

.1.3

prevention of unauthorized transmissions;.2other documents relating to operational and communication procedures for distress,
safety and public correspondence services, including charges, navigational warnings
and weather broadcasts in the Maritime Mobile Service in sea area A1; and.3

use of the International Code of Signals and the IMO Standard Marine
Communication Phrases.

Watchkeeping and procedures
42

Training should be given in:.1

communication procedures and discipline to prevent harmful interference in
GMDSS sub-systems used in sea area A1;.2

VHF communication procedures for:.2.1

radiocommunication watchkeeping, exchange of radiocommunication
traffic, particularly concerning distress, urgency and safety procedures,and radio records,.2.2

monitoring a distress frequency while simultaneously monitoring or
working on at least one other frequency, and.2.3

the digital selective calling system;.3

use of the international phonetic alphabet;.4

ship reporting systems and procedures;.5

VHF radiocommunication procedures of the International Aeronautical andMaritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 71.6

radio medical systems and procedures; and.7causes of false distress alerts and means to avoid them*.

Practical
43

Practical training should be given in:.1

correct and efficient operation of the GMDSS sub-systems and equipment
prescribed for ships operating in sea area A1 under normal propagation conditions
and under typical interference conditions;.2safe operation of relevant GMDSS communication equipment and ancillarydevices, including safety precautions; and.3

operational techniques for use of:.3.1

VHF, including channel, squelch, and mode adjustment, as appropriate,.3.2

radio life-saving appliances,.3.3

emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs), and.3.4

NAVTEX receivers.

Miscellaneous
44*

Knowledge of, and/or training in:.1

the English language, both written and spoken, for the satisfactory exchange ofcommunications relevant to the safety of life at sea;

.2

services of rescue co-ordination centres (RCCs) and related communicationroutes;.3

survival at sea, the operation of lifeboats, rescue boats, liferafts, buoyant apparatus
and their equipment, with special reference to radio life-saving appliances;.4

fire prevention and fire fighting, with particular reference to the radio installation;.5

preventive measures for the safety of ship and personnel in connection withhazards related to radio equipment, including electrical, radiation, chemical andmechanical hazards; and.6first aid, including heart-respiration revival techniques.

See COM/Circ.127 – Guidelines for avoiding false distress alerts.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 72

TRAINING RELATED TO MAINTENANCE OF GMDSS INSTALLATIONS ON BOARD
SHIPS
General45
Reference is made to the maintenance requirements of SOLAS Convention
regulation IV/15, and to IMO resolution A.702(17) on Radio maintenance guidelines for the
GMDSS related to sea areas A3 and A4, which includes in its annex the following provision:“4.2 The person designated to perform functions for at-sea electronic maintenanceshould either hold an appropriate certificate as specified by the Radio Regulations, as
required, or have equivalent at-sea electronic maintenance qualifications, as may beapproved by the Administration, taking into account the recommendations of theOrganization on the training of such personnel.”46
The following guidance on equivalent electronic maintenance qualifications is provided
for use by Administrations as appropriate.
47
Training as recommended below does not qualify any person to be an operator of
GMDSS radio equipment who does not hold an appropriate Radio Operator’s Certificate.
Maintenance training equivalent to the First-Class Radioelectronic Certificate
48
In determining training equivalent to the elements of the listed First-ClassRadioelectronic Certificate:.1

the theory content should cover at least the subjects given in paragraphs 3 to 10;.2

the practical content should cover at least the subjects given in paragraph 13; and.3

the miscellaneous knowledge included should cover at least the subjects given inparagraph 14.

Maintenance training equivalent to the Second-Class Radioelectronic Certificate
49
In determining training equivalent to the maintenance elements of the Second-ClassRadioelectronic Certificate:.1

the theory content should cover at least the subjects given in paragraphs 17 to 24;.2

the practical content should cover at least the subjects given in paragraph 27; and.3

the miscellaneous knowledge included should cover at least the subjects given inparagraph 28.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 73

CHAPTER V
Guidance regarding special training requirements for personnel on certain types of ships
Section B-V/1
Guidance regarding the training and qualifications of tanker personnel
Person with immediate responsibility
1
The term “person with immediate responsibility” as used in paragraphs 3 and 5 ofregulation V/1-1 and paragraph 3 of regulation V/1-2 means a person being in a decision-making
capacity with respect to loading, discharging, care in transit, handling of cargo, tank cleaning orother cargo-related operations.
FAMILIARIZATION TRAINING FOR ALL TANKER PERSONNEL
2
All tanker personnel should undergo familiarization training on board and, whereappropriate, ashore before being assigned to shipboard duties, which should be given by qualified
personnel experienced in the handling and characteristics of oil, chemical or liquefied gas
cargoes, as appropriate, and the safety procedures involved. The training should at least cover thematters set out in paragraphs 3 to 8 below.
Regulations
3
Knowledge of the ship’s rules and regulations governing the safety of personnel on board
a tanker in port and at sea.
Health hazards and precautions to be taken
4Dangers of skin contact; inhalation and accidental swallowing of cargo; the harmfulproperties of the cargoes carried, personnel accidents and associated first aid; lists of do’s anddon’ts.
Fire prevention and fire fighting
5
Control of smoking and cooking restrictions; sources of ignition; fire and explosion
prevention; methods of fire fighting; portable fire extinguishers and fixed installations.
Pollution prevention
6
Procedures to be followed to prevent air and water pollution and measures which will betaken in the event of spillage.
Safety equipment and its use
7
The proper use of protective clothing and equipment, resuscitators, escape and rescue
equipment.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 74

Emergency procedures
8

Familiarization with the emergency plan procedures.

PROOF OF QUALIFICATION
9
The master of every oil, chemical and liquefied gas tanker should ensure that the officer
or the person primarily responsible for the cargo possesses the appropriate certificate, issued or
endorsed or validated as required by regulation V/1-1, paragraph 3; regulation V/1-1, paragraph 5or regulation V/1-2, paragraph 3, as appropriate, and has had adequate recent practical experienceon board an appropriate type of tanker to permit that officer or person to safely perform theduties assigned.
GUIDANCE REGARDING APPROVED ONBOARD TRAINING
General10
The purpose of qualifying shipboard service is to provide training and knowledge for thesafe carriage of specific tanker cargoes.
11
To satisfy the experience appropriate to their duties on the type of tanker on which they
serve referred to in regulation V/1-1, paragraph 4.2.2, regulation V/1-1, paragraph 6.2.2 andregulation V/1-2, paragraph 4.2.2, onboard training should:.1emphasize practical “hands on experience” and be relative to the employment of theseafarer, i.e. the training of deck and engineering departments may be different;.2

be under the supervision of personnel qualified and experienced in the handling,
characteristics and safety procedures of the cargoes being carried by the vessel;.3

be on board the tanker carrying products relative to the tanker Certificate ofProficiency/Endorsement being sought and should be such that the specialist
equipment is brought into operation but may be on a ballast passage between
cargoes for part of that period;.4

take part in at least three loading and discharge operations; and*.5

at least cover the matters set out in “Onboard training criteria” in paragraph 19.

12
The onboard training programme must in no way affect the safe running or theseaworthiness of the vessel.

*

A loading or discharging operation is considered to be the loading or discharge of more than 60% of the total
cargo tank capacity of the vessel. Loading/discharges of less than this quantity may be summed together to beequivalent to this quantity.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 75

Onboard training programme
13
The trainee should be carried in a supernumerary capacity (i.e. the trainee will have noother duties than that of undertaking the training programme and emergency duties).
14
The programme of onboard training should be managed and co-ordinated by the company
which manages the ship on which the seagoing service is to be performed and be a vessel
nominated by the company as a training vessel.*15
At all times, the trainee should be aware of two identifiable individuals who are
immediately responsible for the management of the programme of onboard training. The first ofthese is a qualified seagoing officer, referred to as the “shipboard training officer”, who, under
the authority of the master, should organize and supervise the programme of training. The second
should be a person nominated by the company, referred to as the “company training officer”,
who should have an overall responsibility for the training programme and for co-ordination withtraining organizations.
16
The trainee should be provided with an approved training record book to enable acomprehensive record of practical training and experience at sea to be maintained. The approved
training record book should be laid out in such a way that it can provide detailed information
about the tasks and duties which should be undertaken and the progress towards their completion.
Duly completed and countersigned by the master, the approved record book will provide uniqueevidence that a structured programme of onboard training has been completed leading towards
the issue of a relevant Certificate in Advanced Training for Tanker Cargo Operations.
17
During the approved onboard training programme the trainee should be instructed in theloading, discharging, care in transit, handling of cargo, tank cleaning or other cargo-related
operations of the tanker to ensure that the experience gained is at least equal to that which would
be obtained in three months’ normal service.
18
If the three-loading and three-unloading criteria cannot be achieved within the one-monthonboard training period, then the period of onboard training should be extended until thesecriteria have been satisfactorily achieved.
Onboard training criteria
19
The onboard training should at least provide knowledge and experience, relevant to theapplicable tanker type, of the following:.1

Safety.1.1

All tanker types.1 Ship’s safety-management system.2 Cargo-specific fire-fighting equipment and procedures*

A nominated training vessel is a trading vessel named by the company that is suitable for the purpose of thisguidance, as applicable.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 76.3 Cargo-specific first-aid procedures, including the Medical First Aid Guide
for Use in Accidents involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG).4 Ship-/cargo-specific hazards, including smoking regulations, oxygen-depleted
atmospheres, cargo hydrocarbon narcosis and toxicity.5 Risk assessment system.6 Permit to work, including hot work and enclosed spaces entry procedures.7 Use of personal protective equipment
.1.2
.1

.2

Additional for liquefied gas tankers
Dangers and precautions related to handling and storage of cargoes at
cryogenic temperatures

Construction, cargo, cargo tanks and pipelines.2.1

All tanker types.1 Hull/tank construction and limitations.2 Cargo connections.3 Properties and hazards associated with the types of cargo being carried,
including use of Material Safety Data Sheets.4 The risks that cargo operations (such as purging/gas-freeing/tank cleaning)
may have on the accommodation ventilation systems and actions to
mitigate these risks.5 Configuration of cargo and ballast system.6 Pumps and associated equipment.7 Specialist equipment associated with the cargo operations.8 Particulars of the tanker’s construction and how this affects the cargo
operations.2.2

Additional for liquefied gas tankers.1 Use of segregation, separation and airlocks to maintain gas-safe areas.2 Cargo tank, inter-barrier, insulation spaces, and pipeline relief valves andvapour venting systems.3 Cargo vapour compressors and associated equipment.3

Trim and stability.3.1

All tanker types.1 Tanker’s stability information and calculating equipment.2 Importance of maintaining stress levels within acceptable limits.3 Dangers of free surface effect and “sloshing” effect

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 77.4

Cargo operations.4.1

All tanker types

.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8

Pre-planning of loading/in-transit care, discharge/ballast operations
Record keeping
Start up/stopping procedures, including emergency shutdown
Attention required for mooring arrangements during cargo operations
Purging and inerting requirements and associated hazards
Loading cargo, including topping-off operations
Discharging cargo, including draining and stripping operations
Monitoring of cargo during loading/discharging operations, including
sampling where applicable.9 Tank gauging and alarm systems.10 Dangers from electrostatic discharge and its prevention.11 Ballasting and de-ballasting operations.12 Maintenance requirements, including coating inspections.4.2

Additional for chemical tankers.1 Polymerization, cargo compatibility, tank coating compatibility and otherreactions.2 Functions of inhibitors and catalysts.3 Vapour/gas dispersion.4.3

Additional for liquefied gas tankers.1 Polymerization, cargo compatibility, tank coating compatibility and otherreactions.2 Functions of inhibitors and catalysts.3 Causes of backpressure and pressure surge effects.4 Use of boil-off gas as a fuel.5 Vapour/gas dispersion.6 Purging and cool-down operations.7 Operation and maintenance of re-liquefaction equipment.8 Understanding and use of the custody transfer system.4.4

Additional for oil tankers.1 Crude oil washing systems.5

Tank washing/cleaning.5.1

All tanker types.1 Tank cleaning systems and equipment fitted on the tanker.2 Pre-planning of tank washing/cleaning operations.3 Tank washing procedures, including purging and inerting

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 78

.4
.5
.6
.7
.5.2

Control of slops/waste product
Electro-static hazards
Cleanliness requirements
Maintenance requirements
Additional for chemical tankers.1 Removal of inhibitors and residues.2 Use of absorption, cleaning agents and detergents.5.3

Additional for liquefied gas tankers.1 Hot-gassing/boil-off of liquid residues and regassification process.6

Inert gas systems.6.1

All tanker types.1 Inerting system(s) and equipment fitted to the tanker.2 Hazards associated with inerting spaces, with particular reference to safe
entry into tanks.3 Purging, maintaining inert atmosphere and gas-freeing operations.4 Maintenance requirements.7

Pollution prevention and control.7.1

All tanker types.1 International, flag State and company regulations, documentation and plans.2 Operation of the tanker’s pollution-prevention systems and equipment,
including discharge monitoring.3 Operation of the tanker’s pollution-containment equipment.8

Gas-detection equipment and instruments.8.1

All tanker types.1 Use and calibration of personal, portable and fixed gas analysers, withparticular reference to oxygen and hydrocarbon monitoring equipment.2 Operation, maintenance and limitation of cargo tank level measuring, level
alarm and temperature-measuring systems.8.2

Additional for liquefied gas tankers.1 Operation and maintenance of hull temperature measurement.9

Publications.9.1

All tanker types.1 International, flag State and company publications relevant to theoperation of the tanker, including SOLAS, MARPOL and applicableguidance manuals
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 79.2 Operating and maintenance manuals specific to the equipment on board.3 Established industrial standards and code of safe working practice(e.g., ICS, OCIMF, SIGTTO)
Section B-V/1-1
Guidance regarding training and qualifications of masters, officers and ratings on oil andchemical tankers
OIL TANKER TRAINING
20
The training required by paragraphs 2.2 and 4.3 of regulation V/1-1 in respect of oiltankers should be set out in a training plan which clearly expresses, for all parties involved, theobjectives of the training. Training may be given on board or ashore, where appropriate. It should
be supplemented by practical instruction on board and, where appropriate, in a suitable
shore-based installation. All training and instruction should be given by properly qualified andsuitably experienced personnel*.
21
As much use as possible should be made of shipboard operation and equipment manuals,
films and suitable visual aids, and the opportunity should be taken to introduce discussion of thepart to be played by the safety organization on board ship and the role of safety officers andsafety committees.
CHEMICAL TANKER TRAINING
22
The training required by paragraphs 2.2 and 6.3 of regulation V/1-1 in respect of chemical
tankers should be set out in a training plan which clearly expresses, for all parties involved, theobjectives of the training. Training may be given on board or ashore, where appropriate. It should
be supplemented by practical instruction on board and, where appropriate, in a suitable
shore-based installation. All training and instruction should be given by properly qualified andsuitably experienced personnel*.
23
As much use as possible should be made of shipboard operation and equipment manuals,
films and suitable visual aids, and the opportunity should be taken to introduce discussion of thepart to be played by the safety organization on board ship and the role of safety officers andsafety committees.
Section B-V/1-2
Guidance regarding training and qualifications of masters, officers and ratings on liquefied gas
tankers
24
The training required by paragraphs 2.2 and 4.3 of regulation V/1-2 in respect of liquefied
gas tankers should be set out in a training plan which clearly expresses, for all parties involved,
the objectives of the training. Training may be given on board or ashore, where appropriate.
It should be supplemented by practical instruction on board and, where appropriate, in a suitable
shore-based installation. All training and instruction should be given by properly qualified andsuitably experienced personnel*.

*

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 8025
As much use as possible should be made of shipboard operation and equipment manuals,
films and suitable visual aids, and the opportunity should be taken to introduce discussion of thepart to be played by the safety organization on board ship and the role of safety officers andsafety committees.
Section B-V/2
Guidance regarding training of seafarers on passenger ships
ENHANCED FIRE FIGHTING
1
For officers and crew on passenger ships, additional training should be provided
highlighting the difficulties of fighting fires, including access to confined spaces and preventionof the spread of fire to adjoining spaces.
DAMAGE CONTROL
2
In developing standards of competency given in sections A-II/1, A-II/2 and A-III/2 toachieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency in damage
control and watertight integrity, companies and training institutions should take into account theminimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency for damage control and watertight integrity
as given below:
Competence
Minimize the risk of flooding and maintain a state of readiness to respond to emergency
situations involving damage to the watertight integrity of the ship.
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency
Shipboard damage control plans and organization.
Damage control systems, equipment (lockers) and emergency escape routes
The key elements in maintaining stability and watertight integrity.
Importance of securing flooding and maintaining watertight boundaries.
Actions to be taken aboard a ship in the event of an explosion, grounding, collision,or fireDamage control techniques consistent with equipment found on board the ship bilge
systems and pumps.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 81
Section B-V/a*
Guidance regarding additional training for masters and chief mates of large ships and ships withunusual manoeuvring characteristics
1
It is important that masters and chief mates should have had relevant experience andtraining before assuming the duties of master or chief mate of large ships or ships having unusual
manoeuvring and handling characteristics significantly different from those in which they haverecently served. Such characteristics will generally be found in ships which are of considerable
deadweight or length or of special design or of high speed.
2

Prior to their appointment to such a ship, masters and chief mates should:.1

be informed of the ship’s handling characteristics by the company, particularly in
relation to the knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed under shipmanoeuvring and handling in column 2 of table A-II/2 − Specification of theminimum standard of competence for masters and chief mates on shipsof 500 gross tonnage or more; and.2

be made thoroughly familiar with the use of all navigational and manoeuvring aids
fitted in the ship concerned, including their capabilities and limitations.

3
Before initially assuming command of one of the ships referred to above, the prospective
master should have sufficient and appropriate general experience as master or chief mate, andeither:.1

have sufficient and appropriate experience manoeuvring the same ship under
supervision or in manoeuvring a ship having similar manoeuvring characteristics;
or.2

have attended an approved ship handling simulator course on an installation
capable of simulating the manoeuvring characteristics of such a ship.**

4
The additional training and qualifications of masters and chief mates of dynamicallysupported and high-speed craft should be in accordance with the relevant guidelines of the IMO
Code of Safety for Dynamically Supported Craft and the IMO International Codes of Safety for
High-Speed Craft (1994 HSC Code and 2000 HSC Code), as appropriate.
Section B-V/b*
Guidance regarding training of officers and ratings responsible for cargo handling on ships
carrying dangerous and hazardous substances in solid form in bulk
1
Training should be divided into two parts, a general part on the principles involved and apart on the application of such principles to ship operation. All training and instruction should begiven by properly qualified and suitably experienced personnel and cover at least the subjects
given in paragraphs 2 to 14 hereunder.

***

Note there are no corresponding regulations in the Convention or sections in part A of the Code forsections B-V/a, B-V/b, B-V/c, B-V/d, B-V/e, B-V/f and B-V/g.
The relevant IMO Model Course may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 82

PRINCIPLES
Characteristics and properties
2
The important physical characteristics and chemical properties of dangerous andhazardous substances, sufficient to give a basic understanding of the intrinsic hazards and risks
involved.
Classification of materials possessing chemical hazards
3
IMO dangerous goods classes 4 to 9 and the hazards associated with each class; andmaterials hazardous only in bulk (MHB) outlined in the International Maritime Solid Bulk
Cargoes (IMSBC) Code.
Health hazards
4Dangers from skin contact, inhalation, ingestion and radiation.

Conventions, regulations and recommendations
5
General familiarization with the relevant requirements of chapters II-2 and VII of
the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as amended.
6
General use of and familiarization with the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes(IMSBC) Code, with particular reference to:.1safety of personnel, including safety equipment, measuring instruments, their use
and practical application and interpretation of results;.2

hazards from cargoes which have a tendency to shift; and.3materials possessing chemical hazards.

SHIPBOARD APPLICATIONClass 4.1 − Flammable solids
Class 4.2 − Substances liable to spontaneous combustion
Class 4.3 − Substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases
7
Carriage, stowage and control of temperature to prevent decomposition and possible
explosion; stowage categories; general stowage precautions, including those applicable toself-reactive and related substances; segregation requirements to prevent heating and ignition; theemission of poisonous or flammable gases and the formation of explosive mixtures.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 83
Class 5.1 − Oxidizing substances
8
Carriage, stowage and control of temperature to prevent decomposition and possible
explosion; stowage categories; general stowage precautions and segregation requirements toensure separation from combustible material, from acids and heat sources to prevent fire,
explosion and the formation of toxic gases.
Class 6.1 − Toxic substances
9

Contamination of foodstuffs, working areas and living accommodation and ventilation.

Class 7

− Radioactive material

10
Transport index; types of ores and concentrates; stowage and segregation from persons,
undeveloped photographic film and plates and foodstuffs; stowage categories; general stowage
requirements; special stowage requirements; segregation requirements and separation distances;
segregation from other dangerous goods.
Class 811

− Corrosive substances

Dangers from wetted substances.

Class 9− Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles

12
Examples and associated hazards; the hazards of materials hazardous only in bulk
(IMSBC Code); general and specific stowage precautions; working and transport precautions;segregation requirements.
Safety precautions and emergency procedures
13Electrical safety in cargo spaces; precautions to be taken for entry into enclosed spacesthat may contain oxygen-depleted, poisonous or flammable atmospheres; the possible effects offire in shipments of substances of each class; use of the Emergency Response Procedures for
Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods; emergency plans and procedures to be followed in case ofincidents involving dangerous and hazardous substances and the use of individual entries in theInternational Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes (IMSBC) Code, as appropriate, in this respect.
Medical first aid
14
The IMO Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods(MFAG) and its use and application in association with other guides and medical advice by radio.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 84
Section B-V/c∗
Guidance regarding training of officers and ratings responsible for cargo handling on ships
carrying dangerous and hazardous substances in packaged form
1
Training should be divided into two parts, a general part on the principles involved and apart on the application of such principles to ship operation. All training and instruction should begiven by properly qualified and suitably experienced personnel and cover at least the subjects
given in paragraphs 2 to 19 hereunder.
PRINCIPLES
Characteristics and properties
2
The important physical characteristics and chemical properties of dangerous andhazardous substances, sufficient to give a basic understanding of the intrinsic hazards and risks
involved.
Classification of dangerous and hazardous substances and materials possessing chemicalhazards
3

IMO dangerous goods classes 1 to 9 and the hazards associated with each class.

Health hazards
4Dangers from skin contact, inhalation, ingestion and radiation.

Conventions, regulations and recommendations
5
General familiarization with the relevant requirements of chapters II-2 and VII of
the 1974 SOLAS Convention and of Annex III of MARPOL 73/78, including its implementation
through the IMDG Code.
Use of and familiarization with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code
6
General knowledge of the requirements of the IMDG Code concerning declaration,
documentation, packing, labelling and placarding; freight container and vehicle packing; portabletanks, tank containers and road tank vehicles, and other transport units used for dangerous
substances.
7
Knowledge of identification, marking and labelling for stowage, securing, separation andsegregation in different ship types mentioned in the IMDG Code.
8
Safety of personnel, including safety equipment, measuring instruments, their use andpractical application and the interpretation of results.

*

Note there are no corresponding regulations in the Convention or sections in part A of the Code forsections B-V/a, B-V/b, B-V/c, B-V/d, B-V/e, B-V/f and B-V/g.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 85

SHIPBOARD APPLICATIONClass 1

− Explosives

9
The six hazard divisions and 13 compatibility groups; packagings and magazines used for
carriage of explosives; structural serviceability of freight containers and vehicles; stowage
provisions, including specific arrangements for on-deck and under-deck stowage; segregationfrom dangerous goods of other classes within class 1 and from non-dangerous goods; transportand stowage on passenger ships; suitability of cargo spaces; security precautions; precautions to
be taken during loading and unloading.
Class 2− Gases (compressed, liquefied, or dissolved under pressure), flammable,
non-flammable, non-toxic and toxic

10
Types of pressure vessels and portable tanks, including relief and closing devices used;stowage categories; general stowage precautions, including those for flammable and poisonous
gases and gases which are marine pollutants.
Class 3

− Flammable liquids

11
Packagings, tank containers, portable tanks and road tank vehicles; stowage categories,
including the specific requirements for plastics receptacles; general stowage precautions,
including those for marine pollutants; segregation requirements; precautions to be taken whencarrying flammable liquids at elevated temperatures.
Class 4.1 − Flammable solids
Class 4.2 − Substances liable to spontaneous combustion
Class 4.3 − Substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases
12
Types of packagings; carriage and stowage under controlled temperatures to prevent
decomposition and possible explosion; stowage categories; general stowage precautions,
including those applicable to self-reactive and related substances, desensitized explosives andmarine pollutants; segregation requirements to prevent heating and ignition, the emission of
poisonous or flammable gases and the formation of explosive mixtures.
Class 5.1 − Oxidizing substancesClass 5.2 − Organic peroxides
13
Types of packagings; carriage and stowage under controlled temperatures to prevent
decomposition and possible explosion; stowage categories; general stowage precautions,
including those applicable to marine pollutants; segregation requirements to ensure separationfrom combustible material, from acids and heat sources to prevent fire, explosion and theformation of toxic gases; precautions to minimize friction and impact which can initiate
decomposition.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 86
Class 6.1 − Toxic substancesClass 6.2 − Infectious substances
14
Types of packagings; stowage categories; general stowage precautions, including those
applicable to toxic, flammable liquids and marine pollutants; segregation requirements,
especially considering that the characteristic common to these substances is their ability to cause
death or serious injury to human health; decontamination measures in the event of spillage.
Class 7

− Radioactive material

15
Types of packagings; transport index in relation to stowage and segregation; stowage andsegregation from persons, undeveloped photographic film and plates and foodstuffs; stowage
categories; general stowage requirements; segregation requirements and separation distances;
segregation from other dangerous goods.
Class 8− Corrosive substances

16
Types of packagings; stowage categories; general stowage precautions, including those
applicable to corrosive, flammable liquids and marine pollutants; segregation requirements,
especially considering that the characteristic common to these substances is their ability to cause
severe damage to living tissue.
Class 917

− Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles

Examples of hazards, including marine pollution.

Safety precautions and emergency procedures
18
Electrical safety in cargo spaces; precautions to be taken for entry into enclosed spaces that
may contain oxygen-depleted, poisonous or flammable atmospheres; the possible effects of spillage
or fire in shipments of substances of each class; consideration of events on deck or below deck; useof the IMO Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods; emergency
plans and procedures to be followed in case of incidents involving dangerous substances.
Medical first aid
19
The IMO Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods(MFAG) and its use and application in association with other guides and medical advice by radio.
Section B-V/d∗
Guidance on application of the provisions of the STCW Convention to mobile offshore units(MOUs)
1
The provisions of the STCW Convention apply to the maritime personnel ofself-propelled MOUs proceeding on voyages.

*

Note there are no corresponding regulations in the Convention or sections in part A of the Code forsections B-V/a, B-V/b, B-V/c, B-V/d, B-V/e, B-V/f and B-V/g.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 87

2
The provisions of the STCW Convention do not apply to non-self-propelled MOUs or to
MOUs on station.
3
When considering appropriate standards of training and certification when an MOU is on
station, the country of registry should take account of relevant IMO recommendations.
In particular, all maritime crew members on self-propelled MOUs and, where required, on otherunits should meet the requirements of the STCW Convention, as amended.
4
Self-propelled MOUs proceeding on international voyages are required to carry safemanning documents.
5
MOUs on station are subject to the national legislation of the coastal State in whose
Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) they are operating. Such coastal States should also take accountof relevant IMO recommendations and should not prescribe higher standards for MOUs
registered in other countries than the standards applied to MOUs registered in that coastal State.
6
All special personnel employed on board MOUs (whether or not self-propelled) should be
provided with appropriate familiarization and basic safety training in accordance with relevant
IMO recommendations.
Section B-V/e*
Guidance regarding training and qualifications of masters and officers in charge of a navigational
watch on board offshore supply vessels
1
It is important that masters and officers involved in offshore supply operations shouldhave relevant experience or training before assuming their duties on offshore supply vessels. The
focus should be on onboard operational experience or a combination of operational experienceand simulator training.
2
Masters and officers should understand the unique manoeuvring and handlingcharacteristics common to offshore supply vessels.
3*

Prior to performing offshore supply operations, the master and officers should:.1

have knowledge of the offshore industry and the terms used in the various
operations;.2

understand the importance of maintaining a safe working distance at all times
when working in an offshore location/installation;.3

have knowledge of vessel manoeuvring and station-keeping under various weather
conditions;.4

understand the specific design parameters of the vessels; and.5

understand the need to have unrestricted oversight and views of work areas.

Note there are no corresponding regulations in the Convention or sections in part A of the Code forsections B-V/a, B-V/b, B-V/c, B-V/d, B-V/e, B-V/f and B-V/g.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 88

4

While on board an offshore supply vessel, the master and officers should:.1

have knowledge of the handling characteristics and behaviour of vessels fittedwith various propulsion arrangements; and.2

be capable of operating the offshore supply vessel in close proximity to an
offshore installation and other vessels.

5
Masters should understand the need for other personnel on board who are involved inperforming offshore supply operations to be familiarized with their duties.
Offshore supply vessels performing anchor-handling operations
6
It is important that masters and officers in charge of a navigational watch on board supply
vessels involved in anchor-handling operations have relevant experience and training.
7
Prior to performing anchor-handling operations, masters and officers in charge of anavigational watch should:.1.2

be well informed of the ship’s handling characteristics in relation toanchor-handling, including, but not limited to:.1.1

navigation and position-holding,.1.2

ship-handling,.1.3

thorough knowledge of the stability of offshore supply vessels, inparticular the combination of low angle of GZmax, low open deck and large
external forces. Use of loading calculators and the conflict between a rigid
and stiff ship and good work environment on deck. Potential reduction ofstability from use of anti-rolling devices, and.1.4

operations in hazardous oil-field areas, including locating any pipelines orother structures on the seabed in the area where anchors or other mooring
equipment is likely to be used; andbe made thoroughly familiar with the use of all instruments and systems fitted in
the ship concerned and involved in anchor-handling, including their capabilities
and limitations, including, but not limited to:.2.1

use of various thrusters, conventional or azimuth propulsion,.2.2

pickup, handling, heavy lifting, towing out, anchor-handling and laying of
anchors for offshore rigs, barges and installations,.2.3

towing of rigs, barges and other vessels,.2.4

operation of lifting and towing winches with up to 600 metric tons pull,

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 89.2.5

detailed thorough knowledge of the basis of operation of towing- andanchor-handling winches; in particular, functions of load-limiting devices
and release systems and associated equipment as towing pins and stoppers,
and

.2.6

the significant difference between emergency release of towing hooks andwinches.

8
Masters and officers in charge of a navigational watch in charge of anchor-handlingshould have sufficient and appropriate experience, either by having been supervised or trained ina simulator.
Section B-V/f∗
Guidance on the training and experience for personnel operating dynamic positioning systems
1
Dynamic positioning is defined as the system whereby a self-propelled vessel’s positionand heading is automatically controlled by using its own propulsion units.
2
Personnel engaged in operating a Dynamic Positioning (DP) system should receive
relevant training and practical experience. Theoretical elements of this training should enable
Dynamic Positioning Operators (DPOs) to understand the operation of the DP system and its
components. Knowledge, understanding and experience gained should enable personnel tooperate vessels safely in DP, with due regard for safety of life at sea and protection of the marine
environment.
3
The content of training and experience should include coverage of the following
components of a DP system:∗.1

DP control station;.2

power generation and management;.3

propulsion units;.4

position reference systems;.5heading reference systems;.6

environmental reference systems; and.7external force reference systems, such as hawser tension gauges.

Note there are no corresponding regulations in the Convention or sections in part A of the Code forsections B-V/a, B-V/b, B-V/c, B-V/d, B-V/e, B-V/f and B-V/g.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 90

4
Training and experience should cover the range of routine DP operations, as well as thehandling of DP faults, failures, incidents and emergencies, to ensure that operations are continued
or terminated safely. Training should not be limited to DPOs and DP masters only; otherpersonnel on board, such as electro-technical and engineer officers, may require additional
training and experience to ensure that they are able to carry out their duties on a DP vessel.
Consideration should be given to conducting appropriate DP drills as a part of onboard training
and experience. DPOs should be knowledgeable of the type and purpose of documentation
associated with DP operations, such as operational manuals, Failure Modes and Effects Analysis(FMEAs) and capability plots.
5

All training should be given by properly qualified and suitably experienced personnel.

6Upon appointment to a vessel operating in DP mode, the master, DPOs and otherDP-trained personnel should be familiarized with the specific equipment fitted on and thecharacteristics of the vessel. Particular consideration should be given to the nature of the work of
the vessel and the importance of the DP system to this work.
Section B-V/g*
Guidance regarding training of masters and officers for ships operating in polar waters**
1
It is important that masters, officers in charge of a navigational watch and officers incharge of an engineering watch on board ships operating in polar waters should have relevant
experience and training, as follows:.1.2

Prior to being assigned duties on board such ships:.1.1

For masters and officers in charge of a navigational watch, the training
should provide basic knowledge on at least the subjects given inparagraphs 2 to 11 hereunder, and.1.2

For officers in charge of an engineering watch, the training should provide
basic knowledge on at least the subjects given in paragraphs 3, 6, 10
and 11 hereunder.

Masters and Chief Engineer Officers should have sufficient and appropriate
experience in operating ships in polar waters.

Ice characteristics – ice areas
2
Interpretation of different ice-charts and awareness of limitations in meteorology andoceanography data, ice physics, formation, growth, ageing and stage of melt; ice types andconcentrations; ice pressure; friction from snow-covered ice; implications of spray-icing andicing up; precautions against icing up and mitigation of consequences; ice regimes in different
regions and different seasons, including the differences between the Arctic and the Antarctic;***

Note there are no corresponding regulations in the Convention or sections in part A of the Code forsections B-V/a, B-V/b, B-V/c, B-V/d, B-V/e, B-V/f and B-V/g.
Refer to resolution A.1024(26) on Guidelines for ships operating in polar waters.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 91

recognition of consequences of rapid change in ice and weather conditions; movement of
icebergs and pack ice.
Ship’s performance in ice and cold climate
3
Vessel characteristics; vessel types, hull designs; ice-strengthening requirements;
ice-class in different classification societies – polar class and local regulations; limitations of
ice-classes; winterization and preparedness of vessel; low-temperature system performance.
Voyage and passage planning for a ship in ice*4
Development of safe routeing and passage planning to avoid ice where possible,
including interpreting various forms of ice imagery and data to assist in the preparation of astrategic passage planning; entering ice from open water to avoid icebergs and dangerous ice
conditions; navigation, determining when it is safe or not safe to enter areas containing ice oricebergs due to darkness, swell, fog or pressure ice.
Operating and handling a ship in ice
5
Preparations and risk assessment before approaching ice-infested waters; unassisted
operation of vessels with different ice-class in different ice-types; safe speed in the presence of
ice and icebergs; communications with an icebreaker and other vessels; navigation in various ice
concentrations and coverage; awareness of the increase in energy of movement; use of icebergs
for shelter and access through packed ice.
6
Use of different type of propulsion system and rudder, including awareness of systemstrength and capacity limitations; use of heeling and trim systems, engine loads and coolingproblems.
Regulations and recommendations
7
Local requirements for entering different regions, including the Antarctic Treaty;international regulations and recommendations.
Equipment limitations
8
Use of and hazards associated with terrestrial navigational aids in polar waters;
high-latitude compass errors; discrimination of radar targets and ice-features in ice-clutter;
limitations of electronic positioning systems at high latitude; limitations in nautical charts andpilot descriptions; limitations in communication systems.
Safety precautions and emergency procedures
9
Availability of hydrographic data sufficient for safe navigation; precautions whennavigating in poorly charted waters; limitations of search and rescue readiness and responsibility,
including GMDSS area A4 and its SAR communication facility limitation; awareness ofcontingency planning; knowledge of towing procedures; value of contact with other ships and*Refer to resolution A.999(25) on Guidelines on voyage planning for passenger ships operating in remote areas.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 92

local SAR organization; recognizing dangers when crews are exposed to low temperatures;procedures and techniques for abandoning the ship and survival on the ice; crew-fatigue
problems due to noise and vibrations; carriage of additional resources such as bunkers, food andextra clothing; awareness of the additional severity of consequences of incidents in polar waters.
10
Establishing safe working procedures; awareness of the most common hull andequipment damage and how to avoid them; fire-fighting systems limitations.
Environmental considerations
11
Sensitive sea areas regarding discharge; areas where shipping is prohibited or should be
avoided; special areas in MARPOL; oil-spill equipment limitations; plan for coping withincreased volumes of garbage, bilge water, sludge, sewage, etc.; consequences of pollution in acold climate.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 93

CHAPTER VI
Guidance regarding emergency, occupational safety, security, medical careand survival functions
Section B-VI/1
Guidance regarding mandatory requirements for safety familiarization and basic training andinstruction for all seafarers
FIRE PREVENTION AND FIRE FIGHTING
1
The training in fire prevention and fire fighting required by section A-VI/1 should include
at least the theoretical and practical elements itemized in paragraphs 2 to 4 hereunder*.
Theoretical training
2*

The theoretical training should cover:.1

the three elements of fire and explosion (the fire triangle): fuel; source of ignition;oxygen;.2ignition sources: chemical; biological; physical;.3

flammable materials: flammability; ignition point; burning temperature; burning
speed; thermal value; lower flammable limit (LFL); upper flammable limit (UFL);
flammable range; inerting; static electricity; flashpoint; auto-ignition;.4

fire hazard and spread of fire by radiation, convection and conduction;.5

reactivity;.6

classification of fires and applicable extinguishing agents;.7

main causes of fire on board ships: oil leakage in engine-room; cigarettes;
overheating (bearings); galley appliances (stoves, flues, fryers, hotplates, etc.);
spontaneous ignition (cargo, wastes, etc.); hot work (welding, cutting, etc.);
electrical apparatus (short circuit, non-professional repairs); reaction, self-heating
and auto-ignition; arson; static electricity;.8

fire prevention;.9

fire- and smoke-detection systems; automatic fire alarms;

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 94.10

fire-fighting equipment, including:.10.1

fixed installations on board and their locations; fire mains, hydrants;
international shore connection; smothering installations, carbon dioxide(CO2), foam; pressure water spray system in special category spaces, etc.;
automatic sprinkler system; emergency fire pump; emergency generator;
chemical powder applicants; general outline of required and available
mobile apparatus; high-pressure fog system; high-expansion foam; newdevelopments and equipment,.10.2

firefighter’s outfit, personal equipment; breathing apparatus; resuscitation
apparatus; smoke helmet or mask; fireproof lifeline and harness; and theirlocation on board, and.10.3

general equipment, including fire hoses, nozzles, connections, fire axes;
portable fire extinguishers; fire blankets;.11

construction and arrangements, including escape routes; means for gas-freeingtanks; Class A, B and C divisions; inert gas systems;.12

ship fire-fighting organization, including general alarm; fire control plans, muster
stations and duties of individuals; communications, including ship–shore when in
port; personnel safety procedures; periodic shipboard drills; patrol systems;.13

practical knowledge of resuscitation methods;.14fire-fighting methods, including sounding the alarm; locating and isolating;jettisoning; inhibiting; cooling; smothering; extinguishing; reflash watch; smoke
extraction; and.15

fire-fighting agents, including water, solid jet, spray, fog, flooding; high-,
medium- and low-expansion foam; carbon dioxide (CO2); aqueous-film-forming
foam (AFFF); dry chemical powder; new developments and equipment.

Practical training
3
The practical training given below should take place in spaces which provide truly
realistic training conditions (e.g., simulated shipboard conditions), and whenever possible andpractical should also be carried out in darkness as well as by daylight and should allow thetrainees to acquire the ability to:.1

use various types of portable fire extinguishers;.2

use self-contained breathing apparatus;.3

extinguish smaller fires, e.g., electrical fires, oil fires and propane fires;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 95.4

extinguish extensive fires with water (jet and spray nozzles);.5extinguish fires with either foam, powder or any other suitable chemical agent;.6

enter and pass through, with lifeline but without breathing apparatus,
a compartment into which high-expansion foam has been injected;.7

fight fire in smoke-filled enclosed spaces, wearing self-contained breathingapparatus;.8

extinguish fire with water fog or any other suitable fire-fighting agent in an
accommodation room or simulated engine-room with fire and heavy smoke;.9extinguish an oil fire with fog applicator and spray nozzles; dry chemical powder
or foam applicators;.10

effect a rescue in a smoke-filled space, wearing breathing apparatus.

General4
Trainees should also be made aware of the necessity of maintaining a state of readinesson board.
ELEMENTARY FIRST AID*
5
The training in elementary first aid required by regulation VI/1 as part of the basic
training should be given at an early stage in vocational training, preferably during pre-sea
training, to enable seafarers to take immediate action upon encountering an accident or othermedical emergency until the arrival of a person with first-aid skills or the person in charge of
medical care on board.
PERSONAL SAFETY AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES*
6
Administrations should bear in mind the significance of communication and language
skills in maintaining safety of life and property at sea and in preventing marine pollution. Given
the international character of the maritime industry, the reliance on voice communications fromship to ship and from ship to shore, the increasing use of multinational crews, and the concernthat crew members should be able to communicate with passengers in an emergency, adoption of
a common language for maritime communications would promote safe practice by reducing therisk of human error in communicating essential information.
7
Although not universal, by common practice English is rapidly becoming the standard
language of communication for maritime safety purposes, partly as a result of the use of the IMOStandard Marine Communication Phrases.

*

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 968
Administrations should consider the benefits of ensuring that seafarers have an ability to
use at least an elementary English vocabulary, with an emphasis on nautical terms and situations.
Section B-VI/2
Guidance regarding certification for proficiency in survival craft, rescue boats and fast rescueboats
1
Before training is commenced, the requirement of medical fitness, particularly regarding
eyesight and hearing, should be met by the candidate.
2
The training should be relevant to the provisions of the International Convention for the
Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended*.
3
Parties may also accept onboard training and experience (such as participation in drills)
for maintaining the required standard of competence of table A-VI/2-1, in the areas outlined in
section A-VI/2, paragraphs 6.1.2, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.1, and 10.1.5. Administrations should bear inmind that onboard training in these areas can only be carried out under good weather conditions
and port regulations permitting.
Section B-VI/3
Guidance regarding training in advanced fire fighting(No provisions)
Section B-VI/4
Guidance regarding requirements in medical first aid and medical care1
Training programmes for seafarers designated to undertake the tasks, duties andresponsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/4-1 to provide medical first aid on board shipshould take into account guidance in the revised International Medical Guide for Ships, as
appropriate.
Section B-VI/5
Guidance regarding training and certification for ship security officers
1
The training should be relevant to the provisions of the ISPS Code and the
SOLAS Convention, as amended.*2
On completion of training, a ship security officer should have adequate knowledge of the
English language to correctly interpret and communicate messages relevant to ship or port
facility security.

*

The relevant IMO Model Course(s) may be of assistance in the preparation of courses.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 973
In circumstances of exceptional necessity, when a person holding a certificate ofproficiency as a ship security officer is temporarily unavailable, the Administration may permit aseafarer having specific security duties and responsibilities and an understanding of the ship
security plan to serve as ship security officer and to execute all duties and responsibilities of theship security officer until the next port of call or for a period not exceeding 30 days, whichever isgreater. The company should, as soon as possible, inform the competent authorities of the nextport(s) of call of the arrangements in place.
Section B-VI/6
Guidance regarding mandatory minimum requirements for security-related training andinstruction for all seafarers
Familiarization and security-awareness1
Seafarers and shipboard personnel are not security experts and it is not the aim of theprovisions of the Convention or this Code to convert them into security specialists.
2
Seafarers and shipboard personnel should receive adequate security-related training or
instruction and familiarization training so as to acquire the required knowledge andunderstanding to perform their assigned duties and to collectively contribute to the enhancementof maritime security.
3
Seafarers without designated security duties should complete the security awarenesstraining or instruction set out in section A-VI/6 at least one time in their career. There is no needfor refreshment or revalidation of this training if the seafarer or the shipboard personnel
concerned meet the security-related familiarization requirements of regulation VI/6 andparticipate in the drills and exercises required by the ISPS Code.
Seafarers with designated security duties
4
The expression “with designated security duties” in section A-VI/6 denotes those having
specific security duties and responsibilities in accordance with the ship security plan.
5
Seafarers with designated security duties should complete the training as set out insection A-VI/6 at least one time in their career. There is no need for refreshment or revalidationof this training if the seafarer or the shipboard personnel concerned meet the security-relatedfamiliarization requirements of regulation VI/6 and participate in the drills and exercises requiredby the ISPS Code.
6
Those providing “security-related familiarization training” in accordance withsection A-VI/6 should not be required to meet the requirements of either regulation I/6 or of
section A-I/6.
7
In circumstances of exceptional necessity, when the shipboard security-related duties are
required to be undertaken by a person qualified to perform designated security-related duties andsuch a person is temporarily unavailable, the Administration may permit a seafarer without
designated security duties to perform such duties provided such a person has an understanding of
the ship security plan, until the next port of call or for a period not exceeding 30 days, whichever isgreater.
I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 98

CHAPTER VII
Guidance regarding alternative certification
Section B-VII/1
Guidance regarding the issue of alternative certificates(No provisions)
Section B-VII/2
Guidance regarding special integrated deck and engine training programmes
1Each Party should ensure that any special integrated deck and engine training programme:.1

is provided by means of an approved training programme;.2

takes place ashore within maritime training institutions and/or on board approved
training ships; and.3is documented in an approved training record book.

Section B-VII/3
Guidance regarding principles governing the issue of alternative certificates(No provisions)

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 99

CHAPTER VIII
Guidance regarding watchkeeping
Section B-VIII/1
Guidance regarding fitness for duty
Prevention of fatigue
1
In observing the rest period requirements, “overriding operational conditions” should beconstrued to mean only essential shipboard work which cannot be delayed for safety or
environmental reasons or which could not reasonably have been anticipated at thecommencement of the voyage.
2
Although there is no universally accepted technical definition of fatigue, everyone
involved in ship operations should be alert to the factors which can contribute to fatigue,
including, but not limited to, those identified by the Organization*, and take them into accountwhen making decisions on ship operations.
3

In applying regulation VIII/1, the following should be taken into account:.1

provisions made to prevent fatigue should ensure that excessive or unreasonable
overall working hours are not undertaken. In particular, the minimum rest periods
specified in section A-VIII/1 should not be interpreted as implying that all otherhours may be devoted to watchkeeping or other duties;.2

the frequency and length of leave periods, and the granting of compensatory
leave, are material factors in preventing fatigue from building up over a period oftime; and.3

the provisions may be varied for ships on short sea voyages, provided special
safety arrangements are put in place.

[3bis Exceptions provided for in section A-VIII/1, paragraph 9, should be construed to mean
the exceptions laid down by the ILO Convention on Seafarers’ Hours of Work and the Manningof Ships, 1996 (No.180) or the Maritime Labour Convention, 2006, when it enters into force.
The circumstances under which such exceptions are applied should be defined by the Parties.]
4
Based on information received as a result of investigating maritime casualties,
Administrations should keep their provisions on prevention of fatigue under review.

*

See the annex to IMO resolution A.772(18), paragraphs 2 to 4.4.1 and MSC/Circ.1014.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 100Prevention of drug and alcohol abuse
5
Drug and alcohol abuse directly affect the fitness and ability of a seafarer to perform
watchkeeping duties or duties that involve designated safety, prevention of pollution and security
duties. Seafarers found to be under the influence of drugs or alcohol should not be permitted toperform watchkeeping duties or duties that involve designated safety, prevention of pollution andsecurity duties, until they are no longer impaired in their ability to perform those duties.
6
Administrations should ensure that adequate measures are taken to prevent alcohol anddrugs from impairing the ability of watchkeeping personnel and those whose duties involve
designated safety, prevention of pollution and security duties, and should establish screening
programmes as necessary which:.1

identify drug and alcohol abuse;.2

respect the dignity, privacy, confidentiality and fundamental legal rights of theindividuals concerned; and.3take into account relevant international guidelines.

7
Companies should consider the implementation of a clearly written policy of drug andalcohol abuse prevention, including prohibition to consume alcohol within four hours prior toserving as a member of a watch either by inclusion in the company’s quality-management system
or by means of providing adequate information and education to the seafarers.
8
Those involved in establishing drug and alcohol abuse prevention programmes shouldtake into account the guidance contained in the ILO publication Drug and Alcohol Prevention
Programmes in the Maritime Industry (A Manual for Planners)*, as may be amended.
Section B-VIII/2
Guidance regarding watchkeeping arrangements and principles to be observed
1
The following operational guidance should be taken into account by companies, masters
and watchkeeping officers.
PART 1 – GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION(No provisions)PART 2 – GUIDANCE ON VOYAGE PLANNING(No provisions)*Annex III of this manual includes “Guiding Principles on Drug and Alcohol Testing procedures for Worldwide
Application in the Maritime Industry”. These guiding principles were adopted by the Joint ILO/WHO
Committee on the Health of Seafarers (May 1993).

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 101

PART 3 – WATCHKEEPING PRINCIPLES IN GENERAL(No provisions)PART 4 – GUIDANCE ON WATCHKEEPING AT SEAPart 4-1 – Guidance on keeping a navigational watch
Introduction
2
Particular guidance may be necessary for special types of ships as well as for ships
carrying hazardous, dangerous, toxic or highly flammable cargoes. The master should provide
this operational guidance as appropriate.
3
It is essential that officers in charge of the navigational watch appreciate that the efficientperformance of their duties is necessary in the interests of the safety of life and property at sea
and of preventing pollution of the marine environment.
Anchor watch
4
The master of every ship at an unsheltered anchorage, at an open roadstead or any othervirtually “at sea” conditions in accordance with chapter VIII, section A-VIII/2, part 4-1,
paragraph 51 of the STCW Code, should ensure that watchkeeping arrangements are adequate formaintaining a safe watch at all times. A deck officer should at all times maintain responsibility
for a safe anchor watch.
5
In determining the watchkeeping arrangements, and commensurate with maintaining theship’s safety and security and the protection of the marine environment, the master should take
into account all pertinent circumstances and conditions such as:.1maintaining a continuous state of vigilance by sight and hearing as well as by allother available means;.2

ship-to-ship and ship-to-shore communication requirements;.3

the prevailing weather, sea, ice and current conditions;.4the need to continuously monitor the ship’s position;.5

the nature, size and characteristics of anchorage;.6

traffic conditions;.7

situations which might affect the security of the ship;.8

loading and discharging operations;.9the designation of stand-by crew members; and.10

the procedure to alert the master and maintain engine readiness.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 102

Part 4-2 – Guidance on keeping an engineering watch
6
Particular guidance may be necessary for special types of propulsion systems or ancillaryequipment and for ships carrying hazardous, dangerous, toxic or highly flammable materials orother special types of cargo. The chief engineer officer should provide this operational guidance
as appropriate.
7
It is essential that officers in charge of the engineering watch appreciate that the efficientperformance of engineering watchkeeping duties is necessary in the interest of the safety of lifeand property at sea and of preventing pollution of the marine environment.
8

The relieving officer, before assuming charge of the engineering watch, should:.1

be familiar with the location and use of the equipment provided for the safety oflife in a hazardous or toxic environment;.2

ascertain that materials for the administration of emergency medical first aid arereadily available, particularly those required for the treatment of burns and scalds;
and.3

when in port, safely anchored or moored, be aware of:.3.1

cargo activities, the status of maintenance and repair functions and allother operations affecting the watch, and.3.2

the auxiliary machinery in use for passenger or crew accommodation
services, cargo operations, operational water supplies and exhaust systems.

Part 4-3 – Guidance on keeping a radio watch
General
9
Among other things, the Radio Regulations require that each ship radio station islicensed, is under the ultimate authority of the master or other person responsible for the ship andis only operated under the control of adequately qualified personnel. The Radio Regulations also
require that a distress alert shall only be sent on the authority of the master or other person
responsible for the ship.
10
The master should bear in mind that all personnel assigned responsibility for sending a
distress alert must be instructed with regard to, be knowledgeable of, and be able to operateproperly all radio equipment on the ship, as required by regulation I/14, paragraph 1.5.
This should be recorded in the deck or radio log-book.
Watchkeeping
11
In addition to the requirements concerning radio watchkeeping, the master of every
seagoing ship should ensure that:

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 103.1

the ship’s radio station is adequately manned for the purpose of exchanging generalcommunications – in particular public correspondence, taking into account theconstraints imposed by the duties of those authorized to operate it; and.2

the radio equipment provided on board and, where fitted, the reserve sources ofenergy are maintained in an efficient working condition.

12
Necessary instruction and information on use of radio equipment and procedures for
distress and safety purposes should be given periodically to all relevant crew members by the
person designated in the muster list to have primary responsibility for radiocommunications
during distress incidents. This should be recorded in the radio log.
13
The master of every ship not subject to the SOLAS Convention should require that radio
watchkeeping is adequately maintained as determined by the Administration, taking into accountthe Radio Regulations.
Operational
14
Prior to sailing, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility forradiocommunications during distress incidents should ensure that:

15

16

.1

all distress and safety radio equipment and the reserve source of energy are in an
efficient working condition, and that this is recorded in the radio log;

.2

all documents required by international agreement, notices to ship radio stations
and additional documents required by the Administration are available and arecorrected in accordance with the latest supplements, and that any discrepancy isreported to the master;.3

the radio clock is correctly set against standard time signals;.4antennae are correctly positioned, undamaged and properly connected; and.5to the extent practicable, routine weather and navigational warning messages forthe area in which the ship will be navigating are updated together with those forother areas requested by the master, and that such messages are passed to themaster.

On sailing and opening the station, the radio operator on watch should:.1

listen on the appropriate distress frequencies for any possible existing distresssituation; and.2send a traffic report (name, position and destination, etc.) to the local coast station
and any other appropriate coast station from which general communications may
be expected.

While the station is open, the radio operator on watch should:.1check the radio clock against standard time signals at least once a day;

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 104.2

send a traffic report when entering and on leaving the service area of a coaststation from which general communications might be expected; and.3transmit reports to ship reporting systems in accordance with the instructions of
the master.

17
While at sea, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility forradiocommunications during distress incidents should ensure the proper functioning of:.1

the digital selective calling (DSC) distress and safety radio equipment by meansof a test call at least once each week; and.2

the distress and safety radio equipment by means of a test at least once each day
but without radiating any signal.

The results of these tests should be recorded in the radio log.
18
The radio operator designated to handle general communications should ensure that aneffective watch is maintained on those frequencies on which communications are likely to beexchanged, having regard to the position of the ship in relation to those coast stations and tocoast earth stations from which traffic may be expected. When exchanging traffic, radio
operators should follow the relevant ITU recommendations.
19
When closing the station on arrival at a port, the radio operator on watch should advise
the local coast station and other coast stations with which contact has been maintained of the
ship’s arrival and of the closing of the station.
20
When closing the radio station, the radio operator designated as having primary
responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should:.1

ensure that transmitting antennae are earthed; and.2check that the reserve sources of energy are sufficiently charged.

Distress alerts and procedures
21
The distress alert or distress call has absolute priority over all other transmissions.
All stations which receive such signals are required by the Radio Regulations to immediately
cease all transmissions capable of interfering with distress communications.
22
In the case of a distress affecting own ship, the radio operator designated as having
primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should immediately
assume responsibility for following the procedures of the Radio Regulations and relevant
ITU-R Recommendations.
23

On receiving a distress alert:.1

the radio operator on watch should alert the master and, if appropriate, the radio
operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications
during distress incidents; and

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 105.2

the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility forradiocommunications during distress incidents should evaluate the situation and
immediately assume responsibility for following the procedures of the Radio
Regulations and relevant ITU-R Recommendations.

Urgency messages
24
In cases of urgency affecting own ship, the radio operator designated as having
responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should immediately assume
responsibility for following the procedures of the Radio Regulations and relevant
ITU-R Recommendations.
25
In cases of communications relating to medical advice, the radio operator designated ashaving primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should follow
the procedures of the Radio Regulations and adhere to the conditions as published in the relevantinternational documentation (see paragraph 14.2) or as specified by the satellite service provider.
26
In cases of communications relating to medical transports, as defined in the Protocol
additional to the Geneva Conventions of 12 August 1949, and relating to the protection of
victims of international armed conflicts (Protocol I), the radio operator designated as having
primary responsibility for radiocommunication during distress incidents should follow theprocedures of the Radio Regulations.
27
On receiving an urgency message, the radio operator on watch should alert the master
and, if appropriate, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility forradiocommunications during distress incidents.
Safety messages
28
When a safety message is to be transmitted, the master and the radio operator on watch
should follow the procedures of the Radio Regulations.
29
On receiving a safety message, the radio operator on watch should note its content andact in accordance with the master’s instructions.
30
Bridge-to-bridge communications should be exchanged on VHF channel 13.
Bridge-to-bridge communications are described as “Intership Navigation Safety Communications”
in the Radio Regulations.
Radio records
31
Additional entries in the radio log should be made in accordance with paragraphs 10, 12, 14, 17
and 33.
32
Unauthorized transmissions and incidents of harmful interference should, if possible, be
identified, recorded in the radio log and brought to the attention of the Administration incompliance with the Radio Regulations, together with an appropriate extract from the radio log.

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16/Add.1
ANNEX 3
Page 106

Battery maintenance
33
Batteries providing a source of energy for any part of the radio installation, including
those associated with uninterrupted power supplies, are the responsibility of the radio operator
designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents
and should be:.1tested on-load and off-load daily and, where necessary, brought up to the fully
charged condition;.2

tested once per week by means of a hydrometer where practicable, or, where ahydrometer cannot be used, by a suitable load test; and.3checked once per month for the security of each battery and its connections andthe condition of the batteries and their compartment or compartments.

The results of these tests should be recorded in the radio log.
PART 5 – GUIDANCE ON WATCHKEEPING IN PORT(No provisions)______________

I:\STW\41\16-Add-1.doc

STW 41/16

ANNEX 4
DRAFT CONFERENCE RESOLUTIONSResolution 1
Transitional provisions and early implementation

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),[HAVING AGREED to include regulation I/15 on Transitional provisions, which allows for aninterval of 5 years, or until the time of the next revalidation of certificate(s) of competency after
the amendments have entered into force, whichever is later, before Parties will be required toissue, recognize and endorse certificates in accordance with the amendments adopted by the
Conference,]
RECOGNIZING that, in order to achieve full compliance by [date of entry into force plus five
years] [or] [the time of next revalidation of certificate(s) of competency after the amendments
have entered into force, whichever is earlier], it is necessary for Parties to promptly begin taking
appropriate measures to implement the STCW Convention and Code in their national training,certification and administration systems,
BEING CONCERNED that difficulties, which may arise in connection with the implementationof the requirements of the STCW Convention and Code, could undermine the objective of
introducing the highest practicable standards of competence at the earliest possible time,1.
URGES each Party to keep the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization informedof progress made in respect of the transitional provisions of regulation I/15 under its national
system to implement the requirements of the amendments to the STCW Convention and Code,adopted by the Conference, as well as any difficulties encountered in this regard;
2.
FURTHER URGES each Party to take appropriate steps for early implementation of theamendments to the STCW Convention and Code adopted by the Conference;
3.
INVITES the Maritime Safety Committee of the International Maritime Organization, inorder to promote the introduction of the highest practicable standards of competence as soon as
possible, to monitor progress toward implementation of the STCW Convention and Code by all
Parties, with the aim of encouraging an orderly transition and anticipating complications, which
could otherwise undermine full and effective implementation.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 2

Resolution 2
Verification of certificatesof competency and endorsements

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended,
RECOGNIZING the importance of adequate education and training for, and experience acquiredby, all seafarers,
RECOGNIZING ALSO the need for all ships to be manned and operated by properly trained andcertified seafarers,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER that the verification of certificates of competency and endorsements
issued to seafarers is essential also from the point of view of preventing unlawful practices
associated with the issuance of such certificates as well as to supporting port State control
activities,
RECOMMENDS that Administrations take appropriate steps to:.1establish electronic databases to assist in verifying the authenticity and validity ofcertificates of competency and endorsements they issue; and.2

respond appropriately and in a timely manner to any request from other
Administrations for verification of the authenticity and validity of certificates ofcompetency and endorsements.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 3

Resolution 3Standards of training and certificationand ships’ manning levels

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
RECOGNIZING the importance of adequate education and training for, and experience acquiredby, all seafarers,
RECOGNIZING ALSO the need for all ships to be manned and operated by properly trained andcertified seafarers,
NOTING that the STCW Convention and Code establish standards of training, certification andwatchkeeping for seafarers,
1.
REAFFIRMS that the STCW Convention and Code are instruments concerned withstandards of training and certification and do not determine ships’ manning levels;
2.
REAFFIRMS ALSO that any decision relating to ships’ manning levels is the
responsibility of the Administrations and shipowners concerned taking into account the
principles of safe manning* adopted by the International Maritime Organization.

*

Refers to resolution A.890(21), as amended on Principles of safe manning, adopted by the Assembly of theInternational Maritime Organization on 25 November 1999.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 4

Resolution 4
Promotion of technical knowledge, skills
and professionalism of seafarers

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
NOTING with concern the reported and anticipated shortage of qualified officers to effectively
man and operate ships engaged in international trade,
APPRECIATING that the overall effectiveness of selection, training and certification processes
can only be evaluated through the skills, abilities and competence exhibited by seafarers during
the course of their service on board ship,
RECOMMENDS that Administrations make arrangements to ensure that shipping companies:.1establish criteria and processes for the selection of seafarers exhibiting the highest
practicable standards of technical knowledge, skills and professionalism;.2

monitor the standards exhibited by ships’ personnel in the performance of theirduties;.3

encourage all officers serving on their ships to participate actively in the trainingof junior personnel;.4monitor carefully and review frequently the progress made by junior personnel in
the acquisition of knowledge and skills during their service on board ship;.5

provide refresher and updating training at suitable intervals, as may be required;and.6take all appropriate measures to instil pride in the maritime profession andencourage the creation of a safety culture and environmental conscience among all
those who serve on their ships.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 5Resolution 5
Development of guidelines to implement international standards of
medical fitness for seafarers

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
RECOGNIZING the importance of the overall medical fitness of masters and ships’ crews to thesafety of life and property at sea and the protection of the marine environment,
TAKING COGNIZANCE OF the international standards of medical fitness for seafarers
included in the STCW Convention and Code and the Maritime Labour Convention, 2006,
INVITES the International Maritime Organization, in co-operation with the International Labour
Organization and the World Health Organization, to develop guidelines to implement the
aforementioned standards.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 6
Resolution 6
Revision of model courses published by theInternational Maritime Organization

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
RECOGNIZING the significant contribution made to seafarers’ training and certification throughmodel courses, validated and published by the International Maritime Organization (IMO),
providing core curricula based on the minimum requirements of the STCW Convention and
Code,
APPRECIATING that the aforementioned model courses have assisted many training institutions
to improve the quality of the training they provide and have been used to improve procedures forassessing competency,
DESIRING to achieve greater uniformity in the application of the training and assessment
provisions of the STCW Convention and Code,INVITES:.1

IMO to take steps to revise and update those model courses, which provide
guidance on the implementation of the training and assessment provisions of the
STCW Convention and Code; and.2

Governments and international organizations to provide funding for, andotherwise assist in, the revision and updating of such model courses.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 7

Resolution 7
Promotion of technical co-operation

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
RECOGNIZING the importance of adequate education and training for, and experience acquiredby, all seafarers,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER that, in some cases, there may be limited facilities for providing
specialized training programmes and obtaining the required experience, particularly indeveloping countries,
BELIEVING that the promotion of technical co-operation will assist countries lacking adequate
expertise or facilities in providing proper training and experience to implement the STCW
Convention and Code,1.
STRONGLY URGES Parties to provide, or arrange to provide, in co-operation with theInternational Maritime Organization (IMO), assistance to those States, which have difficulty inmeeting the revised requirements of the STCW Convention and Code and which request suchassistance;
2.
INVITES IMO to intensify its endeavours to provide States with the assistance they may
require and to make adequate provision for that purpose within its technical co-operation
programme.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 8Resolution 8
Measures to ensure the competency of masters and officers on ships operatingin polar waters

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
NOTING that, as a result of the increase in maritime traffic in polar waters, several accidents
have occurred there in recent years,
NOTING FURTHER the remoteness and the singular hydrographic, oceanographic,
meteorological and glaciological characteristics of polar waters, to the extent that search andrescue, care and evacuation of persons and addressing the consequences of pollution entail
considerable operational and logistical problems,
RECOGNIZING that the operation of ships sailing in polar waters calls for specific education,
training, experience and related qualifications for masters and officers on board such ships,
RECOGNIZING ALSO the efforts made by governments to train masters and officers throughcourses dedicated to this particular class of navigation,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER both the Guidelines for ships operating in polar waters* and theneed for mandatory training requirements when the Polar Code under development by theInternational Maritime Organization is adopted,
RECOMMENDS that governments adopt measures conducive to ensuring that masters andofficers of ships, which operate in polar waters, have appropriate training and experience, so thatthey are able to:*.1plan voyages to polar waters, taking into account glaciological, hydrographic,
oceanographic and meteorological factors;.2navigate safely in polar waters, in particular in restricted ice-covered areas underadverse conditions of wind and visibility; and.3supervise and ensure compliance with the requirements deriving fromintergovernmental agreements and with those relating to safety of life at sea andprotection of the marine environment.

Refer to resolution A.1024(26) − Guidelines for ships operating in polar waters, adopted by the Assembly of theInternational Maritime Organization on 2 December 2009.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 9Resolution 9
Attracting new entrants to, and retaining seafarers in, the maritime profession

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
BEING AWARE that more than 90% of world trade is carried by sea and that the shipping
industry operates safely, securely, efficiently and in an environmentally-sound manner,
RECOGNIZING the vital service seafarers provide to shipping, an industry that contributes
significantly to global and sustainable development and prosperity,
RECOGNIZING ALSO the need for today’s increasingly sophisticated ships to be entrusted toseafarers who are competent in all respects to operate them in a safe, secure, efficient andenvironmentally-sound manner,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER that any discriminative legislation adopted and practices enacted
have the potential to discourage young people from joining the profession and serving seafarers
from remaining in it,
NOTING with concern the reported and anticipated shortage of qualified officers to effectively
man and operate ships,
NOTING ALSO with appreciation the “Go to Sea!” campaign launched, in November 2008, by
the Secretary-General of the International Maritime Organization, in co-operation with theInternational Labour Organization, BIMCO, International Chamber of Shipping, International
Shipping Federation, INTERCARGO, INTERTANKO and the International Transport Workers’
Federation,
APPRECIATING the overall efforts of the shipping industry to promote among young persons acareer at sea,
RECOMMENDS that Administrations, shipping companies, shipowner, ship manager andseafarer organizations and any other entities concerned do their utmost to promote among young
persons a career at sea and to retain existing seafarers within the industry by:.1engendering a more favourable public perception, in particular among young
people, of the maritime industry;.2

promoting a greater awareness and knowledge among young people of theopportunities offered by a career at sea;

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 10.3

improving the quality of life at sea by bringing it more closely in line with thecareer alternatives available ashore and by enhancing the facilities provided on
board ships, including accessing the Internet;.4

encouraging all officers serving on their ships to participate actively in the training
and mentoring of junior personnel during their service on board ship;.5

encouraging the provision of adequate accommodation for trainees on newbuildings; and.6taking all appropriate measures to instil pride in the maritime profession andencourage the creation of a safety culture and environmental conscience among all
those who serve on their ships.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 11
Resolution 10
Accommodation for trainees

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
NOTING with concern the reported and anticipated shortage of qualified officers to effectively
man and operate ships engaged in international trade,
RECOGNIZING the need for today’s increasingly sophisticated ships to be entrusted to seafarers
who are competent in all respects to operate them in a safe, secure, efficient andenvironmentally-sound manner,
RECOGNIZING ALSO that minimum mandatory seagoing service forms part of therequirements prescribed in the STCW Convention and Code for operational level and support
level certification,
RECOGNIZING FURTHER that the lack of adequate accommodation for trainees on board
ships constitutes a significant impediment to properly training them and subsequently retaining
them at sea, thus adding to the aforementioned shortage,
URGES shipowners, ship managers and shipping companies to provide suitable accommodation
for trainees on board their ships both existing and new.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 12Resolution 11
Promotion of the participation of womenin the maritime industry

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended,
NOTING the Long- and Medium-Term Plans for the Integration of Women in the Maritime
Sector developed by the International Maritime Organization,
EXPRESSING SUPPORT for the latter’s aims to promote the training of women in the maritime
sector,CONSIDERING HIGHLY DESIRABLE that both men and women have equal access
opportunities to maritime training and to employment on board ship,
INVITES Governments:.1

to give special consideration to securing equal access by men and women in all
sectors of the maritime industry; and.2

to highlight the role of women in the seafaring profession and to promote theirgreater participation in maritime training and at all levels in the maritime industry.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 13

Resolution 12
Future amendments and review of the STCW Convention and CodeTHE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
NOTING that rapidly evolving technology and training methodologies require a consistent
approach towards reviewing, amending and updating the STCW Convention and Code,NOTING FURTHER, however, that frequent amendments to the STCW Convention and Codemay be problematic to Maritime Administrations, shipowners, maritime training and education
institutions and/or seafarers and should, therefore, be avoided,
1.
RECOMMENDS that significant and extensive amendments to the STCW Convention
and Code should preferably be developed and adopted on a five-yearly cycle basis;
2.
RECOMMENDS FURTHER that a comprehensive review of the STCW Convention and
Code should be carried out every ten years to address any inconsistencies identified in theinterim; and to ensure that they are up-to-date with emerging technologies.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 4
Page 14
Resolution 13
Contribution of the International Labour Organization

THE 2010 MANILA CONFERENCE,HAVING ADOPTED amendments to the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 and to the Seafarers’ Training, Certificationand Watchkeeping Code, as amended (STCW Convention and Code),
RECOGNIZING the role, competence and expertise of the International Labour Organization(ILO) on matters relating to the occupational safety and health of seafarers,
RECOGNIZING ALSO the significant benefit to the achievement of the objective of theInternational Maritime Organization and the shipping industry from the Maritime Labour
Convention, 2006 (MLC 2006), once in force and implemented,
1.

EXPRESSES its appreciation for the contribution made by ILO during the developmentof the aforementioned amendments to the STCW Convention and Code; and2.

STRONGLY RECOMMENDS to Governments, which have not yet done so, to promptly
ratify the MLC 2006 to enable its expeditious entry into force and, thereafter, to ensure its
wide and effective implementation.

***

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16

ANNEX 5
DRAFT ASSEMBLY RESOLUTION A.[….] (27)
PRINCIPLES OF MINIMUM SAFE MANNING

THE ASSEMBLY,
RECALLING Article 15(j) of the Convention on the International Maritime Organization
concerning the functions of the Assembly in relation to regulations and guidelines concerning
maritime safety and the prevention and control of marine pollution from ships,
RECALLING ALSO Article 28(a) of that Convention which requires the Maritime Safety
Committee to consider, inter alia, the manning of seagoing ships from a safety standpoint,
NOTING that safe manning is a function of the number of qualified and experienced
seafarers necessary for the safety and security of the ship, crew, passengers, cargo and property
and for the protection of the marine environment,
RECOGNIZING the importance of the requirements of the pertinent IMO instruments aswell as those adopted by ILO, ITU and WHO relevant to maritime safety and protection of themarine environment,
MINDFUL of the provisions of SOLAS regulation V/14, as amended, with respect to theissue of an appropriate safe manning document or equivalent as evidence of minimum safemanning,
ALSO MINDFUL of the provisions of SOLAS chapter XI-2 and the International Shipand Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code relating to the security of ships and port facilities,
BEING AWARE that the ability of seafarers to maintain observance of theserequirements is dependent upon their continued efficiency through conditions relating to training,
hours of work and rest, occupational safety, health and hygiene and the proper provision of food,
BELIEVING that international acceptance of broad principles as a framework foradministrations to determine the safe manning of ships would materially enhance maritime
safety, security and protection of the marine environment,
HAVING CONSIDERED the recommendation made by the Maritime Safety Committee
at its [eighty-eighth] session,
1.
ADOPTS the Principles of minimum safe manning, the Guidelines for the application ofprinciples of safe manning and the Guidance on contents and model form of minimum safemanning document, set out respectively in Annexes 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 to the present resolution;
2.
RECOMMENDS that Governments, in establishing the minimum safe manning for ships
flying their countries’ flag, observe the Principles set out in Annex 1 and the procedures as set
out in Annex 5 and take into account the Guidelines set out in Annexes 2 and 3;

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 2
3.
URGES Governments to ensure that minimum safe manning documents contain, as aminimum, the information set out in Annex 4;
4.
URGES FURTHER Governments, when exercising port State control functions underinternational conventions in force with respect to foreign ships visiting their ports, to regard
compliance with the minimum safe manning documents as evidence that such ships are safely
manned;5.

REQUESTS the Maritime Safety Committee to keep this resolution under review;

6.

REVOKES resolutions A.890(21) and A.955(23).

***

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 3
ANNEX 1GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES OFMINIMUM SAFE MANNING

1

INTRODUCTION

1.1
These Guidelines should be used in applying the principles of minimum safe manning set out
in section 3 to ensure the safe operation of ships to which article III of the 1978 STCW Convention,as amended, applies, and the security of ships to which chapter XI-2 of the 1974 SOLAS Convention,as amended, applies, and for the protection of the marine environment.
1.2
The Administration may retain or adopt arrangements which differ from the provisions
herein recommended and which are especially adapted to technical developments and to special
types of ships and trades. However, at all times the Administration should satisfy itself that thedetailed manning arrangements ensure a degree of safety at least equivalent to that established bythese Guidelines.
2

OBJECTIVES

2.1
The objectives of these Guidelines are to ensure that a ship is sufficiently, effectively andefficiently manned to provide safety and security of the ship, safe navigation and operations atsea, safe operations in port, prevention of human injury or loss of life, the avoidance of damage
to the marine environment and to property, and to ensure the welfare and health of seafarers
through the avoidance of fatigue. These objectives can be achieved through the following:

3.1

adoption of a goal-based approach;.2

standard procedures for effective implementation; and.3

effective enforcement.

PRINCIPLES OF MINIMUM SAFE MANNING

3.1
The following principles should be observed in determining the minimum safe manningof a ship:.1

the capability to:.1.1

maintain safe navigational, port, engineering and radio watches inaccordance with regulation VIII/2 of the 1978 STCW Convention, as
amended, and also maintain general surveillance of the ship;.1.2

moor and unmoor the ship safely;.1.3

manage the safety functions of the ship when employed in a stationary or
near-stationary mode at sea;

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 4

.2

3.2

.1.4

perform operations, as appropriate, for the prevention of damage to themarine environment;.1.5

maintain the safety arrangements and the cleanliness of all accessible
spaces to minimize the risk of fire;.1.6

provide for medical care on board ship;.1.7

ensure safe carriage of cargo during transit;.1.8

inspect and maintain, as appropriate, the structural integrity of the ship;
and

.1.9

operate in accordance with the approved Ship’s Security Plan; andthe ability to:.2.1

operate all watertight closing arrangements and maintain them in effective
condition, and also deploy a competent damage control party;.2.2

operate all onboard fire-fighting and emergency equipment and life-saving
appliances, carry out such maintenance of this equipment as is required to
be done at sea, and muster and disembark all persons on board; and.2.3

operate the main propulsion and auxiliary machinery including pollution
prevention equipment and maintain them in a safe condition to enable theship to overcome the foreseeable perils of the voyage.

The following onboard functions, when applicable, should also be taken into account:.1

ongoing training requirements for all personnel, including the operation and use offire-fighting and emergency equipment, life-saving appliances and watertightclosing arrangements;.2

specialized training requirements for particular types of ships and in instanceswhere crew members are engaged in shipboard tasks that cross departmental
boundaries;.3

provision of proper food and drinking water;.4

need to undertake emergency duties and responsibilities; and.5need to provide training opportunities for entrant seafarers to allow them to gain
the training and experience needed.

***

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 5

ANNEX 2GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM SAFE MANNING

1

DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM SAFE MANNING

1.1
The minimum safe manning of a ship should be established taking into account all
relevant factors, including the following:.1

size and type of ship;.2

number, size and type of main propulsion units and auxiliaries;.3

level of ship automation;.4

construction and equipment of the ship;.5

method of maintenance used;.6

cargo to be carried;.7

frequency of port calls, length and nature of voyages to be undertaken;.8

trading area(s), waters and operations in which the ship is involved;.9extent to which training activities are conducted on board;.10

degree of shoreside support provided to the ship by the company;.11

applicable work hour limits and/or rest requirements; and.12

the provisions of the approved Ship’s Security Plan.

1.2
The determination of the minimum safe manning of a ship should be based on
performance of the functions at the appropriate level(s) of responsibility, as specified in the
STCW Code, which include the following:.1

navigation, comprising the tasks, duties and responsibilities required to:.1plan and conduct safe navigation;.2

maintain a safe navigational watch in accordance with the requirements of
the STCW Code;.3

manoeuvre and handle the ship in all conditions; and.4moor and unmoor the ship safely;

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 6.2

cargo handling and stowage, comprising the tasks, duties and responsibilities
required to:
.1

.3

.4

.5

.6

plan, monitor and ensure safe loading, stowage, securing, care during thevoyage and unloading of cargo to be carried on the ship;

operation of the ship and care for persons on board, comprising the tasks, duties
and responsibilities required to:.1

maintain the safety and security of all persons on board and keep
life-saving, fire-fighting and other safety systems in operational condition;.2

operate and maintain all watertight closing arrangements;.3

perform operations, as appropriate, to muster and disembark all persons
on board;.4

perform operations, as appropriate, to ensure protection of the marine
environment;.5

provide for medical care on board the ship; and.6

undertake administrative tasks required for the safe operation and the
security of the ship;

marine engineering, comprising the tasks, duties and responsibilities required to:.1

operate and monitor the ship’s main propulsion and auxiliary machineryand evaluate the performance of such machinery;.2

maintain a safe engineering watch in accordance with the requirements of
the STCW Code;.3

manage and perform fuel and ballast operations; and.4maintain safety of the ship’s engine equipment, systems and services;

electrical, electronic and control engineering, comprising the tasks, duties andresponsibilities required to:.1

operate the ship’s electrical and electronic equipment; and.2maintain the safety of the ship’s electrical and electronic systems;

radiocommunications, comprising the tasks, duties and responsibilities required to:.1transmit and receive information using the radio equipment of the ship;.2

maintain a safe radio watch in accordance with the requirements of the
ITU Radio Regulations and the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as amended; and.3provide radio services in emergencies; and

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 7.7

maintenance and repair, comprising the tasks, duties and responsibilities requiredto:.1

carry out maintenance and repair work to the ship and its machinery,equipment and systems, as appropriate to the method of maintenance andrepair used.

1.3
In addition to the factors and functions in paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2, the determination of theminimum safe manning should also take into account:

1.4

.1

the management of the safety, security and protection of the environment
functions of a ship at sea when not under way;.2

except in ships of limited size, the provision of qualified deck officers to ensurethat it is not necessary for the master to keep regular watches by adopting athree-watch system;.3

except in ships of limited propulsion power or operating under provisions forunattended machinery spaces, the provision of qualified engineer officers toensure that it is not necessary for the chief engineer to keep regular watches byadopting a three-watch system;.4

the maintenance of applicable occupational health and hygiene standards on board;and.5

the provision of proper food and drinking water for all persons on board,
as required.

In determining the minimum safe manning of a ship, consideration should also be given to:.1

the number of qualified and other personnel required to meet peak workload
situations and conditions, with due regard to the number of hours of shipboard
duties and rest periods assigned to seafarers; and.2

the capability of the master and the ship’s complement to coordinate the activities
necessary for the safe operation and for the security of the ship and for theprotection of the marine environment.

***

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 8ANNEX 3RESPONSIBILITIES IN THE APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES OFMINIMUM SAFE MANNING
1

Responsibilities of companies

1.1
The Administration may require the company responsible for the operation of the ship to
prepare and submit its proposal for the minimum safe manning of a ship in accordance with aform specified by the Administration.
1.2
In preparing a proposal for the minimum safe manning of a ship, the company should
apply the principles, recommendations and guidelines contained in this resolution and should be
required to:

2.1

make an assessment of the tasks, duties and responsibilities of the ship’s
complement required for its safe operation, for its security, for protection of themarine environment, and for dealing with emergency situations;.2

ensure that fitness for duty provisions and record of hours are implemented;.3

make an assessment of numbers and grades/capacities in the ship’s complement
required for its safe operation, for its security, for protection of the marine
environment, and for dealing with emergency situations;.4

prepare and submit to the Administration a proposal for the minimum safemanning based upon the assessment of the numbers and grades/capacities in the
ship’s complement required for its safe operation, for its security and forprotection of the marine environment, justifying the proposal by explaining how
the proposed ship’s complement will deal with emergency situations, including
the evacuation of passengers, where necessary;.5

ensure that the minimum safe manning is adequate at all times and in all respects,
including meeting peak workload situations, conditions and requirements, and isin accordance with the principles, recommendations and guidelines contained inthis resolution; and.6

prepare and submit to the Administration a new proposal for the minimum safemanning of a ship in the case of changes in trading area(s), construction,
machinery, equipment, operation and maintenance or management of the ship,
which may affect the safe manning.

Approval by the Administration

2.1
A proposal for the minimum safe manning of a ship submitted by a company to the
Administration should be evaluated by the Administration to ensure that:.1

the proposed ship’s complement contains the number and grades/capacities of
personnel to fulfil the tasks, duties and responsibilities required for the safe

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 9operation of the ship, for its security, for protection of the marine environment andfor dealing with emergency situations; and.2the master, officers and other members of the ship’s complement are not required
to work more hours than is safe in relation to the performance of their duties andthe safety of the ship and that the requirements for work and rest hours, inaccordance with applicable national regulations, can be complied with.

2.2
In applying such principles, Administrations should take proper account of existing IMO,
ILO, ITU and WHO instruments in force which deal with:
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9

watchkeeping;hours of work or rest;
safety management;
certification of seafarers;
training of seafarers;
occupational safety, health and hygiene;crew accommodation and food;security;
radiocommunications.

2.3
The Administration should require a company to amend a proposal for the minimum safemanning of a ship if, after evaluation of the original proposal submitted by the company, theAdministration is unable to approve the proposed composition of the ship’s complement.
2.4
The Administration should only approve a proposal for the minimum safe manning of aship and issue accordingly a minimum safe manning document if it is fully satisfied that the
proposed ship’s complement is established in accordance with the principles, recommendations
and guidelines contained in this resolution, and is adequate in all respects for the safe operationand the security of the ship and for the protection of the marine environment.
2.5
The Administration may withdraw the minimum safe manning document of a ship if thecompany fails to submit a new proposal for the ship’s minimum safe manning when changes in
trading area(s), construction, machinery, equipment or operation and maintenance of the ship
have taken place which affect the minimum safe manning.
2.6
The Administration should review and may withdraw, as appropriate, the minimum safemanning document of a ship which persistently fails to be in compliance with rest hours
requirements.
2.7
The Administration should consider the circumstances very carefully before allowing aminimum safe manning document to contain provisions for less than three qualified officers incharge of a navigational watch, while taking into account all the principles for establishing safemanning.

***

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 10ANNEX 4
GUIDANCE ON CONTENTS AND MODEL FORM OF
MINIMUM SAFE MANNING DOCUMENT

1
The following information should be included in the minimum safe manning document
issued by the Administration specifying the minimum safe manning:.1

a clear statement of the ship’s name, port of registry, distinctive number or letters,
IMO number, gross tonnage, main propulsion power, type and trading area,
whether or not the machinery space is unattended and company as defined in the
ISM Code;.2

a table showing the number and grades/capacities of the personnel required to be
carried, together with any special conditions or other remarks;.3

a formal statement by the Administration that, in accordance with the principles
and guidelines set out in Annexes 1 and 2, the ship named in the document is
considered to be safely manned if, whenever it proceeds to sea, it carries not lessthan the number and grades/capacities of personnel shown in the document,
subject to any special conditions stated therein;.4

a statement as to any limitations on the validity of the document by reference toparticulars of the individual ship and the nature of service upon which it isengaged; and.5

the date of issue and any expiry date of the document together with a signature forand the seal of the Administration.

2
It is recommended that the minimum safe manning document be drawn up in the form
corresponding to the model given in the appendix to this Annex. If the language used is not
English, the information given should include a translation into English.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 11APPENDIX
MODEL FORM OF MINIMUM SAFE MANNING DOCUMENTMINIMUM SAFE MANNING DOCUMENT(Official seal)(State)Issued under the provisions of regulation V/14.2.2 of the
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974, as amended

under the authority of the Government of...................................................................................................
(name of the State)by...................................................................................................
(Administration)

Particulars of ship*
Name of ship ...................................................................................................................................................................
Distinctive number or letters ..........................................................................................................................................
IMO number ...................................................................................................................................................................
Port of registry ................................................................................................................................................................
Gross tonnage:
National ......................................................................................................................................................................
International Tonnage Convention, 1969 ...................................................................................................................
Main propulsion power (kW) .........................................................................................................................................
Type of ship ....................................................................................................................................................................

Periodically unattended machinery space

yes/noOperating Company .......................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................................

*

Alternatively the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 12

Trading area**

The ship named in this document is considered to be safely manned if, when it proceeds to sea, it carries not lessthan the number and grades/capacities of personnel specified in the table(s) below.

Grade/capacity

Certificate (STCW regulation)

Number of persons

Special requirements or conditions, if any:

Issued at .........................................

on the ........................... day of ............................................................
(month and year)

Date of expiry (if any) ....................................................................................................................................................
(Seal of the Administration).....................................................................................
(Signature for and on behalf of the Administration)

***

**

Where a trading area other than unlimited is shown, a clear description or map of the trading area should be
included in the document.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 13
ANNEX 5
FRAMEWORK FOR DETERMINING MINIMUM SAFE MANNING
PreambleThis framework has been developed to assist Administrations and companies indetermining minimum safe manning.
Steps for determining minimum safe manning1

Submission from the company

1.1
Ssubmission of a proposal from the company for minimum safe manning defining thenature of the operation of the ship.; and1.2
Ssubmission needs to take into account the requirements of Annexes 2 and 3 in thecontext of the management of the safety, security and protection of the marine environment
functions of a ship.
1.3
The process outlined below should enable companies to achieve greater depth and insight
into the interdependencies and interactions of operational elements that influence the amounts ofcrew member workload and, ultimately, the proposed minimum safe manning level.
Operational functions
1.4
Beginning this process requires the breakdown of the operational elements into functions.
Annex 2 provides guidance on the relevant functions that need to be considered, however, thislist is not exclusive. Each function can then be broken down into a task list that includes theattributes listed below.
.1

Duration: What is the time required to execute each task? Time in this case ismeasurement of total man hours versus the actual duration taken for taskcompletion, since some tasks can be done in a shorter time by using multiple
individuals.

.2Frequency: How often is the task performed? This can be categorized using
some form of standard interval (i.e. hourly, daily, weekly, etc.).

.3

Competence: What are the skills, training and qualifications needed toconsistently perform the task properly?

.4

Importance: What is the risk or consequence associated with improper
performance?

Operational factors
1.5
Once a function is broken down into specific tasks and their attributes, it is then necessary
to determine the specific personnel qualifications, operational policy and procedures, andinfrastructure/technology necessary to perform each task. It is important to recognize that these
I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16
ANNEX 5
Page 14elements may increase or decrease manning levels depending on availability and appropriate
procedures and of specific capability enabling technology/automation.
Task capability
1.6
The information generated in defining the operational factors and functions should be
used to determine how many tasks that can be executed by an individual under the possible range
of operational conditions. Critical considerations, while conducting this step, are human element
limitations and relevant standards and regulations. These include sleep and circadianrequirements, physical and mental workload associated with each task, and exposure limits toshipboard environmental conditions such as noise, temperature and toxins.
Workload assessments
1.7
Once steps relating to operational functions, operational factors and task capability havebeen conducted, the information is then used to determine whether workload will not exceed theminimum hours of rest and/or work as provided in relevant national and international regulations.
Considerations, while performing this step, include work period lengths, work schedule designs
and whether a single crew member can execute the tasks set in a specific work period or work
period(s) per work day.
2

Evaluation by the Administration

2.1
The Administration should evaluate/approve the submission of the company against
relevant national and international regulatory requirements and guidelines.
2.2
Having evaluated and approved the proposal the Administration should issue a minimum
safe manning document including special requirements and conditions.
3

Maintenance of minimum safe manning document

A company should advise the Administration of any changes that would affect theminimum safe manning document, and in such circumstances prepare and submit a new proposal
taking into account Annex 3.
4Compliance monitoring
The Administration should periodically review the minimum safe manning arrangements.

***

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16

ANNEX 6
DRAFT AMENDMENTS TO THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE
SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974, AS AMENDED
CHAPTER V
SAFETY OF NAVIGATIONREGULATION 14
Ships’ manning1

The existing paragraph 2 is replaced by the following new paragraph:2

Every ship to which chapter I applies the Administration shall:.1establish appropriate minimum safe manning following a transparent procedure
taking into account the relevant guidance adopted by the Organization*; and.2

issue an appropriate minimum safe manning document or equivalent as evidenceof the minimum safe manning considered necessary to comply with the provisionsof paragraph 1.

****

Refer to the Principles of Minimum Safe Manning adopted by the Organization by resolution A…..(27).

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16

ANNEX 7
DRAFT BIENNIAL AGENDA AND POST-BIENNIAL AGENDA
OF THE SUB-COMMITTEE AND PROVISIONAL AGENDA FOR STW 42
BIENNIAL AGENDA*
STANDARDS ON TRAINING AND WATCHKEEPING (STW)
PLANNED OUTPUTS 2010-2011 (resolution A.1013(26))
Number***Description

Parentorgan(s)Coordinatingorgan(s)Associatedorgan(s)Targetcompletion
year**
2 Sessions
2012

5.1.1.9

Development of training standards for recovery
systems

MSC

STW

DE

5.2.1.25

Revision of the Recommendations for entering
enclosed spaces aboard ships

MSC

DSC

DSC
FP

5.2.2.1

Comprehensive review of the STCW Convention
and Code

MSC

STW

5.2.2.3
12.1.2.3

Review of the principles for establishing the safemanning level of ships including mandatory
requirements for determining safe manning(in co-operation with NAV)

MSC

STW

5.2.2.4

Development of model procedures for executing
shipboard emergency measures

MSC

STW

2011

5.2.2.5

Validation of model training courses

MSC

STW

Ongoing

Items printed in bold letters have been selected for the provisional agenda for STW 42.
The term “ongoing” means that an output is a permanent or continuous task.

I:\STW\41\16.doc

2010
2011
2010

NAV

2010

STW 41/16
ANNEX 7
Page 2

STANDARDS ON TRAINING AND WATCHKEEPING (STW)

5.2.2.6

Training for seafarer safety representatives

MSC

STW

Targetcompletion
year**
2010

5.2.2.7

Unlawful practices associated with certificates ofcompetency

MSC

STW

Ongoing

5.2.6.1

Development of an e-navigation strategy
implementation plan

MSC

NAV

COMSAR
STW

2012

6.3.2.1

Measures to enhance maritime security

MSC

MSC

STW

2010

12.1.2.2

Casualty analysis

MSC

FSI

STW

Ongoing

PLANNED OUTPUTS 2010-2011 (resolution A.1013(26))
Number

I:\STW\41\16.doc

Description

Parentorgan(s)Coordinatingorgan(s)Associatedorgan(s)STW 41/16
ANNEX 7
Page 3

POST-BIENNIAL AGENDA

STANDARDS ON TRAINING AND WATCHKEEPING (STW)ACCEPTED POST-BIENNIAL OUTPUTS
Parentorgan(s)Involvedorgan(s)Safety provisions applicable
to tenders operating frompassenger ships (coordinatedby DE)

MSC

DE

5.2.1

Clarification of the STCW-F
Convention provisions andfollow-up action to theassociated Conference
resolutions

5.2.2

Review of theimplementation of STCW
chapter VII

Number

Reference
to Strategic
Directions

Reference toHigh-level
Actions

STW 1

5.1

5.1.1

STW 2

5.2

STW 3

5.2

I:\STW\41\16.doc

Description

Associated Timescale
Organ(s) (sessions)Remarks3

MSC 84/24,
paragraph 22.66

MSC

2

STW 34/14,
paragraph 11.8

MSC

2

MSC 72/23, paragraph21.56;STW 35/19, section 14

STW 41/16
ANNEX 7
Page 4
DRAFT PROVISIONAL AGENDA FOR STW 42

Opening of the session
1

Adoption of the agenda

2

Decisions of other IMO bodies

3

Validation of model training courses

4

Unlawful practices associated with certificates of competency

5

Casualty analysis

6

Development of an e-navigation strategy implementation plan

7

Revision of the Recommendations for entering enclosed spaces aboard ships

8

Development of model procedures for executing shipboard emergency measures

9

Development of training standards for recovery systems

10

Biennial agenda, post-biennial agenda and provisional agenda for STW 43

11

Election of Chairman and Vice-Chairman for 201212

Any other business

13

Report to the Maritime Safety Committee***

I:\STW\41\16.doc

STW 41/16

ANNEX 8STATUS OF PLANNED OUTPUT OF THE HIGH-LEVEL ACTION PLAN OF THE ORGANIZATION AND PRIORITIESFOR THE 2010-2011 BIENNIUM RELEVANT TO THE SUB-COMMITTEE
Planned output
number in theHigh-level
Action Plan for
2010-2011
5.1.1.9

5.2.1.25

Description

Targetcompletion year

ParentOrgan(s)Coordinatingorgan(s)Associatedorgan(s)Status of
output forYear 1Development of training
standards for recovery
systems

2012 (for STW)

MSC

STW

DE

Postponed

Revision of the
Recommendations forentering enclosed spaces
aboard ships

2010 (for BLG)

Status of
output forYear 2

STW 41/16, section 13
To be undertaken next
year subject to DE 53
finalizing the
Performance Standards

MSC

DSC

2010 (for DSC)

STW
FP
BLG

STW 41/16, section 15
DSC as the coordinating
Sub-Committee has justcommenced its work by
establishing acorrespondence group.
The Sub-Committee
will commence its work
after DSC 15 considers
the recommendation of
the correspondencegroup. Accordingly,
TCY extended to 2011

Postponed

2011 (for STW)
2010 (for FP)
2010 (for MSC)

5.2.2.1

I:\STW\41\16.doc

Comprehensive reviewof the STCW
Convention and CodeReferences

2010 (for STW)
2010 (for MSC)

MSC

STW

CompletedNotapplicable

STW 41/16, section 7

STW 41/16
ANNEX 8Page 2

Planned output
number in theHigh-level
Action Plan for
2010-2011
5.2.2.3
12.1.2.3

Description

Targetcompletion year

ParentOrgan(s)Coordinatingorgan(s)Associatedorgan(s)Status of
output forYear 1

Status of
output forYear 2

References

MSC

STW

NAV

CompletedNotapplicable

STW 41/16, section 8

MSC

STW

In progress

STW 41/16, section 12

STW

Ongoing

STW 41/16, section 3

In progress

STW 41/16, section 5

Review of the principles
for establishing the safemanning level of ships
including mandatory
requirements fordetermining safemanning2010 (STW)

Development of model
procedures for executing
shipboard emergency
measures2011 (STW)

5.2.2.5

Validation of modeltraining courses

Continuous

MSC

5.2.2.6

Training for seafarer
safety representatives

2010 (STW)

MSC

5.2.2.4

2010 (for NAV)
2011 (MSC)

2011 (MSC)

STW

2010 (MSC)

5.2.2.7

I:\STW\41\16.doc

Unlawful practices
associated withcertificates ofcompetency

Continuous

JWGHE

MSC

STW

Work transferred to
MSC/MEPC Joint
Working Group on
Human Element(JWGHE)
Ongoing

STW 41/16, section 4

STW 41/16
ANNEX 8Page 3
Planned output
number in theHigh-level
Action Plan for
2010-2011
5.2.6.1

Description

Development of ane-navigation strategy
implementation plan

Targetcompletion year

2012 (NAV)

ParentOrgan(s)Coordinatingorgan(s)Associatedorgan(s)Status of
output forYear 1MSC

NAV

COMSARIn progress

Status of
output forYear 2

STW 41/16, section 10
The Sub-Committee
will commence its
work after receiving
inputs from thecorrespondence group
established by NAV 55
to progress the matterintersessionally2012 (COMSAR)
STW

2012 (STW)

6.3.2.1

Measures to enhancemaritime security

2010 (STW)

MSC

STW

12.1.2.2

Casualty analysis

Continuous

MSC

FSI

Postponed

Completed

All SubCommittees

Ongoing

References

Not
applicable

STW 41/16, section 9

STW 41/16, section 6

Notes:
a When individual outputs contain multiple deliverables, the format should report on each individual deliverable.
b The target completion date should be specified as a year, or indicate that the item is continuous. This should not indicate a number of sessions.
c The entries under the “Status of output” columns are to be classified as follows:“completed” signifies that the outputs in question have been duly finalized;“in progress” signifies that work on the related outputs has been progressed, often with interim outputs (for example, draft amendments or guidelines) which are expected to beapproved later in the same biennium;“ongoing” signifies that the outputs relate to work of the respective IMO organs that is a permanent or continuous task; and“postponed” signifies that the respective IMO organ has decided to defer the production of relevant outputs to another time (for example, until the receipt of corresponding
submissions).
d If the output consists of the adoption/approval of an instrument (e.g., resolution, circular, etc.), that instrument should be clearly referenced in this column.

__________
I:\STW\41\16.doc